page__skip_to_main_content

Help / FAQ

Registration

Nossa Aposta is a Portuguese company, licenced by Serviço de Regulação e Inspecção de Jogos – SRIJ. We are part of the leading media group in the press segment, Cofina. We can know us better here.

At Nossa Aposta, you will find entertainment and relaxation moments and for that we partenered with the most reputed game creators in the industry. Our players are always in first place and we strive to make your gambling experience easier. Our team is available to clarify all your questions. You can contact us by email, chat and also telephone.

We fight for a Responsible Gambling practice. You can check some tips and mechanisms we made available here and you can also read our Responsible Gambling Policy.

We also take your privacy serious and also our players’ data protection. You can know all we do to protect you in our Security and Privacy Policy.

Registration at nossaaposta.pt is the only way to create a unique and personal account that you can use to play the games we offer in our portal, in which all transactions take place: deposits, play, processing of winnings and withdrawals, for example. For that, it is important that you fill in thoroughly the form provided at registration with all data required. Nossa Aposta assures that it will implement all necessary security measures to protect your personal information. 

General Terms and Conditions of Use can be found here.

If you receive this message during your registration, it means that it was not possible to automatically validate your identity. To proceed, you should click two more times in “Open Account”.

After this, you will receive a message to submit a copy of your ID document, so we can manually validate your account (know more about uploading documents in the “Documents” section in this FAQ). After submitting your documentation, you will be informed of its approval by email.

After this, you will be able to deposit and play at Nossa Aposta!

When you register in a language, all the communications are done in that language. This means that if you registered in Portuguese, all the communications will be done in Portuguese. The same happens when you register is English, all the communications will be done in English.

Player Account

Once you have logged in, and if you want to terminate your session, you just need to click "Logout" in the upper right corner of the page.

This is an important security measure that helps prevent third parties from accessing your account.

However, after 12 minutes of inactivity, your session will be terminated. This is an additional security measure for your protection.

If you want to check the accesses to your player account (e.g. in order to detect any unauthorized access), you may:

  • Check your last login information (both on the Main Menu and on Account Details);
  • Check the history of transactions and games played on Account Details; and/or
  • Contact the Customer Support Team.

If you can’t remember your username or password, click in “Forgot username?” or “Forgot password?”, respectively in the Login window.

You will receive an email with your username or a link to replace your password.

Please remember that all this information is confidential, so make sure that you are the only one with who can access it.

1. Login with your username and password;

2. Click on “My Account”, in the right upper conner where your name is written, and in “Personal Details”;

3. You will see your personal information right away and the option “Change” in front off “Password”.

To change any information in your registration (except the password) you need to get in touch with our Customer Support. You can do it by chat, telephone (both from 7:00 to 24:00 – Portugal Continental time) or email. For that, click on the icons available on the website header and footer.

Aceda a “A Minha Conta”,  no canto superior direito da Homepage, onde está indicado o seu nome, e, no separador “Histórico” tem a opção de consultar as “Transacções” efectuadas ou os “Jogos” que tem vindo a jogar. 

Yes, you can cancel your account in Nossa Aposta. For this, get in touch with our Customer Support, by chat, email or telephone.

Please remember that you can also use the cool-off, self-exclusion, deposit and play limits mechanisms.

Documents

The ‘Document Upload’ tool only accepts JPG, PNG & TIFF files. Only the first page of TIFF files will be saved.

The ‘Documents Upload’ tool is supported on IE10, IE11, Firefox, Chrome, and Safari browsers. Mobile devices running iOS 7 and up and Android 4.3 and up also support the tool.

We offer an very easy way of getting your documents over to us.

In section ‘My Account’, just select ‘Document upload’ and click ‘Add new’ to upload your documents. You can upload up to 6 of the following file types: JPEG, PNG & TIFF with the maximum size of 6MB.

Please note that once a file is successfully submitted, it cannot be deleted via the website. If you need assistance, you can contact the Support Center.

Once we have this information saved in your file, any future cashout request should be processed and approved with no delay.

If you don’t find the answer to your question, please don’t hesitate to Contact Us and we will assist you in any way we can! 

The documentation check will take two business days, maximum.

NO, we will only request that you send your documentation once. It will then be saved to your account and future cashout requests will not incur any delays provided the same payment method is used. However, additional documentation may be requested in cases where a different payment has been used. 

Deposits

In order to deposit your first step is to have a registered account. Once logged into your account, click on your account button and select "Deposit".

A list will show what deposit methods are available for you to use. Select the method you wish to use and follow the simple and easy steps of the method you chose to deposit with.

If the value wasn't immediately added to your Player Account, please wait a little more. Sometimes, there can be a small delay in the communication of the transaction. If, in the meanwhile, the value is not added to your Player Account, please contact our Customer Support. To make this process faster, before contacting Customer Support, make sure that the value was taken from your payment account, get the proof of the transaction and check if you generated (and used) a new Multibanco reference for that deposit.

 

No, to reinforce the safety of your deposit, you can only use one Multibanco reference once and during a maximum period of 24 hours. You should generate a new Multibanco reference for each deposit you want to do. There is no cost for you. If, by any case, you use a Multibanco reference more than once or after a 24 hours period, please contact our Customer Support.

The main reason why you can’t deposit is because your account might not be verified yet (see the “Registration” category in these FAQ). Please check if you already sent the necessary documentation to validate your account and if it was already approved.

If after this process you still can’t deposit, please contact our Customer Support to solve this issue as soon as possible. You can do it by email, to apoio@nossaaposta.pt, by the chat available on this website, or by phone to 304 500 090.

In case you don’t manage to make a deposit with your Visa/MasterCard or if it is your first time depositing with these cards, your bank may be applying restrictions to it. Also check if you’ve entered your details correctly. Please contact our Support Team through live chat so that one of our agents can assist you with the deposit. We also offer alternative safe deposit methods. All deposit methods can be viewed by clicking on the "Deposit" tab in ‘My Account’ screen. 

Yes, you can check your past deposits. Click on "My Account" and go to the "Transaction History" tab.

Select "My Deposits" from the drop down list and then select the period that you wish to view.

Then press 'SHOW' and the information that you require will appear.

At our site you can use the following payments methods:

Multibanco

Credit and debit cards:

Visa

Visa Electron

MasterCard

Alternative payment methods

NETELLER

Skrill

 

Nossa Aposta doesn’t have deposits fee.

Yes, you can limit the values you deposit. These limits can be daily, weekly or monthly. To established them, go to “My Account” and after go to “Account Settings” where you can find the options “Deposit Limit” and “Play Limit”.

The limits will be on until you change them. If you want to change it, the change will count:

  • After 24h, if you wish to decrease it;
  • Right away, if you want to increase it.

The minimum deposit limit is 10€ and the maximum is 100.000€.

Sports Betting - Rules

Sports bet: the choice of one or more results, within multiples possible outcomes in a sports event.

The calculations and prize rules, according to the available offer, are the following: Winnings = Bet Amount x Odd value.

The minimum limit for the bet amount is 0,10€ and the maximum amount is 10.000€.

The maximum winnings for any bet type or amount is 100.000€.

It might not be possible to bet the full max amount of 10.000€ in case the maximum exposure of your selection(s) overcome the predefined maximum exposure.

The minimum odd is 1.20.

In 2 options markets, the “push” rule applies, unless otherwise stated: The values of single bets are reimbursed and in multiple the selection is not considered.

A money amount is placed associated with a prognosis about a type of result of a single competition or sporting event. A single bet contains only one selection, which must be a winning one, in order for your bet to win. 

A money amount is associated with a simultaneous prognosis is placed on two or more types of results of one or more competitions or sporting events. A multiple bet contains two or more different selections, all of which must be winning in order for the bet to be won. The total value of the multi-bet odds is the result of multiplying the odds values made available in the bet slip for each of the selected events.
  • Draw: this is a game/selection that is tied after taking the handicap/spread into account. All bets will be void.
  • Non-Runner: a selection that is named but doesn't take part in the event. If your selection is a non-runner, your bet will be void (and your stake returned). If the selection is part of a combo (multiple), the bet will become the next accumulative bet down, e.g. a treble becomes a double, a double becomes a single, etc.
  • Void: in all cases where the term ‘void’ is used, settlement will be as follows:
    • Single bets - stakes will be refunded.
    • Combo (Multiple) bets - void selections will be treated as non-runners within the bet, meaning If the selection is part of a combo (multiple), the bet will become the next accumulative bet down, e.g. a treble becomes a double, a double becomes a single, etc.

In all cases, all selections must be successful to be a winner. If one or more selections from the combo are cancelled, the bet stands as soon as at least one of the remaining selections is settled as a winner or loser.

 

Bet name

No. of selections

Single

1

Double

2

Treble

3

4 folds

4

(...)

(...)

20 folds

20

 

 

Combined (or system) betting includes several combinations of selections included in a single multiple bet. They are similar to accumulators or combos in that you choose several selections within one bet, but all possible combinations of bets from those selections are covered, with the advantage of winning even if not all picks are winners. When you place your system bet, the amount of winnings shown is the maximum winnings possible if all picks win. The more selections/bets included in a combined (or system) bet, the more combinations are possible. Systems bets may involve:
  • 3 selections:
    • System 2/3: consists of 3 bets involving 3 selections in different events - 3 doubles. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 2/3 costs €3.
    • Trixie: consists of 4 bets involving 3 selections in different events, 3 doubles and 1 treble. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Trixie costs €4.
    • Patent: consists of 7 bets involving 3 selections in different events, 3 singles, 3 doubles and 1 treble. Any one winning bets guarantees a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Patent costs €7.
       
  • 4 selections:
    • System 2/4: consists of 6 bets involving 4 selections in different events - 6 doubles. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 2/4 costs €6.
    • System 3/4: consists of 4 bets involving 4 selections in different events - 4 trebles. Any three winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 3/4 costs €4.
    • Yankee: consists of 11 bets involving 4 selections in different events, 6 doubles, 4 trebles and 1 four-fold. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Yankee costs €11.                                        
    • Lucky 15: consists of 15 bets involving 4 selections in different events, 4 singles, 6 doubles, 4 trebles and 1 four-fold. Any one winning bet guarantees a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Lucky 15 costs €15.
       
  • 5 selections:
    • System 2/5: consists of 10 bets involving 5 selections in different events, 10 doubles. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 2/5 costs €10.
    • System 3/5: consists of 10 bets involving 5 selections in different events, 10 trebles. Any three winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 3/5 costs €10.
    • System 4/5: consists of 5 bets involving 5 selections in different events, 5 four-folds. Any four winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 4/5 costs €5.
    • Super Yankee: consists of 26 bets involving 5 selections in different events, 10 doubles, 10 trebles, 5 four-folds, and 1 five-fold. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Canadian costs €26.
    • Lucky 31: consists of 31 bets involving 5 selections in different events, 5 singles, 10 doubles, 10 trebles, 5 four-folds, and 1 five-fold. Any one winning bet guarantees a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Lucky 31 costs €31.
       
  • 6 selections:
    • System 2/6: consists of 15 bets involving 6 selections in different events, 15 doubles. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 2/6 costs €15.
    • System 3/6: consists of 20 bets involving 6 selections in different events, 30 trebles. Any three winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 3/6 costs €20.
    • System 4/6: consists of 15 bets involving 6 selections in different events, 15 four-folds. Any four winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 4/6 costs €15.
    • System 5/6: consists of 6 bets involving 6 selections in different events, 6 five folds. Any five winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 5/6 costs €6.
    • Heinz: consists of 57 bets involving 6 selections in different events, 15 doubles, 20 trebles, 15 four-folds, 6 five-folds, and 1 six-fold. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Heinz costs €57.
    • Lucky 63: consists of 63 bets involving 6 selections in different events, 6 singles, 15 doubles, 20 trebles, 15 four-folds, 6 five-folds, and 1 six fold. Any one winning bet guarantees a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Lucky 63 costs €63.
       
  • 7 selections:
    • System 2/7: consists of 21 bets involving 7 selections in different events – 21doubles. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 2/7 costs €21.
    • System 3/7: consists of 35 bets involving 7 selections in different events – 35 trebles. Any three winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 3/7 costs €35.
    • System 4/7: consists of 35 bets involving 7 selections in different events – 35 four-folds. Any four winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 4/7 costs €35.
    • System 5/7: consists of 21 bets involving 7 selections in different events – 21 five-folds. Any five winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 5/7 costs €21.
    • System 6/7: consists of 7 bets involving 7 selections in different events – 7 six-folds. Any six winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 6/7 costs €7.
    • Super Heinz: consists of 120 bets involving 7 selections in different events, 21 doubles, 35 trebles, 35 four-folds, 21 five-folds, 7 six-folds, and 1 seven-fold. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Super Heinz costs €120.
       
  • 8 selections:
    • System 2/8: consists of 28 bets involving 8 selections in different events – 28 doubles. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 2/8 costs €28.
    • System 3/8: consists of 56 bets involving 8 selections in different events – 56 trebles. Any three winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 3/8 costs €56.
    • System 4/8: consists of 70 bets involving 8 selections in different events – 70 four-folds. Any four winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 4/8 costs €70.
    • System 5/8: consists of 56 bets involving 8 selections in different events – 56 five-folds. Any five winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 5/8 costs €56.
    • System 6/8: consists of 28 bets involving 8 selections in different events – 28 six-folds. Any six winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 6/8 costs €28.
    • System 7/8: consists of 8 bets involving 8 selections in different events – 8 seven-folds. Any seven winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 7/8 costs €8.
    • Goliath: consists of 247 bets involving 8 selections in different events, 28 doubles, 56 trebles, 70 four-folds, 56 five-folds, 28 six-folds, 8 seven-folds, and 1 eight-fold. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Goliath costs €247.

1. Asian Handicap

In the Asian Handicap, depending on the strength of each team, a handicap is issued for the game. This enables the odds for each side to be more similar, allowing for more competitive betting opportunities.

All bets on the Asian Handicap in live betting (including 1st/2nd half bets) are settled according to the score line. Any goals prior to the bet being placed are ignored for settlement purposes.

 

Pre-match examples:

Handicap asiático

Significado

0

You win if your team wins the match. If there's a draw (0 goals difference), you are refunded your stake.

0.25

You win if your team wins the match. If there's a draw, your bet is split in half: one half is considered a win, the other half is considered a draw and its stakes are refunded.

0.5

You win if your team draws or wins the match.

0.75

You win if your team wins or draws the match. If it loses with a one goal difference, you lose half of the amount staked.

1

You win if your team wins or draws the match. If it loses with a goal difference of one, your stake is refunded.

-0.25

You win if your team wins the match. If it draws you lose half of the amount staked.

-0.5

You win if your team wins the match.

-0.75

You win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of two or more. If it wins with one goal your bet is split in half: one half is considered a win, the other half is considered a draw and its stakes are refunded.

-1

You win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of two or more. If it wins with a goal difference of one, your stake is refunded.

 

Live betting example:

Arsenal vs. AC Milan with live score of 1-0 at the moment

Equipa

Handicap asiático

Cotas

Arsenal

-0.75

1.76

AC Milan

+0.75

2.10

 

Final score: 3-0

If you bet €100 on Arsenal, with -0.75 handicap and odd of 1.76, your net win is €76

 

Final score: 2-0, 3-1

If you bet €100 on Arsenal, with -0.75 handicap and odd of 1.76, your net win is €38.

 

Final score: 1-0, 1-1, 1-2, 1-3,2-1, 2-2, 3-2, 3-3

If you bet €100 on AC Milan, with +0.75 handicap and odd of 2.10, your net win is €110.

 

2. Handicap/DV

On a Handicap /DV (or European Handicap) you can place a bet on the winner of the match, considering an advantage or disadvantage attributed to one of the teams in play.

Handicap (-1) - You win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of two or more.

Tie: You win if the team with (-1) Handicap wins the match with exactly one goal difference.

Handicap (+1) - You win if your team draws or win the match.

1. O Cash Out é uma funcionalidade que permite ao Jogador, a possibilidade de encerrar a sua aposta antes da mesma estar resolvida, desde que esta tenha sido colocada em Pré-Evento ou Ao Vivo nas seguintes modalidades e mercados:

  • Futebol:
    • Pré-evento: 1X2 no encontro, Mais/Menos Golos (Total, por parte ou por equipa), Handicap / DV (3-opções), Mais/Menos Cantos (3-opções) e Ambas as equipas marcam.
    • Ao Vivo: 1X2 no encontro, Ambas as equipas marcam e Handicap / DV de 3-opções.
  • Basquetebol:
    • Pré-evento: Vencedor (no encontro, por parte e por período) e Total Pontos (no jogo e por equipa).
    • Ao Vivo: Vencedor (no encontro, por parte e por período) e Total Pontos (no jogo e por equipa).
  • Ténis:
    • Pré-evento: Vencedor (no encontro e no set) e Total de jogos por set.
    • Ao Vivo: Vencedor (no jogo e no set).
  • Hóquei no Gelo:
    • Pré-evento: Vencedor do jogo, Vencedor no tempo regulamentar, Vencedor no período e Mais/Menos golos (incluindo e excluindo tempo-extra).
    • Ao Vivo: Vencedor do encontro, Vencedor no tempo regulamentar, Vencedor no período.

2. Esta funcionalidade está apenas disponível em alguns momentos. Quando se encontra disponível, é visível ao Jogador um botão junto ao boletim de apostas, que permite a retirada de um determinado valor, que nunca poderá ser superior ao valor apostado.

3. A aposta sobre a qual o Jogador decidiu aplicar a funcionalidade Cash Out é resolvida no momento da retirada do valor que lhe é proposto e por si aceite. Só boletins de aposta que contenham este, ou estes mercados combinados, serão alvo de possibilidade de requerer o pagamento do valor oferecido pela funcionalidade Cash Out.

4. Para poder usufruir desta funcionalidade, o Jogador deverá, no menu “Minhas Apostas”, consultar se o Cash Out é oferecido na aposta e qual o valor disponível. Caso pretenda encerrar a aposta com o valor proposto, o Jogador deverá clicar no botão disponibilizado, clicando novamente para reconfirmar a sua opção. O valor oferecido será sempre igual ou inferior ao valor apostado, consoante o diferencial entre a cota (odd) actual e a apostada. Exemplo: o Jogador coloca uma aposta pré-jogo de 5€ no prognóstico Chelsea, no mercado 1X2, no evento Manchester City vs. Chelsea. Num segundo momento, ao minuto 60, o Manchester City marca um golo, ficando o resultado 1-0. A probabilidade de vitória do Chelsea nesse momento é bastante baixa, pelo que o valor proposto pelo Cash Out será inferior ao valor apostado. O Jogador pode, então, assegurar a devolução de parte do valor da sua aposta pois, neste caso, considera-se que desiste da aposta (com o acordo da Nossa Aposta).

5. As apostas em que o Jogador utiliza a funcionalidade de Cash Out não contam para cumprir os requisitos dos Bónus, nem para cumprir com os requisitos de qualquer outra promoção disponibilizada pela Nossa Aposta.

6. Se um mercado for suspenso durante o pedido de Cash Out, este poderá não se concretizar.

7. A Nossa Aposta reserva-se o direito de reverter o pedido de Cash Out se um evento ou mercado forem colocados erradamente. Entende-se por mercado disponibilizado erradamente o facto de, por exemplo, ser disponibilizado o mercado cujo resultado já se concretizou na realidade. Exemplo: Disponibilização do tipo de resultado “3º Golo”, num momento posterior à marcação do 3º golo.

8. A funcionalidade Cash Out poderá ser suspensa ou removida a qualquer momento, sem aviso prévio.

9. A Nossa Aposta reserva ainda o direito de alterar as Regras desta funcionalidade sem aviso prévio.

10. Usar o Cash Out representa a aceitação total dos Termos e Condições Gerais de Utilização da Nossa Aposta, bem como destas Regras.

Sports Betting - Branches

  1. All bets will be settled based on the score at the end of regulation time, excluding overtime (if played), unless otherwise stated.
  2. All games must start on the scheduled date (local time) for bets to have action.
  3. All games are based on the result at the end of a 60-minute scheduled play unless otherwise stated. If the scheduled 60 minutes are not played, then bets will be void, unless otherwise stated. An exception is made for games in which a mercy rule is used: the result at the time of the mercy rule call will be used for settlement purposes.
  4. If a match is postponed or abandoned for any reason, all bets will be void, unless re-arranged and played on the same day or stated otherwise in the rules. An exception is made if incorrect kick off time is announced on our website.
  5. The statistics provided by the official website of the relevant competition or fixture will be used for settlement purposes. In case statistics are not available on the official website or there is significant evidence that the official website is incorrect, we will use an independent source to settle bets. In the absence of consistent, independent evidence or in the presence of significant conflicting evidence, bets will be settled based on our own statistics.
  6. Live-Betting: if the event is not completed, then all bets will be void, unless otherwise stated.
  7. Handicap: the Player predicts the winning team by applying the handicap (advantage or disadvantage) of goals.
  8. Win margin: the Player predicts what the winning margin will be at the end of regulation time.
  9. Regulatory time/ 1ST Half: bet simultaneously on the winner of the first half and the winner at the end of the regular time.
  10. 1x2: bets are made by selecting a Home Win, a Draw or an Away win: 1 – Home Win; X – Draw; 2 – Away Win.
  11. Over/Under: the Player predicts if the total number of goals scored by both teams will be over or under a given number.                                                   
  12. 1st Half: bets are settled on the first half result only. Bets will be void if the match is abandoned before half time. If a match is abandoned during the second half, then all first half bets are still valid.
  13. 2nd Half: bets (1X2, Handicap and Over/Under) are settled on the second half result only. Bets will be void if the match is abandoned.
  14. First team to score/Last team to score: the Player predicts which team will score the first/last goal in the match. Own goals count towards the team credited with the goal. If a game is abandoned after a goal is scored, then all bets on First team to score will stand, while bets on Last team to score will be void.
  15. Top Goalscorer: goals scored in regular time (60 minutes) and extra-time count for settlement purposes. However, penalty shootout goals do not count. Dead-heat rules apply. If a player takes part in the tournament, all bets will have action.
  16. Highest Scoring Half: predict in which half most goals will be scored. Push rules apply.
  17. Double Chance: a Double Chance bet allows you to cover two of the three possible outcomes with one bet. The following options are available: 1 or X – if the result is either a home win or a draw, then bets on this option are winners. X or 2 – if the result is either a draw or an away win, then bets on this option are winners. 1 or 2 – if the result is either a home or an away win, then bets on this option are winners.
  18. Goals Odd/Even: a prediction of whether the total number of accumulated goals by both teams will add up to an odd or even number.​
  19. Team Odd/Even: predict whether a team’s total number of accumulated goals in a match will be an odd or an even number.
  1. All matches must start on the scheduled date (local time) so that the bets can be valid.
  2. In the event of any of the named players in a match changing before the match starts then all bets will be void.
  3. If the location of the game changes, bets will be void, unless otherwise determined.
  4. If a match takes place before the scheduled start date or time, bets will stand as long as the bet is placed until the revised start time.
  5. If the event starts but not being completed then all bets will be void.
  1. All games must start on the scheduled date (local time) for bets to have action. If a game does not start on the scheduled start date then all bets will be void. The exception is if we advertise an incorrect start time.
  2. If a game is suspended and completed on a subsequent day then all bets will be considered void (unless otherwise stated in these rules).
  3. All bets include extra innings unless otherwise stated.
  4. There must be at least 5 full innings of play unless the home team is leading after 4½ innings, for bets on Money Line to have action. If a game is called or suspended, the winner is determined by the score after the last full inning unless the home team scores to tie, or takes the lead in the bottom half of the inning, in which case the winner is determined by the score at the time the game is called. Money will be refunded if the home team ties the game and it is then suspended. Suspended games will not carry over to the following day.
  5. The game must go at least 9 full innings (or 8½ innings if the home team is ahead) for bets on Over/Under or Run line to have action with the exception of when a result has already been determined.
  6. For 7 innings games the game must go at least 7 full innings (or 6½ innings if the home team is ahead) for bets on Over/Under or Run line to have action unless specified otherwise.
  7. In 2-way markets push rules apply unless otherwise stated below. Stakes on single bets are returned, and in multiples/parlays the selection is treated as a non-runner.
  8. If a match venue is changed then bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed then bets placed based on the original listing will be void.
  9. Live-Betting: all bets are action regardless of pitching changes. Extra innings count.
  10. MLB wagers: if one or both of the starting pitchers are not exactly as specified at the time of the bet, the wager will be deemed "no action".
  11. Money line: predict which team will win the game.
  12. Run line: win/loss is determined by the number of runs accumulated by both teams and then comparing with the run line given before the game start.
    • Run line -1.5: you win if your team wins the game with a run difference of two or more.
    • Run line +1.5: you win if your team wins or losing with in exactly a one run difference.
  13. O/U/Totals / 2W Total Line: predict the total runs achieved in a match.
    • Over 9.5: your bet wins if there are more than 9 runs in the match otherwise your stake is lost.
    • Under 9.5: your bets wins if there are less than 10 runs in the match otherwise your stake is lost.
    • Under 9: your bets wins if there are less than 9 runs in the match. If there are 9 runs exactly the stake is returned otherwise your stake is lost.
    • Over 9: your bet wins if there are more than 9 runs in the match. If there are 9 runs exactly the stake is returned otherwise your stake is lost.
  14. 3W Total: predict if the total runs accumulated by both teams will be Over, Under or Exactly preset number.
  15. Odd/Even: a prediction of whether the total number of accumulated runs in a game will add up to an odd or even number. The game must go at least 9 full innings (or 8½ innings if the home team is ahead) for bets to have action.
  16. Winner of the competition: bets placed on the league include play offs.
  17. 1st Inning Winner: predict the winner at the end of the first inning.
  1. All games must start on the scheduled date (local time) for bets to have action. An exception is made if incorrect start time is announced on our website.
  2. If a game venue is changed, bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets based on the original listing will be void.
  3. All bets on a game include extra-time unless otherwise stated.
  4. In 2-way markets push rules apply unless otherwise stated below. Stakes on single bets are returned, and in multiples/parlays the selection is treated as a non-runner.
  5. 48-minute games must go at least 43 minutes of play and 40-minute games must go at least 35 minutes of play in order for full time bets to take actions.
  6. If a game is suspended after the minimum time has been played and not resumed the same day, then regardless of whether the game is completed at a later date, the score when the game is halted will determine the betting results.
  7. Money Line: predict which team will be the winner. Include extra-time.
  8. Spread: predict which team will be the winner, applying the given spread to the score. Include extra-time.
  9. Over/Under: predict if the points scored by both teams will be over or under a given number. Include extra-time.
  10. 1st/2nd/3rd/4th Quarter: all Quarter markets (Money Line, Spread, Over/Under, Total Team Points, Total Odd/Even and Total Team Odd/Even, Margin of Victory) will be settled according to the result of the relevant quarter. The 4th quarter result includes overtime if played. Quarters must be finished in order for bets on them to be settled. If the game is abandoned during the scheduled playing time, bets on the running and following quarters will be void. Examples:
    1. If the game is abandoned in the 2nd Quarter, bets on the 1st Quarter will be settled, the rest (2nd/3rd/4th Quarter) will be void.
    2. If the game is abandoned in the 4th Quarter (even if there are less than 5 min of scheduled playing time left), bets on it will be void. Bets on 1st/2nd/3rd Quarter will be settled.
    3. If the game is abandoned in overtime, all Quarter bets will be settled. 4th Quarter bets will be settled according to the4th quarter result, adding any points scored in overtime up to the time of abandonment.
  11. Total Team Points: predict if a certain team will score more or less points than a given number. Include extra-time.
  12. Winning Margin/Margin of Victory: predict the winning team and exactly by how many points this team will win by choosing from given options. Include extra-time.
  13. Total Team Odd/Even: predict if the points scored by a certain team will add up to an odd or an even number. Include extra-time.
  1. All bets are settled on the result at the time of the podium presentation. Any disqualification or appeal leading to change in the results made after that will not be taken under consideration.
  2. Bets made on players who don’t start relevant race will be voided.
  3. Race/Stage Winner: predict which cyclist or team will win the Race/Stage in question.
  4. Individual/Team Head 2 Head: Predict which team/cyclist will achieve higher finishing position in the race (the highest position will be the 1st place, and the lowest who finish last). All teams/cyclists in question should start the race, otherwise bets will be voided. At least one of the teams/cyclists in question should finish the race, otherwise bets will be voided.
  1. All games must start on the scheduled date (local time) so that the bets can be valid. The exception is if we advertise an incorrect start time.
  2. Abandoned or postponed matches are void unless rearranged and played in the same date (local time) or stated otherwise in the rules.
  3. If the location of the game changes, bets will be void, unless otherwise determined.
  4. If a match takes place before the scheduled start date or time, bets will remain as long as the bet is placed until the revised start time.
  5. Outright: all outright bets shall stand irrespective of whether the player competes.
  6. Money line: in the event of a match starting but not being completed, the player progressing to the next round or being awarded the victory will be deemed the winner for settlement purposes. Bets will be void in the two-way market if the match result is a tie.
  7. Handicap: In the event of the statutory number of sets/legs not being completed, changed, or differing from those offered for betting purposes then all bets are void. All bets will be void if match is not completed.
  8. Odd/Even: In the event of the statutory number of sets/legs not being completed, changed, or differing from those offered for betting purposes then all bets are void. All bets will be void if match is not completed.
  9. Live betting: bets on any match market abandoned before the full completion of the statutory number of legs/sets will be void.
  1. All bets are settled according to the official results of winter sports federations governing the relevant race, even if not all of the scheduled events are held. Bets will be settled according to the official result declared after the race has finished.
  2. Any later appeals and disqualifications will not affect bets.
  3. If an event does not take place as scheduled, unless it is postponed due to weather conditions, all bets are void.
  4. An exception is made if incorrect kick-off time is announced on our website. If an event is abandoned or suspended and not staged within 36 hours (local time) and on the same field (track) all bets are void.
  5. Dead heat rules apply.
  1. If a race or qualifier is postponed for any reason, all wagers will remain valid for 48 hours.
  2. Formula One Racing - Race Outright: all race bets are settled on the official classification from the Federation Internationale de l'Automobile (FIA), the sports governing body, at the time of the podium presentation.
  3. Stage Winner: the Player predicts who will win the stage. Non-Runner no-bet. Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.
  4. Constructors: each participant is priced to be the top constructor over the Formula 1 season in accordance with Constructors Championship standings, and rules as specified by the FIA.
  5. Podium Position: the result for settlement is at the time of the podium presentation. Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.
  6. Formula 1 - Race Outright: the official FIA result at the time of the podium presentation for the race will be used.
  7. NASCAR - Outright Race: the Official NASCAR winner of the race shall be the winner of the race for wagering purposes; this includes all races which are halted prematurely for any reason. Any drivers who do not qualify for the race will be deemed no action, i.e. all bets on such driver will be declared void.
  8. Rally: all race bets are settled on the official classification as defined by the official race organizers and will not be affected by any subsequent enquiries.
  9. MOTORBIKES - Championship Outright: bets will be determined by the number of points accumulated following the podium presentation of the final race of the season and will not be affected by any subsequent enquiries.
  10. Race Outright: the podium positions will be used to determine the winner for betting purposes. Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.
  1. All match markets are based on the result at the end of the regular time. This includes any added injury or stoppage time but does not include extra time, time allocated for a penalty shootout or a golden goal.
     
  2. Some Soccer matches may have different playing schedules. In that case the following will apply:
    1. 90 minutes scheduled play (3 x 30 minutes). Full-time bets are still considered valid. Half-time bets are considered void.
    2. 80 minutes scheduled play (2 x 40 minutes). All bets are still considered valid.
       
  3. Should any match be played prior to the date or kick-off time denoted then bets will stand provided the wager is placed not later than the revised kick-off time.
     
  4. In friendly matches, bets will be settled according to the outcome of the final whistle regardless of whether the scheduled game time is played in full or not.
     
  5. All bets on a match abandoned before the completion of the regular time will be void unless the match is rearranged and played on the same date (local time) or stated otherwise in the rules, except for bets on any markets that have been unconditionally determined.
     
  6. If the game does not take place as scheduled and is not played on the same date (local time) all bets are void. An exception is made if incorrect kick-off time is announced on our website.
     
  7. If a match venue is changed then bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed then bets based on the original listing will be void.
     
  8. In the absence of an official source, or when significant conflicting evidence is present, bets will be settled based on our own statistics.
     
  9. Extra Time: all bets are settled on the official statistics for the extra time period only. Any goals, corners, etc. that were taken or scored during the regulation time do not count. Extra time does not include a Penalty shootout.
     
  10. Penalties Shootout: for handicap betting, all Penalties taken in the shootout are counted, including sudden death (the additional Penalties after the first 10 Penalties).In over/under betting, the result includes only the standard ten Penalties in the shootout and does not include sudden death. If the match does not go to a penalty shootout all bets will be void.
     
  11. Next minute markets: each market refers to a specific 1 or 5 minute period in the match. It is split into minutes and seconds and it is displayed as part of the market title. 00:59 seconds counts as the first minute, 01:59 counts as the second minute, and so on. Injury time does not count. For example:
    1. The 5 minute period 40:00-44:59 refers to the first half only and does not include first half injury time.
    2. The 5 minute period 45:00-49:59 refers to the start of the second half only and does not include first half injury time.
    3. The 5 minute period 85:00-89:59 refers to the second half only and does not include second half injury time.

      A settlement will be made based on data from the TV broadcaster covering the match, or if not available - based on the official website of the competition, or if not available – based on data transmitted by our data providers.
      If a match is abandoned during any of these minute markets, all bets placed will be void if the time of the bet period was not completed. Bets in which the time of the bet period was completed will be settled and not declared void.
      If a specified minute period is not completed, all bets will be void unless a winning market has already been established prior to the stoppage in play. All disallowed or cancelled goals, corner kicks, cards, Penalties, free kicks, goal kicks and throw-ins will not count.
      Goal will be settled on the time the goal is scored.
       
  12. 1X2: bets can be placed by either selecting a Home Win, a Draw or an Away Win. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void. 1 - Home Win. X – Draw; 2 - Away Win.
     
  13. Over/Under: predict the total goals scored in a match. Goals are considered regardless of whether they are scored before or after the bets are placed (unlike Asians, where the result before the bet has been placed is ignored). If a game is abandoned, bets will be void unless settlement is already unconditionally determined.
     
  14. Goal Scored 1-15Min, 16-30Min, 31-Half Time, Starting 2nd Half-60Min, 61-75Min, 76-Full Time: bet on whether a goal will be scored in the named periods. If the match is abandoned, bets on the periods before the time of abandonment still stand, while all bets on periods after that time will be cancelled. Bets on the period which includes the minute the game was stopped, will be settled in case there is a goal already scored in the named period. Otherwise bets will be void. Example: If the match is abandoned in the 38nd minute:
    1. Bets on minutes: 1 to 15 and 16 to 30 will be settled.
    2. Bets on minutes: start of second half-60, 61-75, 76-Full Time will be void.
    3. Bets on minutes: 31-Half Time will be settled if there was a goal scored between 31st and 38th min.
    4. Bets on minutes: 31-Half Time will be void if there was no goal scored between 31st and 38th min.
       
  15. Total Goals/Total Goals 1st Half: predict the total goals scored in the match/1st half by both teams. If an event is abandoned, all bets will be void, unless the outcome of the placed bet has already been determined.
    1. Over 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if there are 3 or more goals in the match/ 1st half.
    2. Under 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if there are 2 goals or less in the match/ 1st half
       
  16. Half with Most Goals: predict in which half most goals will be scored. Bets will be void if the match is abandoned.
     
  17. 1st Half 1X2, Asians and Over/Under: bets will be settled on the first half result only. If a match is abandoned before half time, the bet will be void, unless the markets were unconditionally determined. If a match is abandoned during the second half then all first half bets are still valid.
  18. 2nd Half 1X2, Asians and Over/Under: bets will be settled on the second half result only. If a match is abandoned then all bets will be void, unless the markets were unconditionally determined.
     
  19. Exact Score: predict the exact score of the match by choosing from given results. There is another variation of this market available: Exact score 1stHalf – you have to predict the score of the 1st Half.
     
  20. Multi-Bet Exact Score: predict the final score of the game by choosing from given options. Every option includes several results. You win if the final score is the same as any of the results featured in the option you have bet on. For example: You have bet on line: 1:0, 2:0, 3:0. If the final score is either 1:0 or 2:0 or 3:0, you will win. If any other result occurs, your bet will be lost.
  21. Both Teams to Score: predict whether both teams will score at least one goal in the game. Own goals count towards the team credited with the goal. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void, unless the outcome of these bets is already determined. “Yes” – meaning that both teams will score. “No” – meaning that either team will not score.
     
  22. 3 Way Handicap: in a 3W Handicap, the line is set so that there can also be a draw outcome, giving you 3 potential bets. Bets are settled according to the final result. There is another option of this market: 1st Half 3 W Handicap, which is settled according to the result of 1st half only. For example:
    1. Handicap (-2) - You will win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of three or more.
    2. Tie (-2) - You will win if the team with (-2) Handicap wins the match with exactly 2 goals difference.
    3. Handicap(+2) - You will win if your team wins/draws/loses by 1 goal.
  23. First to Score/Last to Score/2nd Goal/3rd Goal/4th Goal...: predict which team will score the first/2nd/3rd/4th/…./last goal in the match. Own goals count towards the team credited with the goal. If a game is abandoned all bets will be void, unless the outcome of a bet is already determined.
     
  24. Winning Margin: predict the team to win the match and the victory margin. For example in a match Team A vs Team B:
    1. Bet on Team A to win by 2 or more goals wins if the result is 2:0, 3:0, 3:1, 4:0, 4:1, 4:2, etc.
    2. Bet on Team A to win by 1 goal wins if the result is 1:0, 2:1, 3:2, etc.
    3. Bet on Score Draw wins in case of any draw results with the exception of 0:0, i.e. 1:1, 2:2, 3:3, etc.
    4. Bet on No score draw wins only if the result is 0:0.
    5. Bet on Team B to win by 2 or more goals wins if the result is 0:2, 0:3, 1:3, 0:4, 1:4, 2:4, etc.
    6. Bet on Team B to win by 1 goal wins if the result is 0:1, 1:2, 2:3, etc.
       
  25. Odd/Even: predict if accumulated goals by both teams will add up to an odd or even number. When no goals are scored, it is considered as Even for settlement purposes. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void, unless an outcome is already determined. There are several variations of this market:
    1. Odd/Even – bets on it are settled according to Full time score;
    2. 1st Half Odd/Even – bets on it are settled according to the 1st half result only;
    3. 2nd Half Odd/Even – bets on it are settled according to the 2nd half result only.
       
  26. Goalscorer: predict if a player will score first/last/anytime goal in the match. Own goals are ignored for settlement purposes. If an own goal is scored, the previous or the next goal (if there are any) will be taken into consideration. If only own goals are scored in the match, it will be considered as No Goalscorer result for settlement purposes. Bets on players not taking part in the match will be void. For First Goalscorer, bets on players coming on as substitutes after the first goal has already been scored will also be declared void. If a match is abandoned after the first goal has already been scored, all winning bets on First Goalscorer and on Anytime Goalscorer (bets on players who have already scored) will stand, all other bets on Goalscorer market will be void. If a match is abandoned before a first goal is scored, all bets will be void.
     
  27. Goalscorer Premier: betting options available on this market are:
    1. First or Last Goalscorer – Predict if a certain player will score either first or last goal in the match;
    2. 2 or more – Predict if a certain player will score 2 or more goals in the match;
    3. 3 or more - Predict if a certain player will score 3 or more goals in the match;

      Own goals are ignored for settlement purposes. If an own goal is scored, the previous or the next goal (if there are any) will be taken into consideration. Bets on players not taking part in the match will be void.
      If a match is abandoned, bets on this market will be void with the exception of any bets that have an already determined outcome.
       
  28. Team Goalscorer: predict which player of a certain team will score the most goals in a League/Tournament. Goals scored both in regular and extra time count. Penalty shootout goals do not count. In case two or more players score the same amount of goals, dead-heat rules apply. If there aren’t any goals scored by the named team, all bets will be void.
     
  29. Top Goalscorer: players who are nominated to play for their teams are considered VALID bets regardless of whether they are sidelined or injured during the tournament. In case a player is transferred to a different club within the same league, goals scored prior to the move will be counted. If a player is transferred to a club in another league, goals scored prior to the transfer cannot be brought over to his/her new league. All bets will stand in case of any of the above-mentioned scenario, unless otherwise stated: Own goals will be ignored. Only League goals scored are counted.

    Goals scored in playoff matches are not counted. If two or more players score the same amount of goals, dead-heat rules apply.
     
  30. Teams to score in 1st Half/2nd Half/Both halves: teams to score in 1st Half/2nd Half/Both halves: predict if a team will score at least one goal in 1st Half/2nd Half/Both halves. Own goals count to the team credited with the goal for settlement purposes. If an event is abandoned, all bets will be void, unless the outcome of the placed bet has already been determined.
     
  31. OU & Goal Crazy/Goal Crazy/1st Half Goal Crazy: bets are settled on the total number of goals scored by both teams in the match - Goal Crazy, or for the 1st half - 1st Half Goal Crazy. If an event is abandoned during the 1st half, all bets on this market will be void. If an event is abandoned after the 1st half is completed, bets on 1st Half Goal Crazy will stand and bets on Goal Crazy will be void. Example:
    1. If you pick 2-3, you win if 2 or 3 goals are scored in the match/1st half. Otherwise your bet is lost.
    2. If you pick 3+, you win if 3 or more goals are scored in the match/1st half. Otherwise your bet is lost.          
                                             
  32. Number of Goals/Number of Goals 1st Half: predict the exact number of goals scored in the match/1st half by both teams. If an event is abandoned during the 1st half, all bets on this market will be void. If an event is abandoned after the 1st half is completed, bets on Number of Goals 1st Half will stand and bets on Number of Goals will be void.
     
  33. Both teams to score & over 2.5: Yes = both teams to score and at least 3 goals to be scored in the game. No = either team not to score or both teams to score but less than 3 goals altogether. If a match is abandoned, bets will be void, unless the outcome of a bet is already determined.
     
  34. Match Winner & Both Teams to Score: predict the winner of the game and if both teams will score/not score from the given options. If a match is abandoned, all bets will be void.
     
  35. Scorecast: this is a prediction on both First to Score and Exact Score of the match. Both should be correct for a bet to win. Own goals are not counted for first to score: next goal scored which is not an own goal will be counted for settlement purposes. If there are only own goals in the match, bet will be settled with Exact Score market odds at kick-off time. If game ends with 0:0 score, all bets will be void. If player comes on the field after first goal is scored, or did not take part in the game at all, bets including him as first to score will be settled with Exact Score market odds at kick-off time. If a match is abandoned after first goal is scored, bets will be settled with First to Score odds of Goalscorer bet type at kick-off time.
     
  36. 1st Half Scorecast: this is a prediction on both First to Score and Exact Score in the 1st half of the match. Both should be correct for a bet to win. Own goals are not counted for first to score: next goal scored which is not an own goal will be counted for settlement purposes. If there are only own goals in the 1st half, bet will be settled with 1st Half Exact Score market odds at kick-off time. If 1st Half ends with 0:0 score, all bets will be void. If player comes on the field after first goal is scored, or did not take part in the 1st Half at all, bets including him as first to score will be settled with 1st Half Exact Score market odds at kick-off time. If a match is abandoned during the 1st Half, all bets will be void.
     
  37. Anytime Scorecast: this is a prediction on both Anytime Goalscorer and Exact Score of the match. Both should be correct for a bet to win. Own goals are not counted for Anytime Goalscorer for settlement purposes. If there are only own goals in the match, bet will be settled with Exact score market odds at kick-off time. If game ends with 0:0 score, all bets will be void. If player did not take part in the game at all, bets including him as Anytime Goalscorer will be settled with Exact Score market odds at kick-off time. If a match is abandoned after a goal or goals are scored, bets including players who have already scored will be settled with Anytime Goalscorer odds of Goalscorer bet type at kick-off time. All other bets will be void.
     
  38. Wincast: this is a prediction on both First to Score and Final Result (home win, away win or draw) of the match. Both should be correct for a bet to win. Own goals are not counted for First to Score: next goal scored which is not an own goal will be counted for settlement purposes. If there are only own goals in the match, bet will be settled with 1X2 market odds at kick-off time. If player comes on the field after first goal is scored, or did not take part in the game at all, bets including him as First to Score will be settled with 1X2 market odds at kick-off time. If a match is abandoned after first goal is scored, bets will be settled with First to Score odds of Goalscorer bet type at kick-off time.
     
  39. Half-time/Full-time & Over/Under 2.5: predict the match result at half-time and full-time, and whether at least 3 goals will be scored in the match. Example: In order for the bet ‘1/X and Over 2.5’ to be successful, the home team must win the first half, then the final result should be a draw and 3 or more goals should be scored during the match. Extra time and penalty shootouts do not count.
     
  40. Match Winner & O/U 2.5/3.5: predict the winner of the match and if there will be over or under 2.5/3.5 goals scored in the match from the given options. If a game is abandoned, all bets will be void.
     
  41. Match Winner & O/U 1.5 1st Half: predict the winner of the match and if there will be over or under 1.5 goals scored in the 1st half from the given options. If a game is abandoned, all bets will be void.
     
  42. 1X2 Corners Full Time/1st Half/2nd Half: predict which team will take more corners. Available options are: 1 – Home team to take more corners; X – Both teams to take an equal number of corners; 2 – Away team to take more corners. Corners 1X2 Full Time is settled according to the corners taken during the whole match. Corners 1X2 1st Half is settled according to the corners taken in the first half only. Corners 1X2 2nd Half is settled according to the corners taken in the second half only. Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be re-taken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner. If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
     
  43. Asians Handicap & Over/Under Corners FT/1st Half/2nd Half: this market is similar to Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/Loss for Handicap part is determined by comparing the corners taken by each team, applying the given Handicap. Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by the corners taken by both teams. Push rules apply. This market is similar to Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/Loss for Handicap part is determined by comparing the corners taken by each team, applying the given Handicap. Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by the corners taken by both teams. Push rules apply. Asians & Over/Under Corners FT will be settled according to the corners taken during the whole match. Asians & Over/Under Corners 1st Half will be settled according to the corners taken in the first half only. Asians & Over/Under Corners 2nd Half will be settled according to the corners taken in the second half only. Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be re-taken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner. If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
     
  44. Total Corners 2 Way: predict if the total corners taken in the match (by both teams) will be over or under a given number. Push rules apply. Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be re-taken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner. If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
     
  45. Corners Over/Under, Corners 1st Half Over/Under, Corners 2nd Half Over/Under: predict if the total corners taken in the match (by both teams) will be over or under a given number. Push rules apply. Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be re-taken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner. If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
     
  46. First/Last Corner: predict which team will take the first/last corner in the game. Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be re-taken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner. If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
     
  47. 2nd /3rd/4th/… Corner: predict which team will take the named corner in the game. If this specific corner is not taken in the game, bets will be void. For example game finishes or is abandoned with 8 corners taken – all bets on any corner after the 8th will be void (9th, 10th, etc.).
     
  48. First/Last Substitute: predict which team will make first/last substitution in the game. If both teams make a substitution at the same time, which happens to be first/last in the game, bets on it will be void. If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
     
  49. First/Last Offside: predict which team will be caught first/last in an offside position in the game. If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
     
  50. Ball Possession: ball Possession is similar to Handicap Wager. Win/loss is determined by the Ball Possession of both teams, then by comparing the ball possession with the handicap given before the game started. If a match is abandoned all bets will be void.
     
  51. Shots on Target: "Shots on Target" is similar to Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/Loss for Handicap part is determined by comparing the shots on target of each team, applying the given Handicap. Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by shots on target of both teams. If a match is abandoned, all bets will be void, unless settlement is already unconditionally determined.
     
  52. 1st/Last Throw In: predict which team will be first/last to take a throw in in the game. If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
     
  53. Outright/ Winner: Predict the winner of the relevant competition. Bets are settled on the final league position, after play offs (if played), unless otherwise stated.
  54. Elimination Stage: Predict in which stage of a tournament a certain team will be eliminated.
  55. Group Straight Forecast: Predict the exact place the named team or teams will finish in.
  56. Group winner: Predict the team which will win the group.                               
  1. All games must start on the scheduled date (local time) for bets to have action.
  2. Abandoned or postponed matches are void unless rearranged and played on the same date (local time) or stated otherwise in the rules. An exception is made if incorrect kick off time is announced on our website.
  3. All bets on the game include overtime scoring unless stated otherwise.
  4. Games must go at least 55 minutes of play for bets to have action. If a game is suspended before 55 complete minutes are played, all bets on the outcome of the game are refunded unless otherwise stated, except for bets on any markets that have been unconditionally determined.
  5. In 2-way markets push rules apply unless otherwise stated below. Stakes on single bets are returned and in multiples/parlays the selection is treated as a non-runner.
  6. If a match venue is changed, bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets based on the original listing will be void.
  7. Live-Betting: live betting game bets include overtime. Points are considered regardless of whether they are scored before or after the bet is placed.
  8. Winner: predict the winner of the game. Bets include overtime if played. If the game ends in a draw, 2Way bets on Winner will be void.
  9. Spread: predict the winner of the game, applying the given spread (handicap).
  10. Over/Under/Total Points: predict if the points scored by both teams will be over or under a given number.
  11. 1st Half: bets settled on the first half result only. Bets will be void if the match is abandoned before halftime. If a match is abandoned during the second half then all first half bets are still valid.
  12. 2nd Half: bets settled on the second half result only include overtime.
  13. 1st/2nd/3rd Quarter: bets settled on the quarters result only. If the entire game is not completed, wagers on quarters will have action in case the relevant period was completed.
  14. 4th Quarter: bets settled on the 4th quarter result only include overtime (unless otherwise stated).
  1. All games must start on the scheduled date (local time) so that the bets can be valid.
  2. If a match takes place before the scheduled start date or time, bets will remain as long as the bet is placed until the revised start time.
  3. If the location of the game changes, bets will be void, unless otherwise determined.
  4. In the event of a match starting but not being completed then all bets will be void.
  5. 1X2: predict which will be the result of the match.
  1. All games must start on the scheduled date (local time) so that the bets can be valid.
  2. If a match takes place before the scheduled start date or time, bets will remain as long as the bet is placed until the revised start time.
  3. If the location of the game changes, bets will be void, unless otherwise determined.
  4. All match markets will be settled on regulation time, unless stated otherwise.
  5. Regulation time must be completed for bets to stand unless otherwise stated.
  6. Over/Under Goals Total: predict the total goals scored in the game.
  7. Top Goalscorer: predict which player will score most goals in the League/Tournament.
  8. Handicap: predict which team will win the game after applying the selected handicap line.
  9. Winner in the game: bet on the winner of the game. Considering "1" as the home team win, "X" draw and "2" the victory of the visiting team.
  1. If the start of a round is delayed, or if play during a round is suspended, all pending wagers will remain valid for 48 hours. If the postponement lasts more than 48 hours, all pending wagers will be canceled and the monies refunded.
  2. Where a golfer withdraws before the start of a tournament then all bets on that participant will be declared void.
  3. Bets stand once the player has teed off the first hole.
  4. Outright: all outright bets are settled on the player winning the trophy. The result of play-offs is taken into account. All bets stand except for those placed on participants not competing in the first round.
  5. First round winner: the winner will be the player achieving the highest placing at the end of the first round.
  6. Money line: if an individual match-up ends in a tie then bets will be void.
  7. Dead-heat rules: if 2 or more selections finish in the same position, the stake will be divided proportionally.
  • Note – Dead-heat rules apply to the stake and not to the odds.

    Example: the final positions in golf are the following:

    1st position: Player A

    2nd position: Player B

    3rd position: Player C

    3rd position: Player D

    3rd position: Player E

    6th Position: Player F

    6th Position: Player G

    Let’s say you bet on Player E (e/w ¼ 1-2-3)

  • 3rd position is shared by 3 players – Player E shares 3rd position with 2 other players - so the payment will be 1/3 stake X e/w odds;
  • Let’s say you bet on Player E (e/w ¼ 1-2-3-4);
  • Positions 3 and 4 are shared by 3 players.;
  • 3rd and 4th (not really 4th position since there are 3 players in 3rd position) positions are shared by 3 players – that means 2 positions pay, out of the 3 players who reached those positions: 2/3 stake X e/w odds.
  1. All games must start on the scheduled date (local stadium time) for bets to have action. The exception is if we advertise an incorrect start time.
  2. If a match venue is changed, bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, bets placed based on the original listing will be void.
  3. Games must run for a minimum of 55 minutes for action. If a game is suspended before 55 complete minutes are played, all bets on the outcome of the game are refunded unless otherwise stated, except for bets on any markets that have been unconditionally determined.
  4. Pre-Live Betting: will be settled according to the final score including overtime (and penalty shootout if needed) or excluding overtime, depending on the terms of the specific bet market. The results of matches decided by a penalty shootout will include the entire penalty shootout as one goal for the winning team.  
  1. All bets are valid for regulation time in all leagues.

    Examples:

    +0.5 You win if your team draws or wins the match.

    -0.5 You win if your team wins the match.

  2. Over/Under: predict the total goals achieved in a match. Over/Under bets on pre live games (exclude NHL) will be settling with the regulation result. Over/Under bets on live events will be settling with the overtime/penalty shootout result.
    1. Over 2 Bets win if there are three or more goals scored in the match. If there are two goals exactly, the stake is returned. Bets lose if there is 0 or 1 goal scored in the match.
    2. Over 2.5 Bets win if there are three or more goals scored in the match. Bets lose if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match.
    3. Under 2.5 Bets win if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match. Bets lose if there are three or more goals scored in the match.
  3. 1st/2nd/3rd Period: bets settled on the first/second/third period result only. The 3rd period excludes overtime. The relevant period must be completed for bets to have action. If a match is abandoned during the second period, all first period bets are still valid. If a match is abandoned during the third period, all first/second period bets are still valid.
  4. Total Goals: predict the total goals achieved in the match.
    1. Over 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if there are 3 goals or more in the match.
    2. Under 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if there are no goals or less than 3 goals in the match.
  5. First to score / Last to score / Next Goal: which team will score the first/last/next goal in a match. Own goals count to the team credited with the goal. If an Event is abandoned after a goal was scored then all bets on team of "First to score" will stand, "Last to score" will be void, team of "Next Goal" goal which has already been determined will stand and "Next Goal" which has not been determined will be void. If an Event is abandoned without any goal being scored, then all "First to score / Last to score" bets will be void.
  6. Exact Score: predict the score at the end of regular time (except NHL). If an exact score occurs that is not an option in our offer, all bets are lost.
  7. Double Chance: allows you to cover two of the three possible outcomes in a match with one bet. The following options are available:
    1. 1 or X - if the result is either a home win or a draw, bets on this option are winners.
    2. X or 2 - if the result is either a draw or away win, bets on this option are winners.
    3. 1 or 2 - if the result is either a home win or an away win, bets on this option are winners.
  8. Friendly and friendly international live matches will be settled based on regulation score unless otherwise stated.

  9. NHL: NHL bets (pre-match and live) include overtime and penalty shootouts unless specifically stated otherwise. If a game is decided by a penalty shootout, one goal will be added to the winning team’s score and the game total.
  10. All Competitions (Excluding NHL): all pre-match bets will be settled based on the score at the end of regulation time, excluding overtime if played, unless otherwise stated. For live betting – see live betting rules. Friendly and friendly international live matches will be settled based on regulation score unless otherwise stated.
  11. Regular time winner: the Player predicts the winner only in regular time.
  12. 2W ML: predict the winner of the match including overtime and penalties.
  13. Spread: predict the spread between both teams at the final score.
    1. Spread bets on pre live games (exclude NHL) will be settling with the regulation result.
    2. Spread bets on live events will be settling with the overtime/penalty shootout result.
  1. All events must start on the scheduled date (local time) for bets to be accepted.
  2. If an event takes place before the scheduled start date or time, bets will stand as long as the bet is placed until the revised start time.
  3. If the location of the game changes, bets will be void, unless otherwise determined.
  4. The podium presentation will determine the settlement of the bets.
  5. Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.
  1. All events must start on the scheduled date (local time) for bets to be accepted.
  2. If an event takes place before the scheduled start date or time, bets will stand as long as the bet is placed until the revised start time.
  3. If the location of the game changes, bets will be void, unless otherwise determined.
  4. If the fight does not take place as scheduled and is not played in the same date (local time) all bets are void. The exception is if we advertise an incorrect kick-off time.
  5. The bell sound is the sign for the beginning of the first round for betting purposes. When a fighter fails to answer the bell for the next round then his opponent will be deemed to have won in the previous round. In declaration of a “No Contest” all bets will be void and stakes will be refunded, with the exception of markets where the outcome has already been determined.
  6. Winner: all bets will be valid regardless of changes to number of rounds to be fought. Declaration of a draw - all bets will be void and stakes will be refunded. This includes a fight which ends in a Majority Draw. Bets will be settled on the official result announced in the ring. Subsequent appeals/amendments do not affect settlement (unless the amendment was made due to human error when announcing the result).
  7. Total Rounds: for settlement purposes where a half round is stated then 1 minute 30 seconds of the respective round will define the half to determine under or over. If the number of rounds for a fight is changed after this market has been set then all bets will still have action unless the new number of rounds result in the quote being higher than the total number of rounds to be fought Half of the official time for a round will be used for O/U total round bets. For example: 90 seconds into the 7th round of a boxing fight equal 6.5 rounds.
  1. All games must start on the scheduled date (local time) so that the bets can be valid.
  2. If a match takes place before the scheduled start date or time, bets will remain as long as the bet is placed until the revised start time.
  3. If the location of the game changes, bets will be void, unless otherwise determined.
  4. All match markets will be settled on regulation time, unless stated otherwise.
  5. In the event of a match starting but not being completed then bets will be void.
  1. 1x2: all games must start on the scheduled date (local stadium time) for bets to have action. If a match is postponed or abandoned for any reason all bets will be void, unless re-arranged and played in the same day or stated otherwise in the rules. The exception is if we advertise an incorrect kick off time.
  2. If a venue is changed from the one advertised then all bets on that match are void. In the event of a change of opponent from the one advertised, then all bets for that match are void.                                                   
  1. Money line: predict which player will win the match.
  2. In the event of a match starting but not being completed the player progressing to the next round or being awarded the victory will be deemed the winner for settlement purposes. In the event of a match not starting at all, all bets are refunded.
  1. In the event of any of the following circumstances, all bets will stand:
    1. A change of schedule and/or day of match;
    2. A change of venue;
    3. A change from indoor court to outdoor court or vice versa;
    4. A change of surface (either before or during a match);
    5. A delay in the start of a match will not affect the standing of wagers, nor will a suspension, as long as the play is resumed and the match completed.
  2. Winner Full Time including Live Betting: if the full statutory number of sets hasn’t been completed, all bets will be deemed as void.
  3. Point Winner/1st Point Winner: predict which player will win the stated point. The nominated point will be featured in the name of the bet type, for example: 1st set - 5th game – 1st Point Winner. If a point is not played for any reason – it is awarded by the umpire as a penalty point, the game or the match is over before the point is played, a player withdraws, etc. – bets on it will be void. Tie break points will not be counted for this bet type.
  4. Game Winner: predict which player will win the stated game. The nominated game will be featured in the name of the bet type, for example: 2nd set – 7th game – Winner. If a game is not completed for any reason, bets on it will be void. Tie break points will not be counted for this bet type.
  5. Game Exact Score: predict the points of the winner and his opponent in the stated game by choosing from the given options. The nominated game will be featured in the name of the bet type, for example: 1st set – 8th game – Exact Score. If a game is not completed for any reason, bets on it will be void.
  6. Over/Under Set - Total Games: review whether the games won by both players will be above or below a certain number in that set. If the set is not completed, all bets will be void.
  7. First/Second/Third/Fourth/Fifth Set (Money Line) including Live Betting: in the event of the set not being completed, all bets will be void.
  8. Exact Score (Set Betting) including Live Betting: predict the sets score at the end of the match. Bets are void if the full statutory number of sets is not completed, or changed.
  9. To Win 1st Point: predict which player will win the first point. All bets placed after the coin toss will be void.
  10. To Win 1st Game: predict which player will win the first game. All bets placed after the coin toss will be void.
  11. Handicap Games: depending on the probability of victory for each athlete, a game handicap is defined for the match. All bets on Handicap Games are settled according to the number of games won by each player in the match. For example:
    a) Roger Federer -3.5 vs David Ferrer +3.5, if the final result is Roger Federer 6-4 6-4 David Ferrer, you win if you bet on Federer (he won 4 games more than David Ferrer)
    b) Roger Federer -3.5 vs David Ferrer +3.5, if the final result is Roger Federer 7-6 7-6, you win if you bet on David Ferrer (he lost only 2 games less than Federer)
  12. Handicap Sets: depending on the probability of victory for each athlete, a sets handicap is defined for the match. All bets on Handicap Sets are settled according to the number of sets won by each athlete in the match. For example:
    a) Rafael Nadal -1.5 vs Juan Martin Del Potro +1.5, if the final result is Rafael Nadal 6-3 6-2 Juan Martin Del Potro, you win if you bet on Rafael Nadal (he won by 2 sets)
    b) Rafael Nadal -1.5 vs Juan Martin Del Potro +1.5, if the final result is Rafael Nadal 6-4 3-6 6-4 Juan Martin Del Potro, you win if  you bet on Juan Martin Del Potro (he lost only by one set)
  1. All games must start on the scheduled date (local time) so that the bets can be valid.
  2. If a match takes place before the scheduled start date or time, bets will remain as long as the bet is placed until the revised start time.
  3. If the location of the game changes, bets will be void, unless otherwise determined.
  4. In the event of any of the named players in a match changing before the match starts all bets will be void. In the event of a match starting but not being completed, all bets will be void.
  5. In the event of disqualification or withdrawal, all bets will be void unless the betting resolution has already been determined or there is no conceivable way the game and/or the match can be played until its natural completion without unconditionally determine the outcome of that market.
  6. Bets for the tournament winner will be void if the athlete does not participate in it.
  7. If the match is suspended, or not finalized on the same day, bets will remain valid until the match is over.
  1. All games must start on the scheduled date (local time) for bets to be accepted. Exception is the case that the start time announced on our Site is incorrect.
  2. Games canceled or postponed are considered void unless they are rescheduled and played on the same day (local time) or if otherwise determined by the rules.
  3. If the location of the game changes, bets will be void, unless otherwise determined.
  4. If a match takes place before the scheduled start date or time, bets will stand as long as the bet is placed until the revised start time.
  5. If the name of any of the players nominated for a match changes before the start of the game, all bets will be void.
  6. If the event starts but is not completed, all bets will be void.
  1. If a match is not completed, all full time bets will be void.
  2. If a match venue is changed then bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such.
  3. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed then bets based on the original listing will be void.
  4. Abandoned or postponed matches are void unless rearranged and played on the same date (local time) or stated otherwise in the rules. An exception is made if incorrect kick off time is announced on our website.
  5. Live-Betting: if the event is not completed, all bets will be void. Exceptions are made for bets on sets which are already over, in this case the bets will be settled. Points are considered regardless of whether they are scored before or after the bet is placed.
  6. Winner: predict the winner of the game. A best-of-five sets format is used. Golden Set is not counted for settling purposes.
  7. Set Score: predict the sets' score at the end of the match. Bets are void if the statutory number of sets is not completed, or changed.
  8. Over/Under set: the Player predicts if the total number of points in the set will be higher ("Over") or lower ("Under") to that indicated.
  9. Over/Under points: the Player predicts that the total number of points throughout the game will be higher ("Over") or lower ("Under") to the indicated.
  10. 1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th set Winner: predict the winner of the relevant set.

Casino Bonus

1. After you’ve made your first deposit of an amount between €20,00 and the maximum defined for this specific offer, you’ll get your Casino Bonus immediately!     

For example:

  • Deposit €60 get €60 free, play with €120;
  • Deposit €90 get €90 free, play with €180;
  • Deposit €150 get €150 free, play with €300.

2. After you start playing, bets will be first deducted from the Real Money balance (the amount you deposited). Once the whole real money balance has been used, bets start being deducted from the Bonus balance (the Bonus credited on your account).

3. The minimum wagering requirement is the amount of times you have to wager the Bonus amount you got (which is the same as the amount you deposited) that, in the case of the Welcome Bonus is 35 times.

For example:

  • Se depositou €60,00 e recebeu de bónus mais €60,00, terá de cumprir um mínimo de €2.100,00 em apostas para poder levantar os seus ganhos;
  • Se depositou €90,00 e recebeu de bónus mais €90,00, terá de cumprir um mínimo de €3.150,00 em apostas para poder levantar os seus ganhos;
  • Se depositou €150,00 e recebeu de bónus mais €150,00, terá de cumprir um mínimo de €5.250,00 em apostas para poder levantar os seus ganhos.

All bets, placed using real money and bonus money, count towards meeting the minimum wagering requirements.

4. You will only be able to cashout any winnings from your Account after you’ve met all your wagering requirements.

5. Note that you have 21 days to meet your wagering requirements for this Bonus.

The Welcome Bonus is automatic and it can only be removed after you contact our Customer Support in this regards. However, if you do not wish to receive any more bonuses, please also inform our Customer Support team and no further casino bonuses will be added to your account.

The Welcome Bonus is a Nossa Aposta offer to all its new players, to play in Casino games. To claim this bonus all you need to do is register at nossaaposta.pt and to make your first deposit in your account of a minimum of €20,00 (the maximum amount will vary according to the offer running at the time of your first deposit).

To check your casino bonus wagering status, simply access ‘My Account’ and view the information under ‘Account Details’ about Remaining Wagering Requirements, as well as about your Real Money Balance and your Casino Bonus Money Balance.

To check how much Bonus you’ve received, log on to your account. Click on the "My Account" tab which can be found at the right top of the homepage and has your name on it. In History, chose ‘Transactions’. In the ‘All Transactions’ menu, select ‘My Bonuses’. You will then be able to filter your search by month and view all bonuses received in that month.

First, it’s important that you ensure that the terms of the bonus offer have been met, such as the minimum and maximum deposit amounts and the period during which the deposit needed to be made in order to qualify for the bonus. In some occasions, bonuses are required to be wagered on a particular game; in other occasions, bonuses will only be added after the promotional period is over.

Please read carefully the terms of the bonus in the e-mail you received and if you require an additional explanation as to why your bonus was not added, contact us by chat, e-mail or telephone.

We kindly remind you that some bonuses do not qualify to be received while you have a cashout request pending in your account.

The balance displayed next to your account name is your real balance, without the bonus value. To check your bonus balance, go to "My Account" and look at the value in "Casino bonus balance".

Each time you play a Casino game, during the game, the value displayed in "Balance" or "Money" (according to the game provider) will be the sum of your real balance and bonus balance.

Nossa Aposta Bonus Policy can be found here.

Transactions History

For the Sports Betting history please refer to "Betting History" link in the Sports tab.

Cashouts

When you want to make a withdrawal, simply:

1. Click on ‘My Account’.

2. Choose the 'Cashout' option.

3. Enter the amount you wish to withdraw and the remaining bank data needed for the wire transfer.

4. Click on 'Request Cashout’ and your request will be sent to be processed.

Note that multiple Cash out requests made within a 24hr period, and using the same payment method may be combined into one payment.

You can track your Cash out request visiting the 'My Account' section.

The policy for the withdrawal of winnings are detailed in the General Terms and Conditions of Nossa Aposta.

Cash out requests are processed up to the maximum of 48 hours from the date of request. During this period, and until the transfer order is given to the payment account of which you are the holder, you may cancel your cash out request from within 'Cashouts’ section.

Simply:

1. Click on the "Pending Cashout" button.

2. Select the transaction you wish to cancel and click on the "Transfer Money Back to Your Account" button.

3. Your money will be placed back into your Player's account balance.

Once the transfer order is given to your payment account, the status of the withdrawal request changes to "Processing" and you can no longer cancel it. You will receive an email notification when your withdrawal request is processed and the money sent to your payment account. You will be notified by email when your cashout request is delivered and the money is sent to your payment account.

Nossa Aposta doesn’t charge any withdrawal fees. There are only exceptions to international transfers. Please check our Terms and Conditions for more information on this subject.

The minimum withdrawal limit via bank transfer is 10€ and the maximum is 100.000€.

Casino Games

How to play

  • 1Can 2 Can is a video slot game with five reels and 25 paylines. It also consists of wild and scatter symbols, free spins and bonus.
  • The Player may select the number of paylines he/she wishes to play with (1-25) by simply clicking on arrow buttons attached to the ‘Lines’ meter or choosing the actual numbers in the gaming area.
  • For example, if the Player wishes to bet on three lines, we may select the ‘3’ button – the first, second and third lines will be highlighted.
  • The minimum amount of paylines to play with is 1.
  • The number of selected paylines is also indicated on the bottom left, below the selection arrows.
  • The Player may choose the amount he/she wishes to bet by clicking on the arrow buttons attached to the ‘Bet’ meter. The chosen bet will be applicable for each chosen payline. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
  • The ’TOTAL BET’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of lines which have been chosen.
  • Once the bet amount and number of paylines is defined, the Player may click on the "Spin" button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.
  • Once the reels start spinning, the ‘Spin’ button is replaced by a ‘Stop’ button. The Player can stop the reels at any time by using the ‘Stop’ button (or spacebar).

 

Winnings

  • If a winning combination is formed along any active payline, it will become animated.
  • A winning combination consists of symbols that start from the left-most reel and continue consecutively on the active payline, except for Scatter symbol, which counts in any direction.
  • All payline wins listed in the paytable are multiplied by the payline bet value, except for the ones related to Scattered, which are multiplied by the total amount staked..
  • Winnings are paid out for the highest combination on each of the active paylines.
  • The winnings regarding the Scatter symbol are added to the paylines winnings.
  • Coincident winnings on different paylines are added.
  • The 'WIN’ display area shows the sum of all prizes by round or free rounds.
  • The total win amount is added to the Player’s game balance.

 

How to Read the Paytable

  • The Paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
  • The payline win amount is calculated by the number shown on the Paytable for a specific combination, multiplied by the payline bet value as determined by the player.
  • All the prizes come up in the selected lines, except for the Scatter symbol.
  • The winnings are paid in accordance with the following paytable:

 

 

Symbol

x2

x3

x4

x5

Wild

10

50

200

1000

Scatter

--

5

15

50

Sloth

5

25

100

500

Lizard

--

25

100

250

Feathers

--

10

50

125

Flowers

--

10

50

125

A

--

5

50

100

K

--

5

50

100

Q

--

5

25

75

J

--

5

25

75

10

--

5

20

50

9

--

5

20

50

 

 

 

Special symbols

  • Wild symbol: it substitutes all symbols except for Scatter and bonus symbols.
  • Scatter symbol: the winnings of this symbol are multiplied by the total bet amount.

 

Bonus

  • 1Can 2Can Wild Bonus: during any base game a Toucan may add the Wild symbol to one or more reels. During any free game a Toucan may add up to three Wild symbols to one or more reels.
  • 1Can 2Can Scatter Bonus: after any game a Toucan may add a Scatter symbol to one or more of reels 2, 3 or 4. Scatter prizes are awarded after the 1Can 2Can Scatter Bonus.

 

Extra Game

  • The Player may choose to gamble the winning.
  • In case of winning (except for the values won in Progressive Jackpots, when applicable), the Player may select Gamble and then select the Colour or the Suit. A winning in this game means:
    • Win is doubled (x2) if the colour choice is correct;
    • Win is quadrupled (x4) if suit choice is correct.
  • The winnings may be gambled up to 5 times.

 

Free Spins

  • 3 or more Scatters anywhere on the reels trigger the 10 Free Spin Feature.
  • The Free Spins Feature may be reactivated.
  • The winnings of the free games will be added to the paylines winnings.
  • During the Free Spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Spins.

 

Buttons and fields

  • LINES: the Player may increase or decrease the number of lines in the respective arrows, or select the line icon above these arrows in order to select all the lines. The Player may also select the number of lines he/she wants to play directly in the game.
  • BET: the Player may increase or decrease his/her bet amount.
  • MAX BET (icon with three coins):  by choosing this icon, the Player is selecting the maximum bet value (10€).
  • INFO: by selectin this button the Player may view the payouts for this game
  • GAMBLE: the Player may select this button after a winning in order to have more opportunities to bet and win.
  • AUTOPLAY: this button allows the Player to gain access to the Autoplay Menu.
  • SPIN: by selecting this button, the reels rotate with the current line and bet valued selection.
  • SOUND: the Player may turn on/off the sound effects.

 

Autplay

  • The Player may click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
  • In the Autoplay Menu, the Player may choose the number of games you would like to play (5/10/... up to 100) or select Last Settings.
  • The Autoplay may be stopped at any time by clicking on the ‘STOP’ button. If the Player stops the game at the time it is in progress, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
  • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another, and not all the games the Player selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
  • If the Player won a Free Spins round while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the Player and the Autoplay will be stopped.

 

Average Return to Player

  • Theoretical return to Player: 95,245%

 

Disconnection while playing

  • The outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game and a non-win outcome, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Bonus round and free spins will be completed by the system on behalf of the player. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

 

 

How to Play

  • 300 Shields is a video slot game with five reels and 25 paylines. It also consists of wild and scatter symbols, and free spins.
  • The Player may select the number of paylines he/she wishes to play.
  • The paylines may be chosen by simply clicking on ‘+’ and ‘-‘ buttons attached to the ‘LINES’ meter or choosing the actual numbers in the gaming area.
  • For example, if the Player wishes to bet on three lines, we may select the ‘3’ button – the first, second and third lines will be highlighted.
  • The minimum amount of paylines to play with is 1.
  • The number of selected paylines is also indicated on the bottom, below the ‘LINES’ meter.
  • The Player may choose the amount he/she wishes to bet by clicking on the ‘+’ and ‘-‘ buttons attached to the ‘BET’ meter. The chosen bet will be applicable for each chosen payline. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
  • The ’TOTAL BET’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘BET’) multiplied by the number of lines which have been chosen.
  • Once the bet amount and number of paylines is defined, the Player may click on the ‘SPIN’ button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.

 

Winnings

  • If a winning combination is formed along any active payline, it will become animated.
  • A winning combination consists of symbols that start from the left-most reel and continue consecutively on the active payline, except for Scatter symbol, which counts in any direction.
  • All payline wins listed in the paytable are multiplied by the payline bet value, except for the ones related to Scattered, which are multiplied by the total amount staked.
  • The winnings regarding the Scatter symbol are added to the paylines winnings.
  • Winnings are paid out for the highest combination on each of the active paylines.
  • Equal winnings on different paylines are added.
  • The 'WIN’ display area shows the sum of all prizes by round or free rounds.
  • The total win amount is added to the Player’s game balance.

 

How to Read the Paytable

  • The Paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
  • The payline win amount is calculated by the number shown on the Paytable for a specific combination, multiplied by the payline bet value as determined by the player.
  • All the prizes come up in the selected lines, except for the Scatter symbol.
  • The winnings are paid in accordance with the following paytable:

 

Symbol

x2

x3

x4

x5

Wild

5

25

250

1000

Scatter

2

5

12

100

Warrior

2

15

100

250

Boat

2

15

100

250

Sword

--

12

20

200

Arrows

--

12

20

200

A

--

10

15

150

K

--

10

15

150

Q

--

5

12

125

J

--

5

12

125

10

--

4

10

100

9

--

4

10

100

 

 

 

Special Symbols

  • Wild symbol: it substitutes all symbols except for Scatter and bonus symbols.
  • Scatter symbol: the winnings of this symbol are multiplied by the total bet amount.

 

Bonus

  • Battle Feature Bonus: with 3 or more Scatter symbols the Player wins free games. During these games, each Scatter symbol increases the ‘SHIELD COUNT’, awarding additional free games with higher multipliers.

 

Extra Game

  • The Player may choose to gamble the winning.
  • In case of winning (except for the values won in Progressive Jackpots, when applicable), the Player may select Gamble and then select the Colour or the Suit. A winning in this game means:
    • Win is doubled (x2) if the colour choice is correct;
    • Win is quadrupled (x4) if suit choice is correct.
  • The winnings may be gambled up to 5 times.

 

Free Spins

  • 3 or more Scatters anywhere on the reels trigger the 5 Free Spin Feature.
  • In the first series of 5 free games, all Wild wins are doubled.
  • If 2 or more Scatter symbols are collected, a second series of 5 free games is awarded, and all Wild wins are multiplied by 5.
  • If 6 or more Scatter symbols are collected, a third series of 5 free games is awarded, and all Wild wins are multiplied by 25.
  • If 12 or more Scatter symbols are collected, a fourth series of 5 free games is awarded, and all Wild wins are multiplied by 300.
  • The Free Spins Feature may be reactivated. Whenever 3 or more Scatter symbols appear, 5 additional free games are awarded in the current series.
  • The winnings of the free games will be added to the paylines and Scatter winnings.

 

Buttons and Fields

  • LINES: the Player may increase or decrease the number of lines in the respective ‘+ and ‘-‘ buttons, or select the ‘MAX’ option in order to select all the lines. The Player may also select the number of lines he/she wants to play directly in the game.
  • BET: the Player may increase or decrease his/her bet amount in the respective ‘+ and ‘-‘ buttons. By selecting the ‘MAX’ option regarding the bet amount, the Player is choosing the maximum bet value of 0,50€.
  • INFO: by selectin this button the Player may view the payouts for this game
  • GAMBLE: the Player may select this button after a winning in order to have more opportunities to bet and win.
  • AUTOPLAY: this button allows the Player to gain access to the Autoplay Menu.
  • SPIN: by selecting this button, the reels rotate with the current line and bet valued selection.
  • SOUND: the Player may turn on/off the sound effects.

 

Autoplay

  • The Player may click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
  • In the Autoplay Menu, the Player may choose the number of games you would like to play (5/10/... up to 100) or select Last Settings.
  • The Autoplay may be stopped at any time by clicking on the ‘STOP’ button. If the Player stops the game at the time it is in progress, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
  • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another, and not all the games the Player selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
  • If the Player won a Free Spins round while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the Player and the Autoplay will be stopped.

 

Average Return to Player

  • Theoretical return to Player: 95,299%

 

Disconnection while playing

  • The outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game and a non-win outcome, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Bonus round and free spins will be completed by the system on behalf of the player. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

How to play

  • A Dragon’s Story is a video slot game with five reels and 25 paylines. It also consists of Wild and Scatter symbols.
  • The player always plays with all 25 paylines.
  • The Player may choose the amount he/she wishes to bet by clicking on the arrow buttons below the ‘MAX BET’ symbol (pile of coins) attached to the ‘Bet’ meter. The chosen bet will be applicable for each payline. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
  • The ‘TOTAL BET’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of paylines.
  • Once the bet amount is defined, the Player may click on the ‘Spin (Chest)’ button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.
  • Superbet: is an additional wager that can be adjusted by selecting the ‘SUPER BET’ button at the right, in order to get the following enhancements regarding the Wild symbol, by placing little dragons below the reels:
    • Super Bet off (25 coins): little dragon below Reel 3
    • Super Bet 1 (35 coins): little dragons below reels 2, 3, 4
    • Super Bet 2 (50 coins): little dragons below Reels 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

 

Winnings

  • If a winning combination is formed along any payline, it will become animated.
  • A winning combination consists of symbols that start from the left-most reel and continue consecutively on the payline, except for Scatter symbol, which counts in any direction.
  • All payline wins listed in the paytable are multiplied by the payline bet value, except for the ones related to Scatter, which are multiplied by the bet amount.
  • The winnings regarding the Scatter symbol are added to the paylines winnings.
  • Winnings are paid out for the highest combination on each of the paylines.
  • Coincident winnings on different paylines are added.
  • The 'WIN’ display area shows the sum of all prizes by round or free rounds.
  • The total win amount is added to the Player’s game balance.

 

How to read the paytable

  • The paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
  • The payline win amount is calculated by the number shown on the Paytable for a specific combination, multiplied by the payline bet value as determined by the player.
  • All the prizes come up in the selected lines, except for the Scatter symbol.
  • The winnings are paid in accordance with the following paytable:

 

Symbol

x2

x3

x4

x5

Wild

10

200

500

2000

Scatter

25

125

375

2500

Treasure

3

100

300

1000

Sir William

2

50

250

500

Shield

--

20

100

250

Boot

--

20

100

250

A

--

15

50

200

K

--

15

50

200

Q

--

10

25

150

J

--

10

25

150

10

--

5

20

100

9

--

5

20

100

 

 

 

Special symbols

  • Wild symbol: it substitutes all symbols except for the symbol Scatter.
  • Scatter symbol: the winnings of this symbol are multiplied by the bet amount.

 

Bonus

  • Brave Sir William Bonus: this bonus may be awarded after any paid spin. The Play must select a fireball for Ruff to breathe and may win a prize of 50, 75, 100, 125, 200, 250, 375, 500, 625 or 1250 multiplied by the bet.

 

Extra Game

  • The Player may choose to gamble the winning.
  • In case of winning (except for the values won in Progressive Jackpots, when applicable), the Player may select Gamble and then select the Colour or the Suit. A winning in this game means:
    • Win is doubled (x2) if the colour choice is correct;
    • Win is quadrupled (x4) if suit choice is correct.
  • The winnings may be gambled up to 5 times.

 

Free spins

  • 3 or more Scatters anywhere on the reels trigger the 10 Free Spin Feature.
  • During free games, little dragons burn symbols into Wild more frequently.
  • All prizes are doubled during the Free Spins feature.
  • The Free Spins Feature may be reactivated.
  • During the Free Spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Spins.

 

Buttons and fields

  • BET: the Player may increase or decrease his/her bet amount using the corresponding arrows.
  • MAX BET (icon with three coins, above the arrows that allow the Player to select the value of the bet):  by choosing this icon, the Player is selecting the maximum bet value (25€).
  • INFO: by selecting this button the Player may view the payouts for this game.
  • GAMBLE: the Player may select this button after a winning in order to have more opportunities to bet and win.
  • AUTOPLAY: this button allows the Player to gain access to the Autoplay Menu.
  • SPIN: by selecting this button, the reels rotate with the current line and bet valued selection.
  • SOUND: the Player may turn on/off the sound effects.

 

Autoplay

  • The Player may click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
  • In the Autoplay Menu, the Player may choose the number of games you would like to play (5/10/... up to 100) or select Last Settings.
  • The Autoplay may be stopped at any time by clicking on the ‘STOP’ button. If the Player stops the game at the time it is in progress, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
  • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another, and not all the games the Player selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
  • If the Player won a Free Spins round while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the Player and the Autoplay will be stopped.

 

Average Return to Player

  • Theoretical return to Player:
    • Super Bet off: 95,223%
    • Super Bet 1: 95,330%
    • Super Bet 2: 95,618%

 

Disconnection while playing

  • The outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game and a non-win outcome, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Free spins will be completed by the system on behalf of the player. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

 

How to play

  • While on the Nile is a video slot game with five reels and 50 paylines. It also consists of wild and scatter symbols, free spins and bonus.
  • The Player always plays the 50 lines.
  • The Player may choose the amount he/she wishes to bet by clicking on the arrow buttons attached to the ‘Bet’ meter. The chosen bet will be applicable for each payline. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
  • The ’TOTAL BET’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of playlines.
  • Once the bet amount is defined, the Player may click on the "Spin" button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.
  • Super Bet: is an additional wager that can be adjusted by selecting the ‘SUPER BET’ button at the right in order to get the following enhancements:
    • Super Bet x2: play 50 lines plus 50 times the current bet per line (all Wild symbols substitution wins x2).
    • Super Bet x4: play 50 lines plus 100 times the current bet per line (all Wild symbols substitution wins x4).
    • Super Bet x6: play 50 lines plus 200 times the current bet per line (all Wild symbols substitution wins x6).
    • Super Bet x8: play 50 lines plus 250 times the current bet per line (all Wild symbols substitution wins x8).
    • Super Bet x10: play 50 lines plus 300 times the current bet per line (all Wild symbols substitution wins x10).
  • The Wild symbols substitution multipliers are also active during the free games.

 

Winnings

  • If a winning combination is formed along any payline, it will become animated.
  • A winning combination consists of symbols that start from the left-most reel and continue consecutively on the payline, except for Scatter symbol, which counts in any direction.
  • All payline wins listed in the paytable are multiplied by the payline bet value, except for the ones related to Scattered, which are multiplied by the total amount staked.
  • The winnings regarding the Scatter symbol are added to the paylines winnings.
  • Winnings are paid out for the highest combination on each of the paylines.
  • Equal winnings on different paylines are added.
  • The 'WIN’ display area shows the sum of all prizes by round or free rounds.
  • The total win amount is added to the Player’s game balance.

 

How to read the paytable

  • The paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
  • The payline win amount is calculated by the number shown on the Paytable for a specific combination, multiplied by the payline bet value as determined by the player.
  • All the prizes come up in the selected lines, except for the Scatter symbol.
  • The winnings are paid in accordance with the following paytable:

 

Symbol

x2

x3

x4

x5

Scatter (Jewel)

--

2

--

--

Cleopatra

--

25

100

1000

Isis eye

--

25

100

300

Papyrus

--

20

50

200

Scepter

--

20

50

200

A

--

10

25

100

K

--

10

25

100

Q

--

5

20

75

J

--

5

20

75

10

--

5

20

50

 

Special symbols

  • Wild symbol: it appears stacked only on reels 2, 3 and 4.  It substitutes all symbols except for the symbols Scatter Jewel and Scarab.
  • Scatter (Jewel) symbol: it appears only on reels 2, 3 and 4. It pays in any direction. The winnings of this symbol are multiplied by the total bet amount (excluding Super Bet).
  • Scatter (Scarab) symbol: it appears only on reels 1, 3 and 5.

 

Bonus

  • Scarab Bonus: this bonus is awarded when 3 Scatter Scarab symbols appear. The Player should pick from the Scarabs onscreen to win prizes and keep picking until ‘COLLECT’ is revealed. All prizes are multiplied by the triggering bet (excluding Super Bet). This feature may be awarded during the free games feature.

 

Extra game

  • The Player may choose to gamble the winning.
  • In case of winning (except for the values won in Progressive Jackpots, when applicable), the Player may select Gamble and then select the Colour or the Suit. A winning in this game means:
    • Win is doubled (x2) if the colour choice is correct;
    • Win is quadrupled (x4) if suit choice is correct.
  • The winnings may be gambled up to 5 times.

 

Free spins

  • 3 or more Scatters (Jewel) anywhere on the reels trigger the 5 Free Spin Feature.
  • The Free Spins Feature may be reactivated.
  • During the Free Spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Spins.
  • The winnings of the free games will be added to the paylines and Scatter winnings.

 

Buttons and fields

  • BET: the Player may increase or decrease his/her bet amount.
  • MAX BET (icon with three coins):  by choosing this icon, the Player is selecting the maximum bet value (2,5€).
  • INFO: by selectin this button the Player may view the payouts for this game
  • GAMBLE: the Player may select this button after a winning in order to have more opportunities to bet and win.
  • AUTOPLAY: this button allows the Player to gain access to the Autoplay Menu.
  • SPIN: by selecting this button, the reels rotate with the current line and bet valued selection.
  • SOUND: the Player may turn on/off the sound effects.

 

Autoplay

  • The Player may click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
  • In the Autoplay Menu, the Player may choose the number of games you would like to play (5/10/... up to 100) or select Last Settings.
  • The Autoplay may be stopped at any time by clicking on the ‘STOP’ button. If the Player stops the game at the time it is in progress, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
  • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another, and not all the games the Player selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
  • If the Player won a Free Spins round while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the Player and the Autoplay will be stopped.

 

Average return to Player

  • Theoretical return to Player: 95,076% - 95,631%.

 

Disconnection while playing

  • The outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game and a non-win outcome, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Bonus round and free spins will be completed by the system on behalf of the player. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Game Overview

•    Aloha! Cluster Pays™ is a 6-reel, 5-row video slot with the Cluster Pays™ mechanic. The game features Substitution Symbols, Sticky Win Re-Spins and Free Spins with Symbol Drop.
•    The game is played with clusters of symbols, 1-10 bet levels (10 coins per level) and different coin values.
•    There are no bet lines.
•    A symbol is part of a cluster if it is horizontally or vertically adjacent to the same symbol.
•    9 or more symbols appearing in a cluster award a win according to the PAYTABLE.
•    Multiple clusters of the same symbol that are not adjacent to each other pay as separate clusters.
•    Simultaneous wins from multiple clusters are added.
•    The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
•    AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
•    Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the PAYTABLE.
•    A cluster win in coins is equal to the value shown in the PAYTABLE multiplied by the bet level.
•    A cluster win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
•    The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
•    COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
•    MAX BET plays the game at the highest bet level and the current coin value. When playing at any lower bet level, MAX BET must be clicked twice to play the round at the selected level.


Stacked Symbols

•    In both the main game and Free Spins, Mask and Free Spin symbols appear as stacked symbols on the reels.
•    A stacked symbol is a symbol that covers two positions on the reel and counts as the following:

Name of the Stacked Symbols

Count as

Mask symbols

Two symbols*

Free Spin symbols

One symbol

*During Sticky Win Re-Spin and Substitution Symbols, the Mask symbols cover one position. 

•    Stacked symbols will be fully or partially displayed depending on how the reel lands.
•    Any part of a stacked symbol included in a winning cluster pays according to the PAYTABLE.

Substitution Symbol

•    The Substitution Symbols can appear anywhere on the reels.
•    A Substitution Symbol transforms into an adjacent symbol in order to create the highest possible win, according to the PAYTABLE. If no winning combination can be created by a Substitution Symbol, it will not transform.
•    In the event that only Substitution Symbols are present on the reel area, they will transform into the highest value symbol.
•    Substitution Symbols cannot substitute for Free Spin symbols.

Sticky Win Re-Spins

•    A cluster win randomly activates the Sticky Win Re-Spins. The Sticky Win Re-Spin feature cannot be activated during Free Spins.
•    During a Sticky Win Re-Spin, the winning symbols are held and all other symbols re-spin.
•    During Sticky Win Re-Spin, if the winning cluster size increases, the symbols increasing the size of the cluster also stick, and the remaining non-winning symbols re-spin again. This continues until there is a spin that does not increase the size of the cluster or until a cluster completely fills up the screen. The final cluster win is awarded according to the PAYTABLE.
•    Sticky Win Re-Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the spin that activated the feature. The bet level and coin value cannot be changed during a re-spin.
•    A re-spin cannot be activated if the initial spin includes two separate winning clusters.
•    During Sticky Win Re-Spins, it is not possible to win on any symbol other than the symbol that activated the re-spin.

Free Spins

•    The Free Spin symbol is a Scatter symbol.
•    3 or more Free Spin symbols, fully or partially appearing anywhere on the reels in the main game, activate Free Spins according to the PAYTABLE.

•    3 Free Spin symbols = 9 Free Spins
•    4 Free Spin symbols = 10 Free Spins
•    5 Free Spin symbols = 11 Free Spins
•    6 Free Spin symbols = 12 Free Spins

•  Additional Free Spins can be won during Free Spins. 
•  Free Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins. 
•  Free Spins have a Symbol Drop mechanic where low win symbols are removed, increasing the chance of a bigger win on the remaining spins. The symbols are removed in the following sequence: 

•    At the end of the second spin, all Flower symbols are removed from the reel strips.
•    At the end of the fourth spin, all Shell symbols are removed from the reel strips.
•    At the end of the sixth spin, all Coconut symbols are removed from the reel strips.
•    At the end of the eighth spin, all Pineapple symbols are removed from the reel strips.

•  The total win field includes any wins during Free Spins added to any wins from the round that activated Free Spins. 
•  3 or more Free Spin symbols, fully or partially appearing anywhere on the reels in Free Spins, activate additional Free Spins according to the PAYTABLE. 

•    3 Free Spin symbols = +1 extra Free Spin
•    4 Free Spin symbols = +2 extra Free Spins
•    5 Free Spin symbols = +3 extra Free Spins
•    6 Free Spin symbols = +4 extra Free Spins

•  Note: A Free Spin symbol landing partially or fully on the reels, counts as one Free Spin symbol. 
•  If there is no win on the last Free Spin, the player gets an extra Free Spin until a win occurs. 
•  Note: In case of 3 Free Spin symbols appearing during the last spin, an extra Free Spin will be awarded. This new Free Spin will be played after the current spin and will be counted as the last Free Spin. 

Game Functions

•    The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

Game Setting Options

•    To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
•    Quick pin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
•    Intro screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
•    Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
•    Game history. Click to view your latest game history. (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

Advanced Autoplay Options

•  To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings. 
•    On any win. Stops Autoplay if a round is won.
•    If Free Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Free Spins is won.
•    If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
•    If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
•    If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
•    Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
•    Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
•    Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.

Return to Player

•    The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.42%

Additional Information

•    The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:

o    The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
o    The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.

•    In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.
Translations of Game Terminology 

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English. 

English Term

Translated Term

Cluster Pays™

Cluster Pays™

Free Spins

Free Spins

Scatter

Scatter

Sticky Win Re-Spin

Sticky Win Re-Spin

Substitution Symbols

Substitution Symbols

Symbol Drop

Symbol Drop

How to play Astrodice 

  • ASTRODICE is a video slot game with five reels and 20 paylines. It also consists of wild and scatter symbols, free spins feature and a bonus round.
  • Select the number of paylines you wish to play with (1-20) by simply clicking on the '+' or '-' buttons attached to the ‘Lines’ meter. The minimum amount of paylines to play with is 1. The relevant paylines will be highlighted accordingly. You can also activate the lines by pressing the numbered buttons on both sides of the reels. For example, to place a bet on three paylines, click on Button 3 - the 1st, 2nd and 3rd paylines will be highlighted.
  • Choose the amount you wish to bet by clicking on the ‘+ ‘or ‘-‘buttons attached to the ‘Bet’ meter. The bet you choose will be applicable for each payline that you have chosen. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
  • The 'BETS' display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of lines which have been chosen.
  • Once you have set your bet amount and number of paylines, click on the "Spin" button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.
  • By pressing on the 'Max Bet’ button, all paylines (20) will be selected and the reels will spin automatically with the current bet amount.
  • Once the reels start spinning, the ‘Spin’ button is replaced by a ‘Stop’ button. You can stop the reels at any time by using the ‘Stop’ button (or spacebar).
  • To view the payouts, click the ‘Info’ button. To return to the main game screen, click ‘Back’ button.

 

Winnings 

  • If a winning combination is formed along any active payline, it will become animated and the win amount is displayed next to the corresponding payline.
  • A winning combination consists of symbols that start from the left-most reel and continue consecutively on the active payline (except for scatters and bonus symbols).
  • All payline wins listed in the paytable are multiplied by the payline bet value.
  • Winnings are paid out for the highest combination on each of the active paylines.
  • The 'TOTAL WINS’ display area will show the sum of all prizes from coinciding wins on each payline, on different paylines and ,scatter wins, free spins wins and bonus round wins.
  • Your total win amount will be added to your game balance.

 

How to Read the Paytable 

  • The Paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
  • The payline win amount is calculated by the number shown on the Paytable for a specific combination, multiplied by the payline bet value as determined by the player.


Special symbols: 

Wild: Substitutes all symbols except for Scatter and bonus symbols. 
Scatter: 2 or more scatters symbols appearing anywhere multiply the players’ total bets according to the pay table. If you have a scatter win and a regular win, you are paid out for both wins, as the scatter symbol does not need to appear in a line to win. 3 or more scatters will also activate the free spin feature. 
Bonus: if the bonus symbol appears on reels #1 and #5 simultaneously during main game, the Rock & Roll Bonus round is triggered. 
 

 

Rock & Roll bonus game 

  • To start the Rock & Roll Bonus round, click on 'Click to Start'.
  • There are 21 dice altogether on the track for you to choose from and every selection wins either a cash prize (from X1 to X5 times the total bet of the spin that triggered the bonus) or a satelite (a multiplier from X1 to X4 for the total Bonus win, which is the sum of the random cash prizes collected). Any dice could include the “Collect” symbol (which also wins either a satellite multiplier or a cash prize), Collect” symbol will terminate the Bonus game.
  • The win multiplier is at X1 when you enter the bonus. For each satelite found, the multiplier increases in steps of 1.
  • The maximum total amount that can be won from the Rock & Roll Bonus Game can reach 280 times the total bet of the spin that triggered the feature.
  • The Rock & Roll Bonus game cannot be triggered during Free Spins.

 

Free Spin Feature

  • 3 or more Scatters anywhere on the reels trigger the Free Spin Feature.
  • To enter the Free Spin Feature, click on 'Start'.
  • Click on any of the dice to select it and start the “dice fall”. Each of the dice will land on a different platform. You will win the amount of free spins according to the number shown on the platform that your dice land on (You can win 10/20/30 free spins).
  • The Free spins begin automatically.
  • During the Free Spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Spins.
  • If 3 or more Scatter symbols appear anywhere on the reels during Free Spins, only a payout is won but more Free Spins are not retriggered, nor is the Free Spins Feature triggered during Free Spins.

 

Buttons and Fields

  • LINES: Click the ‘–‘ button to decrease the number of lines and the ‘+’ button to increase the number of lines you want to play with.
  • BET: Click the ‘–‘button to decrease your bet or the ‘+’ button to increase your bet amount.
  • INFO: Click to view the Paytable for the game.
  • SPIN: Spin the reels with your current selection of lines and bet amounts.
  • MAX BET: Click to select all lines and spin the reels.

 

Autoplay

  • Click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
  • Choose the number of games you would like to play (1/2/3/4/5/10/15....up to 300).
  • For U.K player (1/2/3/4/5/10/15....up to 100).
  • Click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
  • You may pause the Autoplay at any time by clicking on the pause button. If at the time a game is in progress you click on the pause button, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
  • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another and not all the games you selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
  • If you won a Bonus round and/or Free Spins Feature while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the player and the Autoplay will be stopped.

 

Paytable

 
Symbol x2 x3 x4 x5
Joker dice (Wild) x10 x100 x1000 x10000
Dice "V" x5 x50 x500 x5000
Dice “ʌ” - x40 x200 x1000
Dice #6 - x20 x100 x400
Dice #5 - x10 x50 x200
Dice #4 - x8 x40 x100
Dice #3 - x5 x30 x80
Dice #2 - x4 x20 x50
Dice #1 - x3 x15 x40
Sic Bo “Big” (Scatter) x1 x5 x25 x100


Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 93% 


Disconnection while playing

The outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game and a non-win outcome, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History. 

Malfunction voids all pays and plays. 
 

Mobile game:

In the mobile version of this game: tap the “GEAR” button in the upper right corner of the game screen to make adjustments:

  • On the Game Adjustments page 
    • Select the number of paylines you wish to play with (1-20) by adjusting the ‘LINES’ selector. The minimum amount of paylines to play with is 1.
    • Select the amount you wish to bet by adjusting the ‘BET’ selector. The bet you choose will be applicable for each payline that you have chosen. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
    • The ‘TOTAL BETS’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘BET’) multiplied by the numbers of lines which have been chosen.
  • On the “I” page, read the How To Play information.
  • On the Sound Settings page, tap the sound button to turn the sound on or off.
  • When you wish to return to the game, press the “BACK” button in the upper right corner to return to the game screen.
  • On the game screen, tap  button to spin the reels.

After playing, you can make another bet or change the bet amount by following the steps above. 
  • AutoPlay in the mobile version can be played by x10/x25/x50/x100 rounds only.
  • The history of all games played in the mobile device can be viewed through the website, inside the main lobby. However they may be displayed in a slightly different format. 


 

Extra features: 

  • REAL MONEY: (in fun mode): Switch to real money play.
  • CHAT: Click here to open a window and chat live with our customer support.
  • BALANCE: The current total amount of money available for playing the game.
  • QUICK DEPOSIT: Deposit money to your account balance.
  • BACK TO LOBBY: Quit the game and go back to the Games Lobby.
  • MENU: Access the games list and general settings.
  • ?: Open a window with the game's instructions.
  • SOUND BUTTON: Turn sound on or off.


Bet values and Prizes 
This game includes the following options for 'Bet':

  • €0,01
  • €0,05
  • €0,10
  • €0,25
  • €0,50
  • €1
  • €2
  • €5
  • €10
  • €20 - This amount is available for the highest VIP levels

Description

  • Bingo Billions is a 5 reel slot game with a Free Games to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the selectable lines.
  • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

Game Rules

  • Play 1 to 25 lines;
  • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
  • Payline wins are multiplied by the amount staked per payline;
  • Scatter wins are multiplied by the total amount staked;
  • Scatter wins are added to payline wins
  • Highest win only on each selected payline
  • Coinciding wins on different paylines are added
  • All wins occur on selected lines except scattered Logo
  • All wins begin with leftmost reel and pay left to right on consecutive reels, except scattered Logo which pays any
  • Man substitutes for all symbols except scattered Logo
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays

Free Games Feature

  • A Free Game Feature is awarded when 3, 4 or 5 scattered Logo appear;
  • 10 Free Games are awarded for 3 scattered Logo;
  • 15 Free Games are awarded for 4 scattered Logo;
  • 20 Free Games are awarded for 5 scattered Logo;
  • All prizes during the Free Games are TRIPLED;
  • The Free Games feature can be retriggered;
  • Free Games are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game.

Gamble Feature (if applicable)

  • To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select COLOUR or a SUIT;
  • Win is DOUBLED (X2) if COLOUR choice is correct;
  • Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct;
  • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times;
  • Progressive Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled.

How to Play

  • The Lines and Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (DOWN) and (UP) buttons alongside the respective options.  The Max button for Lines or Bet will automatically select the maximum for the respective field. Note: You can also select the amount of lines you wish to play by clicking on the line tag number on the side of the reels.
  • Spin: Spins the reels.
  • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 0 spins to 100 spins.
  • If Loss Exceeds: Sets the loss limit. This is a mandatory field and the player must enter a value.  Without this value the player cannot initiate Autoplay spins.
  • If Single Win Exceeds: Sets the limit for a single win. This is an optional field automatically set to No Limit.
  • Last Settings Button: This button appears after the player has played one Autoplay session.  Pressing this button restores the number of spins, and all limits set by the player that were used on the previous Autoplay session. This allows the player to quickly play Autoplay.
  • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
  • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
    • Balance: Displays your total balance
    • Bet: Displays the staked amount per line to be played.
    • Lines: Displays the amount of line(s) to be played.
    • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin
    • Total Bet: The total wager staked. It consists of the Bet multiplied by the amount of lines being played.

Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 95.044%.

Description:

  • Blazing Goddess is a Bet 50, 1024 ways 5 reel slot game with a Blazing Goddess Bonus Feature to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the 5 reels.  
  • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

Game Rules

  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.
  • All wins pay left to right, except Scatter which pays any.
  • 50 coins plays 1024 ways.
  • Scatter wins are multiplied by bet
  • Highest win paid per winning combination
  • Paytable amounts are fixed and prizes are multiplied by the Bet Multiplier.
  • Bonus wins are added to wins displayed in the WON meter.
  • Scatter wins (if available) are added to wins displayed in the WON meter.
  • Wild Blazing Goddess substitutes for all symbols except Scatter (Bonus), and appears only on reels 2 & 4
  • Wins with Wild Blazing Goddess substituting are DOUBLED.
  • For all symbols, except scatters, winning combinations pay through any position on reels 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5 respectively.


Blazing Goddess Bonus Rules

  • 3, 4 or 5 scatters triggers 6, 15 or 30 Free Games respectively.
  • During Free Games Extra Wild Fireballs are added to reels 2, 3 and 4.
  • Wild Fireballs substitute for all symbols except Scatter Bonus.
  • Wild Fireballs do not double the prize.
  • Free Games can be re-triggered.
  • Free Games are played at the same Multiplier Bet as the triggering game.
  • Different Reels are used during Free Games.

1024 Ways

  • For all symbols except scatters, winning combinations pay through any position on reels 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5 respectively
  • Coinciding wins are added.
  • Free Games can be retriggered and are added to the Bonus currently being played.
  • Free Games are played at the triggering bet.
  • Fireball wilds do not double the pay when substituting.
  • Different reel strips are used in Free Games.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Gamble Feature (if applicable)

  • To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select RED/BLACK or a SUIT
  • Win is DOUBLED (X2) if RED/BLACK choice is correct
  • Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct
  • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times
  • Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled

How to Play

  • This is a Bet 50, 1024 ways game and the Multiplier Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (UP) and (DOWN) buttons alongside the option. The Max button for Bet will automatically select the maximum bet.
  • Spin: Spins the reels.
  • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 0 spins to 100 spins.
  • If Loss Exceeds: Sets the loss limit. This is a mandatory field and the player must enter a value.  Without this value the player cannot initiate Autoplay spins.
  • If Single Win Exceeds: Sets the limit for a single win. This is an optional field automatically set to No Limit.
  • Last Settings Button: This button appears after the player has played one Autoplay session.  Pressing this button restores the number of spins, and all limits set by the player that were used on the previous Autoplay session. This allows the player to quickly play Autoplay.
  • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
  • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
    • Balance: Displays your total balance
    • Multiplier Bet: Displays the staked amount per Ways Bet 50 to be played.
    • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin
    • Total Bet: The total wager staked. It consists of the Ways Bet 50 multiplied by the Multiplier Bet.

Theoretical average Return To Player (RTP): 95.389%.

Blood Suckers™ Game Rules

  • Blood Suckers™ is a 5-reel, 3-row, 25-bet line multiple-coin video slot featuring Scatter wins, Free Spins, Wild substitutes, and a chilling, vampire slaying Bonus Game.
  • You can play 25 fixed bet lines at 1-4 bet levels.
  • MAX BET plays the game at the highest bet level, and the current coin value.
  • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
  • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the Paytable.
  • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown in the Paytable multiplied by the bet level. This amount is also multiplied by any applicable multipliers.
  • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
  • Wild symbol substitutes for all symbols except Scatter and Bonus symbols.
  • Scatter wins pay total bet multiplied by the multiplier displayed in the Paytable.
  • Scatter wins are paid independent of bet line results.
  • 3 or more Scatter symbols appearing anywhere on the reels activate 10 Free Spins.
  • Only the highest win per active bet line is paid.
  • Bet line wins pay if in succession from leftmost to right.
  • All wins pay on bet lines only, except for wins with Scatter symbols.
  • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
  • Game History is not available in PLAYING FOR FUN mode.
  • COINS displays the number of coins the player has available to wager.
  • Scatter, Free Spin, and Bonus wins are added to bet line wins.

Free Spins

  • 3 or more Scatter symbols appearing on the reels in Free Spins activates 10 additional Free Spins.
  • Free Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins.
  • Bet line wins are tripled in Free Spins, excluding additional Free Spins won and any Bonus Game wins.
  • Additional Free Spins won are not multiplied by the Free Spins multiplier.
  • At the end of Free Spins, the total win from Free Spins is added to any wins from the round that activated Free Spins.

Bonus Game

  • 3 or more successive Bonus symbols on an active bet line from leftmost reel to right, activates the Bonus Game.
  • You find yourself in an ancient burial chamber, surrounded by coffins.
  • Open coffins to find and slay vampires.
  • You win coins for every vampire slain.
  • The Bonus Game ends when bats fly out of the selected coffin.
  • Only one Bonus Game is awarded per spin.
  • The coin wins in the Bonus Game are proportional to the bet level and number of Bonus symbols in the round that activated the Bonus Game.
  • At the end of Bonus Game, the total win from the Bonus Game is added to any wins from the round that activated the Bonus Game.
  • The maximum win in coins in the Bonus Game is 20320.

Game Functions

  • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

Advanced Autoplay Options

  • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTO in the game panel, and then click Advanced settings.
  • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
  • If Free Spins is won. Stop Autoplay when Free Spins is won.
  • If Bonus Game is won. Stop Autoplay when a Bonus Game is won.
  • If single win exceeds. Stop Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
  • If cash increases by. Stop Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
  • If cash decreases by. Stop Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
  • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round or Free Spins, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
  • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
  • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

Game Setting Options

  • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
  • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
  • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
  • Game history. Click to view your latest game history (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

Note: Some casinos may operate without all of the listed game settings.

Return to Player

  • The theoretical return to player for this game is 98.0%

Additional Information

  • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
    • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
  • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

Translations of Game Terminology

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

English Term

Translated Term

All Wins

All Wins

Bonus

Bonus

Bonus Game

Bonus Game

Free Spins

Free Spins

Multiplier

Multiplier

Scatter

Scatter

Wild

Wild

Butterfly Staxx™ Game Rules

  • Butterfly Staxx™ is a 5-reel, 4-row, 40-line (fixed) video slot featuring Wild substitutions, Re-Spins and Butterfly Spins.
  • The game is played with 40 bet lines (fixed), 1-10 bet levels (20 coins per level) and different coin values.
  • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
  • Bet level is the number of coins bet per 2 bet lines.
  • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
  • COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
  • MAX BET plays the game at the highest bet level and the current coin value. When playing at any lower bet level, MAX BET must be clicked twice to play the round at the selected level.
  • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
  • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the Paytable.
  • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown in the Paytable multiplied by the bet level.
  • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
  • Only the highest win per bet line is paid.
  • Bet line wins pay if in succession from the leftmost reel to the rightmost reel.
  • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
  • All coin wins pay on bet lines only.

Wild Symbol

  • Wild symbols can appear anywhere on the reels in the main game and Re-Spins and substitute for all symbols except for Scatter symbols.
  • Wild symbol substitution pays the highest possible winning combination on a bet line according to the Paytable.

Re-Spins

  • Whenever a stack of Butterfly symbols lands covering the entire reel, the Re-Spins are activated.
  • All Butterfly symbols fly to the leftmost position on the same row not already occupied by a Butterfly symbol and remain on the reels until the end of the Re-Spins.
  • Before the Re-Spins start, any bet line wins from the round that activated the Re-Spins are paid.
  • All Butterfly symbols landing visible on the reels during the Re-Spin fly to the leftmost position on the same row not already occupied by a Butterfly symbol, award another Re-Spin and remain on the reels until the end of the Re-Spins.
  • Butterfly symbols landing behind the Butterfly symbols are not considered visible.
  • When no more Butterfly symbols land visible on the reels during the Re-Spin, Re-Spins end and any bet line wins are paid out.
  • Any Re-Spins wins are added to any wins from the initial spin.
  • Butterfly Spins and Re-Spins cannot be activated simultaneously.

Butterfly Spins

  • 3 or more Scatter symbols appearing anywhere on the reels in the main game activate Butterfly Spins.

3 Scatters = 5 Butterfly Spins

4 Scatters = 6 Butterfly Spins

5 Scatters = 7 Butterfly Spins

  • During Butterfly Spins, only Cocoon symbols can land on the reels.
  • Cocoon symbols can be dormant or active. Active Cocoon symbols landing visible on the reels turn into Butterfly symbols.
  • All Butterfly symbols fly to the leftmost position on the same row not already occupied by a Butterfly symbol, all bet line wins are added to the total win, and the Butterfly symbols remain on the reels until the end of the Butterfly Spins.
  • Additional Butterfly Spins cannot be won during Butterfly Spins.
  • Butterfly Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Butterfly Spins.
  • At the end of Butterfly Spins, any wins from Butterfly Spins are added to any wins from the round that activated Butterfly Spins.
  • At the end of Butterfly Spins, the game returns to the round that activated Butterfly Spins.
  • Butterfly Spins and Re-Spins cannot be activated simultaneously.

Game Functions

  • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

Game Setting Options

  • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
  • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
  • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
  • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
  • Game history. Click to view your latest game history (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

Advanced Autoplay Options

  • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
  • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
  • If Butterfly Spins is won. Stops Autoplay when Butterfly Spins is won.
  • If single win exceeds. Stop Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
  • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
  • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
  • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
  • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
  • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
  • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

Additional Information

  • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
    • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
  • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

Return to Player

  • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.80%

Translations of Game Terminology

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

English Term

Translated Term

Scatter

Scatter

Wild

Wild

Butterfly

Butterfly

Cocoon

Cocoon

Butterfly Spins

Butterfly Spins

Re-Spins

Re-Spins

 

Description

  • Cash Stampede is a 5 reel slot game with a Cash Stampede Respins and Free Games Feature to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the 5 reels.
  • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

Game Rules

  • 25 coins plays 243 ways;
  • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
  • All wins multiplied by the bet;
  • Highest win paid per winning combination;
  • Coinciding wins are added;
  • Winning combinations can occur anywhere on all reels;
  • Each symbol can be used only once per winning combination;
  • Only positions containing the winning symbol are used in determining the win for that symbol;
  • All wins begin with leftmost reel and pay left to right on consecutive reels, except SCATTER which pays any SCATTER appears on reels 2, 3 and 4 only;
  • WILD appears on reel 3 only and substitutes for all symbols except SCATTER.

Free Games Feature

  • 3 SCATTERS trigger 8 Free Games
  • A WILD symbol is held in the middle position of Reel 3 for the duration of the free games
  • The Cash Stampede Re-Spins can be won during the Free Games Feature
  • The Free Game Feature Can be re-triggered during the Free Game Feature
  • Free Games are played at the reels and bet of the trigger game

Cash Stampede Respins

  • Any Elephant, Rhino, Buffalo, Antelope or Horse win with WILD substituting triggers the Cash Stampede Re-Spins
  • The triggering symbols are held and all other positions are re-spun
  • Any additional symbols matching the triggering symbols are also held, until a re-spin occurs where no additional matching symbols appear
  • Only wins of the triggering symbol are paid as a result of the Cash Stampede Re-Spins and only at the completion of the Cash Stampede Re-Spins

Gamble Feature (If Applicable)

  • To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select RED/BLACK or a SUIT;
  • Win is DOUBLED (X2) if RED/BLACK choice is correct;
  • Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct;
  • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times;
  • Progressive Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled.

How to play

  • The bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (UP) and (DOWN) buttons alongside the respective options.  The Max button for Bet will automatically select the maximum for the respective field.
  • Spin: Spins the reels.
  • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 5 spins to 100 spins.
  • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
  • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
  • Balance: Displays your total balance
  • Bet: Displays the staked amount to be played.
  • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin
  • Total Bet: The total wager staked.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays

 

Theoretical Return to Player (RTP): 95.272%

Description

  • Stellar Jackpots with Chilli Gold x2 is a 5 reel slot game with a Free Games Feature. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the 40 lines.
  • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

Game Rules

  • Play up to 40 lines
  • Payouts are made according to the Paytable
  • Payline wins are multiplied by the amount staked per payline
  • Scatter wins are added to payline wins
  • Highest win only on each selected payline
  • Wins on different paylines are added
  • All wins occur on selected lines except scatters
  • RED CHILLI appears on reels 2, 3 and 4 only
  • GOLD CHILLI appears on reels 2, 3, 4 and 5 only in Free Games.
  • All Symbols pay left to right except scattered RED CHILLI which trigger bonus with 6 or more in any position

Chilli Gold 2 Free Games Rules

  • 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18 or 21 Free Games are awarded when 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 Red Chilli appear respectively. Any:
    • 12 [RED CHILLI] 21 FREE GAMES
    • 11 [RED CHILLI] 18 FREE GAMES
    • 10 [RED CHILLI] 15 FREE GAMES
    • 9   [RED CHILLI] 12 FREE GAMES
    • 8   [RED CHILLI] 9 FREE GAMES
    • 7   [RED CHILLI] 6 FREE GAMES
    • 6   [RED CHILLI] 3 FREE GAMES
  • During Free Games, stacks of Gold Chilli’s are added to reels 2, 3, 4, and 5.
  • GOLD CHILLI is Wild and substitute for all symbols except RED CHILLI.
  • The feature can be re-triggered, whenever 6 or more RED CHILLI’s appear.
  • Free Games are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game.
  • Free Games can be triggered during base game and free games with any 6 or more RED CHILLI’S.

Gamble Feature (if applicable)

  • To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select COLOUR or a SUIT
  • Win is DOUBLED (X2) if COLOUR choice is correct
  • Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct
  • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times
  • Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled

How to Play

  • The Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (UP) and (DOWN) buttons. The Max button for Bet will automatically select the maximum bet.
  • Spin: Spins the reels.
  • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 5 spins to 100 spins.
  • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
  • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
    • Balance: Displays your total balance
    • Bet: Displays the staked amount per line to be played.
    • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin
    • Total Bet: The total wager staked.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays

Theoretical average Return To Player (RTP): 96.32%

Game Rules

  • Copy Cats™ is a 5-reel, 3-row, 25-line (fixed) video slot featuring Free Spins, Bonus symbols, Wild substitutions, Stacked symbols, Stacked Wilds and a Copy Cats feature.
  • The game is played with 25 bet lines (fixed), 1-10 bet levels and different coin values.
  • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
  • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
  • COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
  • When playing at the highest bet level, MAX BET plays the game at the maximum bet lines and the current coin value. When playing at any lower bet level, MAX BET must be clicked twice to play the round at the selected level.
  • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds (alternatively, click the AUTO button).
  • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the Paytable.
  • Bet level is the number of coins bet per bet line.
  • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown in the Paytable multiplied by the bet level.
  • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
  • Only the highest win per bet line is paid.
  • Bet line wins pay if in succession from the leftmost reel to the rightmost reel.
  • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
  • All coin wins pay on bet lines only.
  • Copy Cats feature wins are added to the balance.

Copy Cats Feature

  • There are four different types of cat symbols: a red cat, a pink cat, a blue cat and a golden cat. The golden cat symbolizes the Wild symbol.
  • A full stack of any of the cat symbols or a Stacked Wild covering all positions on reel 1 in the main game, activates the Copy Cats feature. A Stacked symbol is a symbol that covers 3 positions on a reel.
  • In the Copy Cats feature, all cat symbols appearing on reels 2, 3, 4, and 5 only, turn into the same cat symbol as the one that activated the feature.
  • All cat symbols return to their original state at the beginning of the next spin.

Free Spins

  • 3 Bonus symbols appearing anywhere on reels 1, 3 and 5 only, in the main game, activate 10 Free Spins.
  • 3 Bonus symbols = 10 Free Spins
  • Free Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins.
  • The number of Free Spins awarded is according to the Paytable.
  • Additional Free Spins can be won during Free Spins.
  • 3 Bonus symbols appearing anywhere on reels 1, 3 an 5 only, in Free Spins, activate 10 additional Free Spins.
  • During Free Spins there are no cat symbols on reel 1, except for the golden cat (the Wild symbol).
  • The total win field includes any wins during Free Spins added to any wins from the round that activated Free Spins.
  • Free Spin wins are added to any bet line wins.

Wild Symbol

  • A full Stacked Wild symbol covering all positions on reel 1 in Free Spins, activates the Copy Cats feature, turning all cat symbols into Wild symbols. A Stacked Wild symbol is a Wild symbol that covers 3 positions on a reel.
  • All cat symbols return to their original state at the beginning of the next spin.
  • Wild symbol substitution pays the highest possible winning combination on a bet line according to the Paytable.
  • Wild symbol substitutes for all symbols except Bonus symbols.

Game Functions

  • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

Game Setting Options

  • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
  • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
  • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
  • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
  • Game history. Click to view your latest game history (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).
  • Intro movie. Turns the intro movie on or off.

Advanced Autoplay Options

  • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
  • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
  • If Free Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Free Spins is won.
  • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
  • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
  • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
  • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
  • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
  • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
  • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

Additional Information

  • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
    • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
  • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

Return to Player

  • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.76%

Translations of Game Terminology

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

English Term

Translated Term

Free Spins

Free Spins

Wild

Wild

Stacked Wild

Stacked Wild

Stacked

Stacked

Bonus

Bonus

Game Overview

  • Dazzle Me™ is a delightful video slot with 5 distinctive reels and a dazzling 76 bet lines. The game features Dazzling Wild Reels, Free Spins and Linked Reels;
  • The game is played with 76 bet lines (fixed), 1-10 bet levels (20 coins per level)  and different coin values;
  • The  bet level is  set  using the LEVEL selector;
  • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector;
  • COINS   displays the number of coins the player has available to wager;
  • When playing at the highest bet level, MAX BET plays the  game at the maximum bet lines and the current coin value;
  • When playing at any lower bet level,  MAX BET  must be clicked twice to play the round at the selected level;
  • AUTOPLAY   automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds;
  • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the PAYTABLE;
  • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown on the PAYTABLE multiplied by the bet level;
  • Bet level is the number of coins bet per bet line;
  • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value;
  • Bet line wins pay if in succession from the leftmost reel to the rightmost reel;
  • Only the highest win per bet line is paid;
  • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added;
  • All coin wins pay on bet lines only.

Dazzling Wild Reels

  • Dazzling Wild Reels randomly appear during the main game as an overlay reel with only Wild symbols;
  • 1-5 reels can turn into Dazzling Wild Reels;
  • Wild symbols substitute for all symbols except for Free Spin symbols.

Free Spins

  • The Free Spin symbol is a Scatter symbol;
  • 3 or more Free Spin symbols appearing anywhere on the reels in the main game  activates Free Spins:
    • 3 Free  Spin  symbols = 8 Free Spins;
    • 4 Free Spin symbols = 12 Free Spins;
    • 5 Free Spin symbols = 16 Free Spins;
  • Free Spin wins are added to any bet line wins;
  • At the end of Free Spins, the game returns to the round that activated  Free Spins;
  • Free Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins;
  • Additional Free Spins cannot be won during Free Spins.

Linked Reels

  • The  Linked  Reels feature appears during Free Spins only;
  • At the beginning of each spin, identical linked reels appear adjacently on any of reels 1-4;
  • The right reel is a copy of the left reel, with reel 1 linked to reel 2 and/or reel 3 linked to reel 4.

Game Functions

  • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

Game Setting Options

  • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel;
  • Quick spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos);
  • Intro screen. Turns the intro screen on or off;
  • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off;
  • Game history. Click to view your latest game  history (not available when   PLAYING FOR  FUN).

Advanced Autoplay Options

  • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings;
  • On any win. Stops Autoplay if a round is won;
  • If Free  Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Free Spins is won;
  • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify;
  • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount  you specify;
  • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify;
  • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options;
  • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed;
  • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.

Return to Player

  • The theoretical return to player for this game is  96.90%.

Additional Information

  • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds;
    • The time  after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
  • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

Translations of Game Terminology

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

English Term

Translated Term

Dazzling Wild Reels

Dazzling Wild Reels

Linked Reels

Linked Reels

Free Spins

Free Spins

Scatter

Scatter

Game Rules

  • Dead or Alive™ is a 5-reel, 3-row, 9-bet line multiple-coin video slot featuring Scatter wins, Free Spins, Wild substitutes, and a Sticky Wild feature during Free Spins.
  • You can play 9 bet lines at 1 to 4 bet levels.
  • The spin button plays the game at the current bet level.
  • MAX BET plays the game at the highest bet level, and the pre-selected coin value.
  • AUTO automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
  • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the PAYTABLE.
  • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown in the PAYTABLE multiplied by the bet level.
  • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
  • Wild symbol substitutes for all symbols except Scatter symbols.
  • The Scatter symbol does not appear during Free Spins.
  • Scatter wins are paid independent of bet lines won.
  • Scatter wins pay total bet multiplied by the payout displayed in the PAYTABLE.
  • Scatter and Free Spins wins are added to any bet line wins.
  • Only the highest win per active bet line is paid.
  • Bet line wins pay if in succession from the leftmost reel to the rightmost reel.
  • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
  • Game History is not available in PLAYING FOR FUN mode.

Free Spins

  • Free Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins.
  • All wins from Free Spins including re-triggered Free Spins, pay X2.
  • 3 or more Free Spin symbols appearing anywhere on the reels in the main game activate 12 Free Spins.
  • At the end of Free Spins, the total win from Free Spins is added to any wins from the round that activated Free Spins.

Sticky Wilds

  • Wild symbols become Sticky Wild symbols during Free spins.
  • Sticky Wild symbols hold their positions on the reels for the remainder of the Free Spins session.
  • During Free Spins, one or more Sticky Wild symbols appearing on all the reels only activate 5 extra Free Spins.
  • Sticky Wild symbols on the reels at the end of Free Spins are not transferred to the main game.
  • Free Spins sessions start with zero Sticky Wild symbols.
  • Re-triggered Free Spins keep the Sticky Wild symbols from the triggering Free Spins session.
  • Free Spins can be re-triggered once per Free Spin session.

Game Functions

  • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

Game Setting Options

  • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
  • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
  • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.

Advanced Autoplay Options

  • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTO in the game panel, and then click Advanced settings.
  • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
  • If Free Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Free Spins is won.
  • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
  • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
  • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
  • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
  • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
  • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
  • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

Return to Player

  • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.8%

Additional Information

  • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
    • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
  • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

Translations of Game Terminology

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

English Term

Translated Term

Free Spins

Free Spins

Scatter

Scatter

Wild

Wild

Sticky Wild

Sticky Wild

Multiplier

Multiplier

Description

  • Dolphin Gold is a 5 reel slot game with a Free Games Feature. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the 40 lines.
  • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

Game Rules

  • Play up to 40 lines;
  • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
  • Payline wins are multiplied by the amount staked per payline;
  • Scatter wins are added to payline wins;
  • Highest win only on each selected payline;
  • Wins on different paylines are added;
  • All wins occur on selected lines except scatters;
  • BLUE Bonus DOLPHIN appears on reels 2, 3 and 4 only;
  • GOLD DOLPHIN appears on reels 2, 3, 4 and 5 only in Free Games:
  • All Symbols pay left to right except scattered BLUE BONUS DOLPHIN which trigger bonus with 6 or more in any position.

Gold Dolphin Free Games Rules

  • 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18 or 21 Free Games are awarded when 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 Blue Bonus Dolphin appear respectively ANY
    • 12 [BLUE BONUS DOLPHIN] 21 FREE GAMES
    • 11 [BLUE BONUS DOLPHIN] 18 FREE GAMES
    • 10 [BLUE BONUS DOLPHIN] 15 FREE GAMES
    • 9   [BLUE BONUS DOLPHIN] 12 FREE GAMES
    • 8   [BLUE BONUS DOLPHIN] 9 FREE GAMES
    • 7   [BLUE BONUS DOLPHIN] 6 FREE GAMES
    • 6   [BLUE BONUS DOLPHIN] 3 FREE GAMES
  • During Free Games, stacks of Gold Dolphins are added to reels 2, 3, 4, and 5.
  • GOLD DOLPHIN is Wild and substitute for all symbols except BLUE BONUS DOLPHIN.
  • The feature can be re-triggered, whenever 6 or more BLUE BONUS DOLPHINS appear.
  • Free Games are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game.
  • Free Games can be triggered during base game and free games with any 6 or more BLUE DOLPHINS.

Gamble Feature (if applicable)

  • To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select COLOUR or a SUIT
  • Win is DOUBLED (X2) if COLOUR choice is correct
  • Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct
  • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times
  • Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled

How to Play

  • The Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (UP) and (DOWN) buttons. This is a 40 lines game and the Lines that you want to play can be adjusted through the (UP) and (DOWN) buttons alongside the respective options.   The Max button for Bet will automatically select the maximum bet. Spin: Spins the reels.
  • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 5 spins to 100 spins.
  • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
  • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
    • Balance: Displays your total balance
    • Bet: Displays the staked amount per line to be played.
    • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin
    • Total Bet: The total wager staked. It consists of the Bet multiplied by the number of lines selected .
    • Malfunction voids all pays and plays

Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 95.3032% 

How to play

  • DoublePlay Suberbet is a video slot game with five reels and 25 paylines. It also consists of Wild and Scatter symbols, free spins.
  • The Player always plays the 50 lines.
  • The Player may choose the amount he/she wishes to bet by clicking on the arrow buttons attached to the ‘Bet’ meter. The chosen bet will be applicable for each payline. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
  • The ’TOTAL BET’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of playlines.
  • Once the bet amount is defined, the Player may click on the "Spin" button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.
  • Super Bet: is an additional wager that can be adjusted by selecting the ‘SUPER BET’ button at the right in order to get the following enhancements:
    • Level 1 (value of the bet – 25 coins) Wild symbols enhanced on reel 3;
    • Level 2 (value of the bet – 50 coins) Wild symbols enhanced on reels 2, 3 and 4;
    • Level 3 (value of the bet – 100 coins) Wild symbols enhanced on all reels.
  • DoublePlay: it increases the multiplier of the enhanced Wild symbols:
    • Level 1: standard Wild multiplier x3 (x6 in Free games);
    • Level 2: increases the Wild multiplier 6 times (12 times in Free games);
    • Level 3: increases the Wild multiplier 3 times (18 times in Free games).

 

Winnings

  • If a winning combination is formed along any payline, it will become animated.
  • A winning combination consists of symbols that start from the left-most reel and continue consecutively on the payline, except for Scatter symbol, which counts in any direction.
  • All payline wins listed in the paytable are multiplied by the payline bet value, except for the ones related to Scatter, which are multiplied by the total bet amount.
  • The winnings regarding the Scatter symbol are added to the paylines winnings.
  • Winnings are paid out for the highest combination on each of the paylines.
  • Coincident winnings on different paylines are added.
  • The 'WIN’ display area shows the sum of all prizes by round or free rounds.
  • The total win amount is added to the Player’s game balance.

 

How to read the paytable

  • The paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
  • The payline win amount is calculated by the number shown on the Paytable for a specific combination, multiplied by the payline bet value as determined by the player.
  • All the prizes come up in the selected lines, except for the Scatter symbol.
  • The winnings are paid in accordance with the following paytable:

 

Symbol

x2

x3

x4

x5

Scatter

25

75

250

2500

Wild

3

25

100

500

Diamond

3

25

100

500

7

2

20

50

250

Bell

--

15

25

150

Star

--

15

25

150

Horseshoe

--

10

20

100

“Spade”

--

10

20

100

Strawberry

--

5

15

75

Lemon

--

5

15

75

Plum

--

5

10

50

Cherries

--

5

10

50

 

 

 

Special symbols

  • Wild symbol: it substitutes all symbols except for the symbol Scatter.
  • Scatter symbol: the winnings of this symbol are multiplied by the total bet amount.

 

Extra Game

  • The Player may choose to gamble the winning.

 

  • In case of winning (except for the values won in Progressive Jackpots, when applicable), the Player may select Gamble and then select the Colour or the Suit. A winning in this game means:
    • Win is doubled (x2) if the colour choice is correct;
    • Win is quadrupled (x4) if suit choice is correct.
  • The winnings may be gambled up to 5 times.

 

Free spins

  • 3 or more Scatters anywhere on the reels trigger the 15 Free Spin Feature.
  • During free games all Enhanced Wild wins are doubled.
  • Stacked Wild Multipliers are applied on the same reel as the triggering spin.
  • The Free Spins Feature may be reactivated.
  • During the Free Spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Spins.

 

Buttons and fields

  • BET: the Player may increase or decrease his/her bet amount using the corresponding arrows.
  • MAX BET (icon with three coins, above the arrows that allow the Player to select the value of the bet):  by choosing this icon, the Player is selecting the maximum bet value (1€).
  • INFO: by selecting this button the Player may view the payouts for this game.
  • GAMBLE: the Player may select this button after a winning in order to have more opportunities to bet and win.
  • AUTOPLAY: this button allows the Player to gain access to the Autoplay Menu.
  • SPIN: by selecting this button, the reels rotate with the current line and bet valued selection.
  • SOUND: the Player may turn on/off the sound effects.

Autoplay

  • The Player may click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
  • In the Autoplay Menu, the Player may choose the number of games you would like to play (5/10/... up to 100) or select Last Settings.
  • The Autoplay may be stopped at any time by clicking on the ‘STOP’ button. If the Player stops the game at the time it is in progress, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
  • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another, and not all the games the Player selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
  • If the Player won a Free Spins round while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the Player and the Autoplay will be stopped.

 

Average Return to Player

  • Theoretical return to Player: 95,044%-95,879%.

 

Disconnection while playing

  • The outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game and a non-win outcome, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Free spins will be completed by the system on behalf of the player. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Game Overview

  • Dracula is a 5-reel, 4-row, 40-line video slot with Free Spins, Wild substitutions, stacked symbols, Stacked Wilds and a Bat Feature.
  • The game is played with 40 bet lines (fixed), 1-10 bet levels and different coin values.
  • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
  • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
  • COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
  • MAX BET plays the game at the maximum bet lines, highest bet level, and the current coin value.
  • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
  • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the PAYTABLE.
  • Bet level is the number of coins bet per bet line.
  • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown on the PAYTABLE multiplied by the bet level.
  • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
  • Only the highest win per bet line is paid.
  • Bet line wins pay if in succession from the leftmost reel to the rightmost reel.
  • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
  • All coin wins pay on bet lines only.

Wild and Stacked Wild

  • Wild symbols can appear anywhere on reels 2,3 and 4 in the main game only and substitute for all symbols.
  • Wild symbol substitution pays the highest possible winning combination on a bet line according to the PAYTABLE.
  • Stacked Wild symbols can appear anywhere on reel 3 in Free Spins only and may be fully or partially displayed depending on how the reel lands.
  • Stacked Wild symbols substitute for all symbols, including bat symbols and pay the highest possible winning combination on a bet line according to the PAYTABLE.
  • Bat symbols overlaying the Stacked Wild after the reels have stopped will disappear, uncovering the Stacked Wild.

Free Spins

  • A fully visible stacked Dracula symbol on reel 2, and a fully visible stacked Lady symbol appearing simultaneously on reel 4, in the main game, activates 10 Free Spins according to the PAYTABLE.
  • A fully visible Stacked Wild symbol appearing on reel 3 during Free Spins activates 2 additional Free Spins.
  • Any part of the stacked symbols included in a winning bet line pays according to the PAYTABLE.
  • Additional Free Spins won are automatically added to the current Free Spins.
  • Free Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins.
  • In the main game, Free Spins cannot be won if the Bat Feature is activated.
  • The total win field includes any wins during Free Spins added to any wins from the round that activated Free Spins.
  • Free Spin wins are added to any bet line wins.
  • At the end of Free Spins, the game returns to the round that activated Free Spins.

Bat Feature

  • In the main game, the Bat feature is randomly activated and may be activated once per spin only.
  • In Free Spins, the Bat feature appears on every spin and is activated once per spin only.
  • When the Bat feature has been activated, a randomly selected number of bats will fly in and land anywhere on the spinning reels as an overlay in a cluster formation.
  • In the main game, the number of bats ranges from 4-12, and in Free Spins from 4-20.
  • Once the bats have landed on the reels, all the bats in the cluster turn into the same randomly activated symbol, including the Wild symbol.
  • If 20 bats are activated in the Bat feature, all of the reels are filled with bats.

Game Functions

  • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

Game Setting Options

  • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
  • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
  • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
  • Animations. Turns the animations on or off.
  • Ambience sound. Turns the background soundtrack on or off.
  • Sound effects. Turns the game sound effects on or off.
  • Graphics Quality. Adjusts the graphic quality for optimal performance.
  • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
  • Game history. Click to view your latest game history. (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

Advanced Autoplay Options

  • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
  • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
  • If Free Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Free Spins is won.
  • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
  • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
  • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
  • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
  • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.
  • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round or Free Spins, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
  • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.

Return to Player

  • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.6%

Additional Information

  • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
    • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
  • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

Translations of Game Terminology

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

English Term

Translated Term

Wild

Wild

Stacked Wild

Stacked Wild

Free Spins

Free Spins

Bat Feature

Bat Feature

Description

  • Dragon Drop is a 5 reel slot game with a Dropping Dragon feature and Sticky Dragon Feature. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the 25 lines.
  • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

Game Rules

  • Play 1 to 25 lines;
  • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
  • Payline wins are multiplied by the bet per payline;
  • Scatter wins are multiplied by the total bet;
  • Scatter wins are added to payline wins;
  • Highest win only on each selected payline;
  • Wins on different paylines are added;
  • All wins pay from Left to Right on selected lines only except SCATTERED EGG which pays any;
  • DRAGON appears on Reels 2, 3 and 4 only and substitutes for all symbols except SCATTERED EGG;
  • Prize is DOUBLED if one or more DRAGON substitute in a winning combination.

Dropping Dragons

  • During any game a Dragon may drop in and turn a symbol into a DRAGON symbol;
  • Winning combinations are paid after the DRAGON substitutes.

Sticky Dragon Feature

  • 8 Free Games are awarded when 3 or more SCATTERED EGG appear;
  • All wins during Free Games are DOUBLED;
  • Any DRAGON that appear are held in place for remaining free games;
  • Free Games are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game;
  • Free Games Feature cannot be retriggered;
  • Gamble Feature (if applicable);
  • To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select COLOUR or a SUIT;
  • Win is DOUBLED (X2) if COLOUR choice is correct;
  • Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct;
  • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times;
  • Progressive Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled.

How to Play

  • The Lines and Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (UP) and (DOWN) buttons alongside the respective options. 
  • The Max button for Lines or Bet will automatically select the maximum for the respective field.
  • Note: You can also select the amount of lines you wish to play by clicking on the line tag number on the side of the reels.
  • Spin: Spins the reels.
  • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 5 spins to 500 spins.
  • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
  • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
    • Balance: Displays your total balance
    • Bet: Displays the staked amount per line to be played.
    • Lines: Displays the amount of line(s) to be played.
    • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin
    • Total Bet: The total wager staked. It consists of the Bet multiplied by the amount of lines being played.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

 

Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 95.23%.

Game Rules

  • Drive: Multiplier Mayhem™ is a 5-reel, 3-row, 15-line (fixed) video slot with Free Spins, Wild substitutions, and Nitro symbols.
  • The game is played with 15 bet lines (fixed), 1-10 bet levels and different coin values.
  • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
  • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
  • COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
  • When playing at the highest bet level, MAX BET plays the game at the maximum bet lines and the current coin value. When playing at any lower bet level, MAX BET must be clicked twice to play the round at the selected level.
  • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds (alternatively, click the AUTO button).
  • Wild symbol substitution pays the highest possible winning combination on a bet line according to the Paytable.
  • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the Paytable.
  • Bet level is the number of coins bet per bet line.
  • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown in the Paytable multiplied by the bet level.
  • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
  • Only the highest win per bet line is paid.
  • Bet line wins pay if in succession from the leftmost reel to the rightmost reel.
  • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
  • All coin wins pay on bet lines only.

Multiplier Wilds

  • The Multiplier Wilds are Wild symbols.
  • Multiplier Wild symbols can appear anywhere on reels 1-5 and substitute for all symbols, except Scatter symbols and Nitro symbols.
  • The Multiplier Wilds have the same multiplier as the reel (1-5) they have landed on.
  • Any bet line win with Multiplier Wild symbols multiplies the bet line win by 1-5 respectively.
  • If 2 or more Multiplier Wild symbols appear on the winning bet line, then the corresponding multipliers are multiplied. For example, a winning bet line with Multiplier Wild symbols on reels 2 (x2) and 4 (x4) multiply to give a x8 multiplier.

Free Spins

  • In the main game only, 3 Scatter symbols appearing anywhere on reels 2, 3 and 4, activate 10 Free Spins.
  • Free Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins.
  • In Free Spins only, 3 Nitro symbols appearing anywhere on reels 2, 3, and 4, award additional Free Spins and overlay Multiplier Wilds.
  • The number of Free Spins awarded is according to the Paytable.
  • The overlay Multiplier Wild symbols randomly appear anywhere on reels and act as a Multiplier Wild symbol.
  • Only one overlay Multiplier Wild symbol can appear on a reel.

Nitro Collect Meter

  • Collected Nitro symbols are stacked in the Nitro Collect Meter from bottom to top.
  • If a Nitro symbol appears above an overlay Multiplier Wild, it is counted as both a Nitro symbol and a Multiplier Wild symbol.
  • The Free Spins start with the player racing against Twitch, the first opponent.
  • After collecting 3 Nitro symbols, the game moves to the next level. The player wins a random overlay Multiplier Wild and the next racing opponent appears.
  • Each new Free Spins round starts with an empty Nitro Collect Meter.
  • If a player collects 2 Nitro symbols in one spin, and 3 Nitro symbols in the next spin, the 2 Nitro symbols remaining are carried forward and are accounted for in the next level.
  • When reaching a new level, additional Free Spins are awarded along with another random overlay Multiplier Wild.
  • Free Spins are awarded according to the table below:

Level

1

2

3

4

Free Spins

10

+4

+3

+2

Overlay Multiplier Wild

0

1

2

3

Racing Opponent

Twitch

Hamaki

Bruiser

Bruiser

  • Nitro symbols do not appear during level 4 in Free Spins.
  • After collecting the final 3 Nitro symbols when racing against Bruiser, the last opponent, the player races until the end of Free Spins.
  • After collecting 9 Nitro symbols, all the subsequent collected Nitro symbols are discarded.
  • Additional Free Spins won are automatically added to the current Free Spins.
  • The total win field includes any wins during Free Spins added to any wins from the round that activated Free Spins.
  • Free Spin wins are added to any bet line wins.
  • At the end of Free Spins, the game returns to the round that activated Free Spins.

Game Functions

  • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

Game Setting Options

  • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
  • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
  • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
  • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
  • Game history. Click to view your latest game history. (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

Advanced Autoplay Options

  • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
  • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
  • If Free Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Free Spins is won.
  • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
  • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
  • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
  • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
  • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
  • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
  • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

Additional Information

  • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
    • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
  • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

Return to Player

  • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.70%

Translations of Game Terminology

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

English Term

Translated Term

Wild

Wild

Free Spins

Free Spins

Scatter

Scatter

Multiplier

Multiplier

Multiplier Wilds

Multiplier Wilds

Nitro Collect Meter

Nitro Collect Meter

Nitro

Nitro

Game Rules

  • Flowers™ is a 5-reel, 3-row video slot featuring Double symbols, Wild substitutions, and Free Spins with Stacked Wild symbols.
  • You can play 30 bet lines at different bet levels and coin values.
  • The spin button plays the game at the current coin value and bet level.
  • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
  • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
  • COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
  • MAX BET plays the game at the highest bet level and the pre-selected coin value.
  • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
  • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the PAYTABLE.
  • Bet level is the number of coins bet per bet line.
  • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown on the PAYTABLE multiplied by the bet level.
  • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
  • Wild symbol substitutes for all symbols except Free Spin and Double symbols.
  • Wild symbols substituting Double symbols pay the value of a single symbol when appearing on a winning line.
  • Wild symbol can count as a single symbol only.
  • All wins pay on selected bet lines only, except for wins with Free Spin symbols.
  • Only the highest win per active bet line is paid.
  • Bet lines win if the winning symbols are in succession from the leftmost reel to right.
  • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
  • Free Spin wins are added to any bet line wins.
  • Some features may not be available in PLAYING FOR FUN mode.

Double symbols

  • Free Spin symbols and medium win symbols can be either single or Double symbols.
  • Double symbols count as 2 single symbols.
  • Double Free Spin symbols can appear on reels 2, 3 and 4.
  • Wins are determined by the total number of symbols appearing on a bet line.
  • With Double symbols, a winning bet line can have from 3 to 10 symbols in total.

Free Spins with Stacked Wild

  • The Free Spin symbol is a Scatter symbol.
  • Free spin symbols can appear as single or Double symbols.
  • 4 or more Free Spin symbols appearing anywhere on the reels activate Free Spins.The bet that activates Free Spins is multiplied according to the table based on the number of Free Spin symbols. This amount is added to any bet line wins on that spin.

Free Spins symbols*

Bet multiplier

Free spins won

8

10

30

7

4

25

6

2

20

5

2

15

4

2

10

3

2

-

*Double symbols count as 2 single symbols.

  • Free Spins wins are x3.
  • Additional Free Spins won are not multiplied by the Free Spins multiplier.
  • In Free Spins, 4 or more Free Spin symbols appearing anywhere on the reels activate additional Free Spins.
  • Free Spins are played at the same bet as the round activating Free Spins.
  • During Free spins, Stacked Wild symbols can appear on the reels for a chance at bigger wins!
  • Any Free Spins won are automatically added to the current Free Spins.
  • Bet line wins are tripled in Free Spins, excluding additional Free Spins won.

Game Functions

  • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

Game Setting Options

  • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
  • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
  • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
  • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
  • Game history. Click to view your latest game history. (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

Advanced Autoplay Options

  • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
  • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
  • If Free Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Free Spins is won.
  • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
  • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
  • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
  • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
  • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
  • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
  • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

Additional Information

  • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
    • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
  • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

Return to Player

  • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.3%

Translations of Game Terminology

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

English Term

Translated Term

Double

Double

Double Free Spins

Double Free Spins

Free Spins

Free Spins

Scatter

Scatter

Wild

Wild

Stacked Wild

Stacked Wild

Description

  • Foxin’ Wins is a 5 reel slot game with a Free Games Feature, Random Bonus and Superbet to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the 25 lines.
  • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

Game Rules

  • Play 25 lines;
  • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
  • Payline wins are multiplied by the amount staked per payline;
  • Scatter wins are multiplied by the total amount staked (Excluding Super Bet);
  • Scatter wins are added to payline wins;
  • Highest win only on each selected payline;
  • Coinciding wins on different paylines are added;
  • All wins occur on selected lines except scattered POT;
  • All symbols pay Left to Right except scattered POT which pays any;
  • FOX substitutes for all other symbols except scattered POT;
  • On any spin, a Fox Pup inside a Reel may turn a symbol WILD.

Super Bet

  • Super Bet is an ADDITIONAL WAGER that can be adjusted with the control beside the Reels to provide the following enhancements;
  • Super Bet off (25 Coins): Fox Pup in Reel 3;
  • Super Bet 1 (35 Coins): Fox Pups in Reels 2, 3, 4;
  • Super Bet 2 (50 Coins): Fox Pups in Reels 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.

Free Games Feature

  • 10 Free Games are awarded when 3 or more POT appear;
  • During the Free Games Fox Pups appear more frequently;
  • All prizes are doubled during the Free Games Feature;
  • The Free Games Feature can be retriggered;
  • Free Games are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game;
  • Free Game wins are added to payline and scatter wins.

Random Bonus

  • The Random Bonus can be awarded after any paid spin;
  • Keep a lookout for either Fox Funds or Leprechaun Shakedown and win the prizes shown;
  • During Leprechaun Shakedown, Prizes are only awarded if the Leprechaun is caught;
  • All prizes are awarded as displayed.

Gamble Feature (if applicable)

  • To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select COLOUR or a SUIT;
  • Win is DOUBLED (X2) if COLOUR choice is correct;
  • Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct;
  • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times;
  • Progressive Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled.

How to Play

  • The Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (UP) and (DOWN) buttons alongside the respective options. 
  • The Max Bet button will automatically select the maximum bet.
  • Spin: Spins the reels.
  • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 5 spins to 500 spins.
  • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
  • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
    • Balance: Displays your total balance
    • Bet: Displays the staked amount per line to be played.
    • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin
    • Total Bet: The total wager staked. It consists of the Bet multiplied by the amount of lines being played.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays

Theoretical average Return To Player (RTP)

  • No Superbet (25 coin): 95.22%
  • Superbet 10CR (35 Coin): 95.33%
  • Superbet 25CR (50 coin): 95.62%

Game Rules

  • Fruit Shop™ is a highly energetic video slot with 5-reels and 15-bet lines. Classic features include Wild substitutions with a x2 multiplier and a Free Spins multiplier of x2.
  • The game is played with 15 bet lines, 1-10 bet levels and different coin values.
  • MAX BET plays the game at 15 bet lines, the highest bet level, and the current coin value.
  • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds (alternatively, click the AUTO button).
  • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the PAYTABLE.
  • Wild symbols substitute for all symbols.
  • In both the main game and during the Free Spins, Wild symbols appear on reels 2, 3 and 4.
  • Bet line wins with Wilds are x2.
  • Only one Wild multiplier is applied per bet line win.
  • Only the highest win per active bet line is selected to be paid.
  • Bet line wins pay if in succession from leftmost to right.
  • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown in the PAYTABLE multiplied by the bet level. This amount is also multiplied by any applicable multipliers.
  • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
  • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
  • Game History is not available when PLAYING FOR FUN.
  • COINS displays the number of coins the player has available to wager.

Free Spins

  • Bet line wins with matching fruit symbols award Free Spins.
  • Free Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins.
  • During Free Spins any winning combinations with matching symbols award extra Free Spins according to the PAYTABLE.
  • Free Spins end when there are no remaining Free Spins and no new wins are generated.
  • Bet line wins in Free Spins pay x2.
  • In Free Spins, bet line wins with Wilds pay Wild multiplier x Free Spins multiplier.
  • At the end of Free Spins, the total win from Free Spins is added to any wins from the round that activated Free Spins.

Game Functions

  • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

Game Setting Options

  • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
  • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
  • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
  • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
  • Game history. Click to view your latest game history. (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

Advanced Autoplay Options

  • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
  • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
  • If Free Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Free Spins is won.
  • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
  • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
  • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
  • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
  • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
  • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

Additional Information

  • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
    • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
  • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

Return to Player

  • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.7 %

Translations of Game Terminology

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

English Term

Translated Term

Free Spins

Free Spins

Wild

Wild

How to play Fruity Friends

  • Fruity Friends is a video slot game with five reels and 25 paylines. It also consists of wild and scatter symbols, free spins feature and a bonus round.
  • Select the number of paylines you wish to play with (1-25) by simply clicking on the '+' or '-' buttons attached to the ‘Lines’ meter. The minimum amount of paylines to play with is 1. The relevant paylines will be highlighted accordingly. You can also activate the lines by pressing the numbered buttons on both sides of the reels. For example, to place a bet on three paylines, click on Button 3 - the 1st, 2nd and 3rd paylines will be highlighted.
  • Choose the amount you wish to bet by clicking on the ‘+ ‘or ‘-‘buttons attached to the ‘Bet’ meter. The bet you choose will be applicable for each payline that you have chosen. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
  • The 'TOTAL BETS' display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of lines which have been chosen.
  • Once you have set your bet amount and number of paylines, click on the "Spin" button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.
  • By pressing on the 'Max Bet’ button, all paylines (25) will be selected and the reels will spin automatically with the current bet amount.
  • Once the reels start spinning, the ‘Spin’ button is replaced by a ‘Stop’ button. You can stop the reels at any time by using the ‘Stop’ button (or spacebar).
  • To view the payouts, click the ‘Paytable’ button. To return to the main game screen, click ‘Back to Game’ button.

 

Winnings

  • If a winning combination is formed along any active payline, it will become animated.
  • A winning combination consists of symbols that start from the left-most reel and continue consecutively on the active payline (except for scatters and bonus symbols).
  • All payline wins listed in the paytable are multiplied by the payline bet value.
  • Winnings are paid out for the highest combination on each of the active paylines.
  • The 'TOTAL WINS’ display area will show the sum of all prizes from coinciding wins on each payline, on different paylines and ,scatter wins, free spins wins and bonus round wins.
  • Your total win amount will be added to your game balance.

 

How to Read the Paytable

  • The Paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
  • The payline win amount is calculated by the number shown on the Paytable for a specific combination, multiplied by the payline bet value as determined by the player.

 

Special symbols:

Wild: Substitutes all symbols except for Scatter and bonus symbols.

 

Scatter: 2 or more scatters symbols appearing anywhere multiply the players’ total bets according to the pay table. If you have a scatter win and a regular win, you are paid out for both wins, as the scatter symbol does not need to appear in a line to win. 3 or more scatters will also activate the free spin feature.

Bonus: if the bonus symbol appears on reels #1 and #5 simultaneously during main game, the Fruity Field bonus game is triggered.

 

Fruity Field bonus game

 

  • To start the Fruity Field Bonus round, click on 'Click to Start'.
  • There are 21 fruits altogether on the track for you to choose from and every selection wins either a cash prize (from X1 to X5 times the total bet of the spin that triggered the bonus) or a trophy (a multiplier from X1 to X4 for the total Bonus win, which is the sum of the random cash prizes collected) until Collect is chosen (which also wins either a trophy or a cash prize) and the Bonus game is terminated.
  • The win multiplier is at X1 when you enter the bonus. For each trophy found, the multiplier increases in steps of 1.
  • The maximum total amount that can be won from the Fruity Field Bonus can reach 280 times the total bet of the spin that triggered the feature.
  • The Fruity Field Bonus game cannot be triggered during Free Spins.

 

 

Free Spin Feature

  • 3 or more Scatters anywhere on the reels trigger the Free Spin Feature.
  • To enter the Free Spin Feature, click on 'Click to Start'.
  • The reels turn into a field with 3 empty baskets.
  • Click on any basket to select it and start the oranges fall. You will win the amount of oranges that collected in the basket you chose (You can win 10/20/30 free spins).
  • At the end of the race, click Continue and the Free spins begin automatically.
  • During the Free Spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Spins.
  • If 3 or more Scatter symbols appear anywhere on the reels during Free Spins, only a payout is won but more Free Spins are not retriggered, nor is the Free Spins Feature triggered during Free Spins.

 

 

Buttons and fields

  • LINES: Click the ‘–‘ button to decrease the number of lines and the ‘+’ button to increase the number of lines you want to play with.
  • BET: Click the ‘–‘button to decrease your bet or the ‘+’ button to increase your bet amount.
  • PAYTABLE: Click to view the Paytable for the game.
  • SPIN: Spin the reels with your current selection of lines and bet amounts
  • MAX BET: Click to select all lines and spin the reels.

 

 

Autoplay

  • Click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
  • Choose the number of games you would like to play (1/2/3/4/5/10/15....up to 300).
  • Click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
  • You may pause the Autoplay at any time by clicking on the pause button. If at the time a game is in progress you click on the pause button, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
  • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another and not all the games you selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
  • If you won Fruity bonus and/or Free Spins Feature while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the player and the Autoplay will resume after.

 

Paytable

Symbol

x2

x3

x4

x5

Cherries (Wild)

x10

x100

x1000

x10,000

Pineapple

x5

x50

x500

x5000

Mango

-

x40

x200

x1000

Pear

-

x20

x100

x400

Lemon

-

x10

x50

x200

A

-

x8

x40

x100

K

-

x5

x30

x80

Q

-

x4

x20

x50

J

-

x3

x15

x40

Orange (Scatter)

x1

x5

x25

x100

 

 

Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 93%

 

Disconnection while playing

The outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History."

In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History.

 

Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

 

Mobile game:

  • In the mobile version of this game: tap the “GEAR” button on the bottom of the game screen to make adjustments:
  • Select the number of paylines you wish to play with (1-25) by simply clicking on the   or   buttons attached to the ‘Lines’ meter. The minimum amount of paylines to play with is 1. The relevant paylines will be highlighted accordingly.
  • Choose the amount you wish to bet by clicking on the   or   buttons attached to the ‘Bet’ meter. The bet you choose will be applicable for each payline that you have chosen. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
  • The 'BETS' display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of lines which have been chosen.
  • AutoPlay in the mobile version can be played by x10/x25/x50/x100 rounds only.
  • The history of all games played in the mobile device can be viewed through the website, inside the player’s account options. However note they may be displayed in a slightly different format.

 

Extra features:

  • MONEY PLAY: when in demo mode, to switch to real money play.
  • BALANCE: The current total amount of money available for playing the game.
  • Deposit: Deposit\Cash Out money to\from your account balance.
  • BACK TO LOBBY: Quit the game and go back to the Games Lobby.
  • MENU: Access the games list and general settings.
  •  ?: Open a window with the game's instructions.
  • SOUND BUTTON: Turn sound on or off.

 

Bet values and Prizes  

This game includes the following options for 'Bet':

  • €0,01
  • €0,03
  • €0,04
  • €0,05
  • €0,10
  • €0,25
  • €0,30
  • €0,50
  • €1
  • €2
  • €5
  • €10

Description

  • Genie Wild is a 5 reel slot game with a Genie Wild Feature to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the selectable lines;
  • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

Game Rules

  • Play 1 to 25 lines;
  • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
  • Payline wins are multiplied by the amount staked per payline;
  • Scatter wins are multiplied by the total amount staked;
  • Scatter wins are added to payline wins;
  • Highest win only on each selected payline;
  • Coinciding wins on different paylines are added;
  • All symbols pay Left to Right except scattered Bottle which pays any;
  • Genie substitutes for all symbols except scattered Bottle.

Gamble Feature (if applicable)

  • To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select COLOUR or a SUIT;
  • Win is DOUBLED (X2) if COLOUR choice is correct;
  • Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct;
  • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times;
  • Progressive Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled.
     

Genie Wild Feature

  • 10 Free Game are awarded when 3 or more scattered Bottle appear;
  • During the Free Games, Expanded Wild Genie symbols may appear over reels;
  • Free Games cannot be re-triggered;
  • Free Games are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game.
     

How to Play

  • The Lines and Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (-) and (+) buttons alongside the respective options.  The Max button for Lines or Bet will automatically select the maximum for the respective field. Note: You can also select the amount of lines you wish to play by clicking on the line tag number on the side of the reels.
  • Spin: Spins the reels.
  • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 5 spins to 100 spins.
  • If Loss Exceeds: Sets the loss limit. This is a mandatory field and the player must enter a value.  Without this value the player cannot initiate Autoplay spins.
  • If Single Win Exceeds: Sets the limit for a single win. This is an optional field automatically set to No Limit.
  • Last Settings Button: This button appears after the player has played one Autoplay session.  Pressing this button restores the number of spins, and all limits set by the player that were used on the previous Autoplay session. This allows the player to quickly play Autoplay.
  • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
  • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
    • Balance: Displays your total balance
    • Bet: Displays the staked amount per line to be played.
    • Lines: Displays the amount of line(s) to be played.
    • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin
    • Total Bet: The total wager staked. It consists of the Bet multiplied by the amount of lines being played.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays

Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 95.35%.

Description

  • Glorious Empire is a 5 reel slot game with a Free Games Feature to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the 40 lines; 
  • Payouts depend on the selected bet value and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

Game Rules

  • 50 coins play 40 lines;
  • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
  • Payline wins are multiplied by the amount staked per payline;
  • Scatter wins are multiplied by the bet;
  • Scatter wins are added to payline wins;
  • Highest win only on each selected payline, beginning from the left most reel and highest win only on each selected payline beginning from the rightmost reel;
  • Wins on different paylines are added;
  • All symbols begin with leftmost reel and pay Left to Right on consecutive reels, and begin with rightmost reel and pay right to left on consecutive reels, except Scatter which pays any;
  • Wild substitutes for all symbols except Scatter;
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Free Games

  • 7, 10 or 15 Free Games are awarded when 3, 4 or 5 SCATTER appear respectively
  • Any WILD appearing is held for remaining free games
  • Free Games are played at the paylines and bet of the trigger game
  • Free Game Feature can be retriggered

How to Play

1: Choose your bet

2: Spin

Main Game Screen Buttons:

Settings Page Buttons:

The game displays all your details in the following display fields:

Balance: Displays your total balance

Total Bet: The total wager staked.

Win: Displays the amount won in the spin

 

Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 96.929%.

Game Rules

  • Gonzo's Quest™ is a video slot with no reel spin: This 5-reel, 3-row, 20-line game introduces the Avalanche™ feature, and has Free Falls wins and Wild substitutions.
  • The game is played with 20 fixed bet lines, 1-5 bet levels and different coin values.
  • MAX BET plays the game at the highest bet level, and the pre-selected coin value.
  • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
  • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the Paytable.
  • Wild symbol only appears on reels 2, 3, and 4, and substitutes for all symbols.
  • Only the highest win per bet line is paid.
  • Bet line wins pay if in succession from leftmost to right.
  • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown in the Paytable multiplied by the bet level. This amount is also multiplied by any applicable multipliers.
  • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
  • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
  • All wins pay on bet lines only, except for wins with Free Fall symbols.
  • Game History is not available when PLAYING FOR FUN.
  • When the maximum multiplier is reached, all wins are paid with the maximum multiplier until no new wins are generated. The multiplier will revert to the initial multiplier.
  • COINS displays the number of coins the player has available to wager.

Avalanche™ Feature

  • The symbols fall into position in the reels, instead of spinning.
  • A winning bet line will start an Avalanche.
  • Symbols in winning combinations explode and disappear, leaving space for a second Avalanche of symbols for a chance of bigger wins.
  • The Avalanches continue until there are no more wins.
  • The win multiplier is increased with each new Avalanche until it reaches the maximum multiplier.
  • The multiplier remains at the maximum for the subsequent Avalanches until there are no more wins.
  • Maximum multiplier is 5 in the basic game and 15 in Free Fall. See in-game paytable for details.

Free Falls

  • Free Fall symbols only appear on reels 1, 2 and 3.
  • Each bet line containing 3 Free Fall symbols activates 10 Free Falls.
  • Free Fall symbols must appear in succession, starting from the leftmost reel.
  • Free Falls use the same bet as the round activating Free Fall.
  • A winning bet line during Free Fall will trigger an Avalanche.
  • Maximum multiplier in Free Fall is 15.
  • Additional Free Falls can be won during Free Falls.
  • At the end of Free Falls, the game returns to the round that activated Free Falls.
  • At the end of Free Falls, the total win from Free Falls is added to any wins from the round that activated Free Falls.
  • In Free Falls, 3 Free Fall symbols activate 10 additional Free Falls.

Game Functions

  • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

Advanced Autoplay Options

  • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTO in the game panel, and then click Advanced settings.
  • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
  • If Free Falls is won. Stops Autoplay when Free Falls is won.
  • If single win exceeds. Stop Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
  • If cash increases by. Stop Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
  • If cash decreases by. Stop Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
  • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.

Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

When changing Autoplay settings during a game round or Free Falls, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.

Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.

Game Setting Options

  • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
  • Intro movie. Turn the intro film on or off.
  • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
  • Game history. Click to view your latest game history

Return to Player

  • The theoretical return to player for this game is 95.97%

Additional Information

  • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
    • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
  • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

Translations of Game Terminology

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

English Term

Translated Term

Wild

Wild

Multiplier

Multiplier

Free Falls

Free Falls

Avalanche

Avalanche

Description

  • Gorilla Go Wild is a 5 reel slot game with a Multi selection Bonus Feature. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the 25 lines.
  • Payouts depend on the bet per coin played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

Game Rules

  • 30 coins plays 25 paylines;
  • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
  • Payline wins are multiplied by the bet;
  • Scatter wins are multiplied by the bet;
  • Scatter wins are added to payline wins;
  • Highest win only on each selected payline;
  • Wins on different paylines are added;
  • All wins occur from Left to Right on selected paylines only except TEMPLE which pays any;
  • GORILLA substitutes for all symbols except TEMPLE.

Gary's Bonus Time

  • After any bought spin, GARY the GORILLA may award a bonus prize of 50,100,150,300 or 1000 multiplied by the bet OR entry into Gary the Gorilla’s Feature Kingdom;
  • Gary Goes Bananas;
  • After any bought spin GARY the GORILLA may eat a Banana;
  • When no Bananas remain, GARY will ADVANCE by moving to a new area of the jungle. GARY will ADVANCE 3 times;
  • Each time GARY ADVANCES the frequency of GARY’s BONUS TIME is increased.

Gary the Gorilla's Feature Kingdom

  • 3 or more TEMPLE opens GARY the GORILLA's Feature Kingdom;
  • Feature Kingdom can also be awarded at random from Gary’s Bonus Time;
  • Choose which Feature to play!

Gorillionaire Win Spins Feature  (available after 1st trigger)

  • 10 Winning Spins are awarded with all wins DOUBLED;
  • Gorillionaire Win Spins Feature can be retriggered once;
  • GARY the GORILLA may randomly retrigger the Gorillionaire Win Spins Feature;
  • Free Games are played at the paylines and bet of the trigger game.
  •  

STAY WILD Feature (available after 5th trigger)

  • 10 Free Games are awarded;
  • Any WILD that appear are held in that position for any remaining free games;
  • Stay Wild Feature can be retriggered once;
  • GARY the GORILLA may randomly retrigger the Stay Wild feature;
  • Free Games are played at the paylines and bet of the trigger game.

MEGA-RILLA MULTIPLIER Feature (available after 10th trigger)

  • 10 Free Games are awarded;
  • All wins are multiplied by the Free Games Multiplier;
  • Free Games Multiplier starts at 1;
  • Any WILD that appear during the free games increase the Free Games Multiplier by 1 up to a maximum of 10;
  • Mega-Rilla Multiplier Feature can be retriggered once;
  • GARY the GORILLA may randomly retrigger the Mega-rilla Multiplier feature;
  • Free Games are played at the paylines and bet of the trigger game.

More Wilds Feature (available after 15th trigger)

  • 10 free games are awarded;
  • Each free game all occurrences of up to 3 symbols, excluding TEMPLE, may change to WILD;
  • More Wilds Feature can be retriggered once;
  • GARY the GORILLA may randomly retrigger the More Wilds feature;
  • Free Games are played at the paylines and bet of the trigger game.
  •  

How to Play

  • The Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (UP) and (DOWN) buttons alongside the respective options.  The Max Bet button will automatically select the maximum bet.
  • Spin: Spins the reels.
  • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 5 spins to 500 spins.
  • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
  • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
    • Balance: Displays your total balance;
    • Bet: Displays the staked amount per coin to be played;
    • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin;
    • Total Bet: The total wager staked. It consists of the Bet multiplied by the number of coins being played;
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 92.060% - 96.512%.

How to play Graveyard Party 

 

  • Graveyard Party is a video slot game with five reels and 30 paylines. It also consists of wild and scatter symbols, free spins feature and a bonus round.
  • Select the number of paylines you wish to play with (1-30) by simply clicking on the '+' or '-' buttons attached to the ‘Lines’ meter. The minimum amount of paylines to play with is 1. The relevant paylines will be highlighted accordingly. You can also activate the lines by pressing the numbered buttons on both sides of the reels. For example, to place a bet on three paylines, click on Button 3 - the 1st, 2nd and 3rd paylines will be highlighted.
  • Choose the amount you wish to bet by clicking on the ‘+ ‘or ‘-‘ buttons attached to the ‘Bet’ meter. The bet you choose will be applicable for each payline that you have chosen. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
  • The 'BETS' display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of lines which have been chosen.
  • Once you have set your bet amount and number of paylines, click on the "Spin" button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.
  • By pressing on the 'Max Bet’ button, all paylines (30) will be selected and the reels will spin automatically with the current bet amount.
  • Once the reels start spinning, the ‘Spin’ button is replaced by a ‘Stop’ button. You can stop the reels at any time by using the ‘Stop’ button (or spacebar).
  • To view the payouts and game information, click the ‘info’ button. To return to the main game screen, click on the ‘BACK’ button.

 

Winnings 

  • If a winning combination is formed along any active payline, it will become animated.
  • A winning combination consists of symbols that start from the left-most reel and continue consecutively on the active payline (except for scatters and bonus symbols).
  • All payline wins listed in the paytable are multiplied by the payline bet value.
  • Winnings are paid out for the highest combination on each of the active paylines.
  • The 'WINS’ display area will show the sum of all prizes from coinciding wins on each payline, on different paylines and scatter wins, free spins wins and bonus round wins.
  • Your total win amount will be added to your game balance.

 

How to Read the Paytable 

  • The Paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
  • The payline win amount is calculated by the number shown on the Paytable for a specific combination, multiplied by the payline bet value as determined by the player.

 

Special symbols: 

 

Wild: Substitutes all symbols except for Scatter and bonus symbols. 

Scatter: 2 or more scatters symbols appearing anywhere multiply the players’ total bets according to the pay table. If you have a scatter win and a regular win, you are paid out for both wins, as the scatter symbol does not need to appear in a line to win. 3 or more scatters will also activate the free spin feature. 

Bonus: if the bonus symbol appears on reels #1 and #5 simultaneously during main game, the Undertaker's Fortune bonus game is triggered. 

 

 

Undertaker's Fortune bonus game

  • To start the Undertaker's Fortune Bonus round, click on 'Click to Start'.
  • There are 21 graves to choose from and every selection wins either a cash prize (from X1 to X5 times the total bet of the spin that triggered the bonus) or a white flower (a multiplier from X1 to X4 for the total Bonus win, which is the sum of the random cash prizes collected) until Collect is chosen (which also wins either a white flower or a cash prize) and the Bonus game is terminated.
  • The win multiplier is at X1 when you enter the bonus. For each white flower found, the multiplier increases in steps of 1.
  • The maximum total amount that can be won from the Undertaker's Fortune Bonus can reach 108 times the total bet of the spin that triggered the feature.
  • The Undertaker's Fortune Bonus game cannot be triggered during Free Spins.

 

 

Free Spin Feature 

  • 3 or more Scatters anywhere on the reels trigger the Free Spin Feature.
  • To enter the Free Spin Feature, click on 'Click to Start'.
  • The reels turn into a cemetery with 3 empty pumpkins.
  • Click on any pumpkin to select it and start the coins fill the pumpkins. You will win the amount of Free Spins that collected in the pumpkin you chose (You can win 5/10/15 free spins).
  • At the end of the race, click Continue and the Free spins begin automatically.
  • During the Free Spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Spins.
  • If 3 or more Scatter symbols appear anywhere on the reels during Free Spins, only a payout is won but more Free Spins are not retriggered, nor is the Free Spins Feature triggered during Free Spins.

 

Buttons and fields 

  • LINES: Click the ‘–‘ button to decrease the number of lines and the ‘+’ button to increase the number of lines you want to play with.
  • BET: Click the ‘–‘button to decrease your bet or the ‘+’ button to increase your bet amount.
  • INFO: Click to view the Paytable for the game.
  • SPIN: Spin the reels with your current selection of lines and bet amounts.
  • MAX BET: Click to select all lines and spin the reels.
  • GAME ID NUMBER: Will appear on the screen at the beginning of the game.

 

Autoplay 

  • Click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
  • Choose the number of games you would like to play (1/2/3/4/5/10/15....up to 300).
  • Click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
  • You may pause the Autoplay at any time by clicking on the pause button. If at the time a game is in progress you click on the pause button, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
  • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another and not all the games you selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
  • Undertaker's Fortune bonus and/or Free Spins Feature while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the player.


 

Paytable 

Symbol

x2

x3

x4

x5

Haunted House (Wild) 

x10

x100

x1000

x10,000

Skull

x5

x50

x500

x5000

Red-faced Devil 

-

x40

x200

x1000

Witch 

-

x20

x100

x400

Red-haired Boy 

-

x10

x50

x200

Blue-faced Monster

-

x8

x40

x100

Werewolf

-

x5

x30

x80

Clown

-

x4

x20

x50

One-eyed Alien

-

x3

x15

x40

Pumpkin (Scatter)

-

x5

x25

x100



Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 93% 
 

 

Disconnection while playing 
This is a single stage game and the outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game, the Interactive System would complete the game on player’s behalf. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History. Note that the Game History may show different selections/symbols, but the outcome of the game is the same. 

Malfunction voids all pays and plays. 
 

 

Mobile game:

  • In the mobile version of this game: tap the ‘Gear’ button in the upper right corner of the game screen to make adjustments:
    • On the Game Adjustments page, select the number of paylines (1-30) you wish to play by adjusting the LINES selector. The minimum amount of paylines to play with is 1. The relevant paylines will be highlighted accordingly.
    •  Also you can select the bet per line by adjusting the BET selector.
    • On the “I” page, read the How To Play information.
    • On the Sound Settings page, tap the sound button to turn the sound on or off.
  • On the game screen, tap the circular arrow to place a bet and begin playing.
  • The 'TOTAL BETS' display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of lines which have been chosen.
  • AutoPlay in the mobile version can be played by x10/x25/x50/x100 rounds only.
  • The history of all games played in the mobile device can be viewed through the website, inside the players account options. However note they may be displayed in a slightly different format.

 

Extra features:

  • REAL MONEY: (in fun mode): Switch to real money play.
  • CHAT: Click here to open a window and chat live with our customer support.
  • BALANCE: The current total amount of money available for playing the game.
  • DEPOSIT: Deposit money to your account balance.
  • MENU: Access the games list and general settings.
  • ?: Open a window with the game's instructions.
  • SOUND BUTTON: Turn sound on or off.

 

Bet values

This game includes the following options for 'Bet':

  • €0,01
  • €0,04
  • €0,05
  • €0,10
  • €0,25
  • €0,50
  • €1
  • €2
  • €5
  • €10
  • €20 - This amount is available for the highest VIP levels

Description

  • Great Wild Elk is a 5 reel slot game with a Elk’s Light Feature, Free Games Feature and a Call of the Elk Feature to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the 10 lines; 
  • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

GAME RULES

  • Play 10 lines;
  • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
  • Payline wins are multiplied by the bet;
  • Scatter wins are multiplied by the bet;
  • Scatter wins are added to payline wins;
  • Highest win only on each payline;
  • Wins on different paylines are added;
  • All wins on specified paylines only except scatters;
  • All wins begin with leftmost reel and pay left to right on consecutive reels, except scatters which pay any;
  • TREE appears on reels 1, 2, 4 and 5 only;
  • ELK substitutes for all other symbols except TREE and appears on reel 3 only;
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Elk's Light Feature

  • ELK’S LIGHT may appear randomly at the commencement of any spin;
  • ELK’S LIGHT reveals ELF, SPIRIT, EAGLE, SQUIRREL or SNAKE;
  • Symbol revealed by LIGHT replaces RED RUNE, PURPLE RUNE, BLUE RUNE and GREEN RUNE on the reel strips for the current spin only.

Free Games Feature

  • ELK substituting in one or more wins triggers the Free Games Feature;
  • 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 Free Games are randomly awarded;
  • Total value of all wins in which ELK substitutes is the initial ENDURING WIN
  • ELK is HELD on reel 3 during Free Games and substitutes for all symbols except TREE in all positions
  • During Free Games, each TREE appearing onscreen awards a PRIZE equal to the current ENDURING WIN value
  • If ELK substitutes in one or more wins during the Free Games, the total value of all wins in which ELK substitutes is added to the ENDURING WIN for the remainder of the Free Games
  • No additional Free Games are awarded if ELK substitutes in one or more wins during the Free Games
  • ENDURING WIN is updated before any PRIZES are paid each Free Game
  • ELK’S LIGHT Feature can be randomly triggered during Free Games

Call of the Elk Feature

  • Once all Free Games have been completed, a Re-Spin is initiated;
  • Only scatter wins and ENDURING WIN PRIZES are awarded during Re-Spins;
  • If one or more TREE appears onscreen during a Re-Spin, scatter wins and ENDURING WIN PRIZES are awarded in the same manner as the Free Games and 1 additional Re-Spin is awarded;
  • ENDURING WIN value cannot be increased during Re-Spins;
  • ELK’S LIGHT Feature cannot be triggered during Re-spins;
  • Free Games and Re-Spins are played at the paylines and bet of the trigger game;
  • Free Game and Re-Spin wins are added to payline and scatter wins.

Gamble Rules (if applicable)

  • To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select RED/BLACK or a SUIT;
  • Win is DOUBLED (X2) if RED/BLACK choice is correct;
  • Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct;
  • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times;
  • Progressive Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled.

How to Play

  • The Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (UP) and (DOWN) buttons alongside the respective options.  The Max Bet button will automatically select the maximum bet.
  • Spin: Spins the reels.
  • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 5 spins to 100 spins.
  • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
  • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
    • Balance: Displays your total balance;
    • Bet: Displays the staked amount to be played;
    • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin;
    • Total Bet: The total wager staked.

Theoretical Return to Player (RTP): 95.198%.

Game Rules

  • Guns N' Roses Video Slots™ is a 5-reel, 3-row, 20-line video slot featuring Wild substitutions, Expanding Wilds, the Appetite for Destruction Wild, Bonus symbols, Encore Free Spins, Legend Spins, a Solo multiplier and a Crowd-Pleaser Bonus Game.
  • The game features a SET LIST with a choice of 5 different tracks to play during the game.
  • When the game starts, Welcome to the Jungle will start playing.
  • When Welcome to the Jungle ends, the next track in the set list will be played automatically, if it has downloaded. Otherwise, Welcome to the Jungle is repeated.
  • After the last track on the set list ends, it will automatically return to Welcome to the Jungle and play all 5 tracks on a loop.
  • The loop behavior can be switched between Loop All (default) and Loop 1, which will continue looping whichever track is currently playing.
  • The game is played with 20 bet lines (fixed), 1-10 bet levels and different coin values.
  • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
  • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
  • COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
  • When playing at the highest bet level, MAX BET plays the game at the maximum bet lines and the current coin value. When playing at any lower bet level, MAX BET must be clicked twice to play the round at the selected level.
  • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
  • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the PAYTABLE.
  • Bet level is the number of coins bet per bet line.
  • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown in the PAYTABLE multiplied by the bet level. This amount is also multiplied by any applicable multipliers.
  • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
  • Only the highest win per bet line is paid.
  • Bet line wins pay if in succession from the leftmost reel to the rightmost reel.
  • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
  • All coin wins pay on bet lines only, except for wins with Bonus symbols and wins in the Crowd-Pleaser Bonus Game.
  • Only 1 randomly activated feature or Bonus feature can be activated per spin (except for if Encore Free Spins are awarded from the Crowd-Pleaser Bonus Game).

Wild and Expanding Wild

  • Wild symbols can appear randomly anywhere on the reels, apart from on reel 3 in the Appetite for Destruction Wild feature, and substitute for all symbols except for Bonus symbols.
  • Wild symbols turn into an Expanding Wild which automatically expands to cover the entire reel.
  • Wild symbol substitution pays the highest possible winning combination on a bet line according to the PAYTABLE.
  • Expanding Wild symbols substitute for all symbols except for the Appetite for Destruction Wild, the overlay Wild in Legend Spins and the overlay Stacked Wild in Encore Free Spins.

Random Features in the Main Game

  • In the main game there are 3 features which are randomly activated: Legend Spins, the Appetite for Destruction Wild, and the Solo multiplier.

Legend Spins

  • The Legend Spins feature is randomly activated and awards 1 Stacked Wild for the first spin. The Legend Spins feature then has 2 re-spins with 2 Stacked Wild reels.
  • A Stacked Wild is a Wild symbol that covers 3 positions on the reel. The same band member symbol can appear on other reels but it will not be stacked or act as a Wild symbol.
  • On the 1st spin, reel 3 is a Stacked Wild reel, on the 2nd spin reels 1 and 5 are Stacked Wild reels, and on the final spin reels 2 and 4 are Stacked Wild reels.
  • Bonus symbols can not appear on the reels during Legend Spins.
  • Re-spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the spin that activated the re-spin.
  • At the end of Legend Spins, the total win from Legend Spins is added to any wins from the round that activated Legend Spins.

Appetite for Destruction Wild

  • The Appetite for Destruction Wild feature is an overlay Wild in the shape of a cross that can land randomly, either fully or partially displayed, on reel 3 on one of the 3 possible reel positions according to the PAYTABLE.
  • The Appetite for Destruction Wild symbol substitutes for all symbols except for Bonus symbols.
  • Appetite for Destruction Wild symbol substitution pays the highest possible winning combination on a bet line according to the PAYTABLE.
  • The Appetite for Destruction Wild can not be activated when 3 Bonus symbols appear anywhere on the reels, or if Legend Spins has already been activated.
  • When the Appetite for Destruction Wild is activated, no other feature can be activated.
  • Bonus symbols can not appear on the reels during the Appetite for Destruction Wild feature.
  • Wild symbols can appear anywhere on reels 1,2 4 and 5 during the Appetite for Destruction Wild feature, but can not expand if the Wild symbol appears beneath the Appetite for Destruction Wild.
  • However, if the Wild symbol lands on the same reel, above or below the Appetite for Destruction Wild, the Wild symbol will expand only to the position on the reel not covered by the Appetite for Destruction Wild.

Solo Multiplier

  • The Solo multiplier feature is a random multiplier that awards a win multiplier of x4 - x10 to a winning bet line, when all the bet line wins consist of matching symbols, or matching symbols including Wild substitutions.
  • When the Solo Multiplier is activated, there will be one winning symbol but it can be on multiple bet lines since there are Expanding Wilds on the reels. All wins are multiplied by the win multiplier (x4-x10) for the entire win.
  • The multiplier is displayed on reel 4 and represents the number of winning symbols that pass through the highlighted middle position of the reel.
  • The Solo multiplier is activated if there are at least 3 matching symbols in a bet line win.
  • The Solo multiplier is activated for 1 winning symbol per spin only (excluding Wild symbols).
  • The Solo multiplier can not be activated if Legend Spins or the Appetite for Destruction Wild have already been activated.
  • The Solo multiplier can not be activated when 3 Bonus symbols appear together anywhere on the reels, or when a Bonus symbol appears anywhere on both reels 1 and 3.
  • All bet line wins are multiplied by the Solo multiplier for the entire win in the current spin.

Bonus Features: Encore Free Spins, Crowd-Pleaser Bonus Game and Coin Wins

  • 3 Bonus symbols appearing anywhere on reels 1,3 and 5 in the main game, randomly award one of 3 features: Encore Free Spins, the Crowd-Pleaser Bonus Game or a coin win.
  • Before the Bonus feature starts, a Bonus Wheel appears and starts spinning. Click the stop button to stop the wheel spinning and see which Bonus feature is activated. The wheel stops automatically after a short period of time if the stop button is not clicked.
  • The minimum coin win is 200 and the maximum is 600. This is multiplied by the bet level played and the total is displayed on the Bonus wheel.

Encore Free Spins

  • Encore Free Spins activates 10 Free Spins.
  • During Encore Free Spins, a band member symbol will appear as an overlay Stacked Wild symbol on reel 2,3 or 4 in each spin. The corresponding band member symbol will act as a Wild on all other reels for the spin.
  • A Stacked Wild is a Wild symbol that covers 3 positions on the reel.
  • Bonus symbols can not appear on the reels during Encore Free Spins.
  • Free Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins.
  • Additional Free Spins can not be won during Free Spins.
  • At the end of Free Spins, the game returns to the round that activated Free Spins.
  • At the end of Encore Free Spins, the total win from Encore Free Spins is added to any wins from the round that activated Encore Free Spins.

Crowd-Pleaser Bonus Game

  • The Crowd-Pleaser Bonus Game is a Pick & Click game with 3 levels. Players have a number of picks, which award coin wins.
  • On Level 1 the coin wins range from 20-40 coins, on Level 2 the coin wins range from 40-100 coins, Level 3 the coin wins range from 60-200 coins and all coin wins are multiplied by the bet level played.
  • In addition to the coin wins, on all levels in the Crowd-Pleaser Bonus Game, Free Spin symbols and a +1 pick symbol can also appear randomly as an overlay.
  • The Crowd Meter displays collected coin wins and players progress towards the next level.
  • 3 Free Spin symbols appearing during the entire Crowd-Pleaser Bonus Game activate 10 Encore Free Spins.
  • Any Free Spins symbols awarded, are displayed in the boxes in the FREE SPINS field.
  • The Encore Free Spins are played when the Bonus game is complete and any wins have been collected.
  • The coin payout values are based on bet level 1.
  • On Level 1, 3 clicks are awarded out of a total of 8 available picks to award coin wins. 60 coins is the minimum coin win awarded.
  • 1 Free Spin symbol can be awarded during Level 1.
  • Up to 3 Free Spin symbols can be awarded from all 3 levels combined.
  • Level 2 is activated when the minimum of 60 coins is collected in Level 1 and the number of picks remaining is 0.
  • At the start of Level 2, 3 new picks are awarded.
  • Level 3 is activated when a total of 300 coins or more accumulated from levels 1 and 2 is reached, and there are no picks left.
  • On Level 3 it is possible to double the total win for the feature, by accumulating a total of 800 coins, the total Crowd-Pleaser Bonus Game win will be multiplied by 2.
  • On levels 2 and 3, if the maximum number of picks left for the level is reached, no extra pick is awarded.
  • At the end of the Crowd-Pleaser Bonus Game, the total win from the Crowd-Pleaser Bonus Game is added to any wins from the round that activated the Crowd-Pleaser Bonus Game.

Game Functions

  • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

Game Setting Options

  • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
  • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
  • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
  • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
  • Game history. Click to view your latest game history (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

Advanced Autoplay Options

  • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
  • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
  • If Free Spins is won.. Stops Autoplay if Free Spins is won.
  • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
  • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
  • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
  • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
  • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.

Additional Information

  • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
  •  
    • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
    • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
  • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

Return to Player

  • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.98%

Translations of Game Terminology

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

English Term

Translated Term

Wild

Wild

Expanding Wild

Expanding Wild

Stacked Wild

Stacked Wild

Appetite for Destruction Wild

Appetite for Destruction Wild

Solo

Solo

Legend Spins

Legend Spins

Free Spins

Free Spins

Encore Free Spins

Encore Free Spins

Bonus

Bonus

Bonus Game

Bonus Game

Crowd-Pleaser Bonus Game

Crowd-Pleaser Bonus Game

Pick & Click

Pick & Click

Crowd Meter

Crowd Meter

Set List

SET LIST

Game Rules

  • Hook's Heroes™ is a 5-reel, 3-row video slot featuring Wild substitutions, Free Spins with 3 different features available and a Feature Spin mode which enables a random feature for 1 spin.
  • The game is played with 20 bet lines (fixed), 1-10 bet levels and different coin values.
  • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
  • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
  • COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
  • When playing at the highest bet level, MAX BET plays the game at the maximum bet lines and the current coin value. When playing at any lower bet level, MAX BET must be clicked twice to play the round at the selected level.
  • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
  • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the PAYTABLE.
  • Bet level is the number of coins bet per bet line.
  • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown in the PAYTABLE multiplied by the bet level. This amount is also multiplied by any applicable multipliers.
  • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
  • Only the highest win per bet line is paid.
  • Bet line wins pay if in succession from the leftmost reel to the rightmost reel.
  • Wild symbol substitution pays the highest possible winning combination on a bet line according to the PAYTABLE.
  • Wild symbols substitute for all symbols except Scatter symbols.
  • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
  • All coin wins pay on bet lines only, except for wins during the Pirate Feature in Feature Spin or Free Spin mode.
  • Free Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins.

Features for Free Spins and Feature Spins

  • There are 3 different types of spin features that can be activated during Free Spins or a single Feature Spin.
  • The 3 feature names are: Fairy Feature, Mermaid Feature and the Pirate Feature.
  • In the Fairy Feature, each spin will have between 2 and 5 overlay Wilds placed on the reels in random positions. When only 2 Wilds are awarded, 1 of the Wilds must be placed on either reel 1, 2 or 3.
  • In the Mermaid Feature, all wins are multiplied by 2 unless the win combination contains 1 or more Wilds when the wins are instead multiplied by 4.
  • In the Pirate Feature, wins are calculated on the number of visible symbols on the reels instead of on winning bet lines; meaning that the symbols do not need to appear on consecutive reels. For example, in the Pirate Feature, if there are 4 of the same symbol visible anywhere on the reels this pays the same as if there are 4 of the same symbol on a winning bet line in the main game. There are no Wilds on the reels during the Pirate Feature.

Feature Spins and Free Spins

  • 2 Scatter symbols appearing anywhere on the reels awards 1 free Feature Spin with a randomly chosen feature.
  • 3 Scatter symbols appearing anywhere on the reels awards Free Spins. The player can choose which of the 3 features they want in play during Free Spins.
  • Each feature activates a different number of Free Spins. The Fairy Feature activates 7 Free Spins, the Mermaid Feature activates 10 Free Spins and the Pirate Feature activates 15 Free Spins.
  • 4 or 5 Scatter symbols appearing anywhere on the reels in the main game award 2 or 3 Free Spins picks respectively. A player can make the same choice 2 or 3 times in a row if 4 or more Scatters appear on the reels.
  • If 2 or 3 Free Spins rounds are won, after the first and, if 3 are won, second rounds are completed, the player returns to the Free Spin feature selection screen to choose their Free Spin feature for the upcoming round of Free Spins.
  • Feature Spin wins are added to any initial bet line wins.
  • Free Spin wins are added to any initial bet line wins.
  • Additional Free Spins cannot be won during Free Spins.
  • Additional Feature Spins cannot be won during Feature Spins.

Game Functions

  • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

Game Setting Options

  • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
  • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
  • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
  • Intro movie. Turn the intro film on or off.
  • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
  • Game history. Click to view your latest game history (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

Advanced Autoplay Options

  • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
  • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
  • If Free Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Free Spins is won.
  • If Feature Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Feature Spins is won.
  • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
  • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
  • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
  • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.

Autoplay Free Spins

  • To set Autoplay Free Spins options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
  • Select Mermaid Feature.Automatically plays the Mermaid Feature mode if Free Spins are won.
  • Select Pirate Feature.Automatically plays the Pirate Feature mode if Free Spins are won.
  • Select Fairy Feature.Automatically plays the Fairy Feature mode if Free Spins are won.
  • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.

Additional Information

  • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
  •  
    • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
    • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
  • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

Return to Player

  • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.82%

Translations of Game Terminology

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

English Term

Translated Term

Wild

Wild

Free Spins

Free Spins

Autoplay

Autoplay

Paytable

Paytable

Bonus

Bonus

Feature Spin

Feature Spin

Scatter

Scatter

Fairy Feature

Fairy Feature

Mermaid Feature

Mermaid Feature

Pirate Feature

Pirate Feature

Description

  • Irish Eyes is a 5 reel slot game with a Free Games Feature and a Bonus Feature to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the selectable lines.
  • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

Game Rules

  • Play 1 to 25 lines;
  • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
  • Payline wins are multiplied by the amount staked per payline;
  • Scatter wins are multiplied by the total amount staked;
  • Scatter wins are added to payline wins;
  • Highest win only on each selected payline;
  • Coinciding wins on different paylines are added;
  • All wins occur on selected lines except Scattered Lady;
  • All symbols pay Left to Right including Scattered Lady;
  • Leprechaun substitutes for all symbols except Scattered Lady.

Free Games feature Rules

  • A Free Game Feature is triggered when 3 or more Scattered Lady appear left to right;
  • 12 Free Games are awarded during which all prizes are tripled;
  • The feature can be retriggered;
  • Free Games are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game.

Pick and Win Feature

  • The Pick and Win Feature is awarded when Leprechaun appears anywhere on Reels 1 and 5 at the same time;
  • Pick one of the triggering symbols to reveal a prize;
  • Pick again may also be awarded;
  • Win up to 100 times your triggering bet;
  • The Pick and Win Feature can be won during the Free Games Feature but tripled prizes do not apply.

Gamble Feature (if applicable)

  • To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select COLOUR or a SUIT;
  • Win is DOUBLED (X2) if COLOUR choice is correct;
  • Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct;
  • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times;
  • Jackpot Wins may not be gambled.

How to Play

  • The Lines and Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (-) and (+) buttons alongside the respective options.  The Max button for Lines or Bet will automatically select the maximum for the respective field. Note: You can also select the amount of lines you wish to play by clicking on the line tag number on the side of the reels.
  • Spin: Spins the reels.
  • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 5 spins to 500 spins.
  • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
  • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
    • Balance: Displays your total balance
    • Bet: Displays the staked amount per line to be played.
    • Lines: Displays the amount of line(s) to be played.
    • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin
    • Total Bet: The total wager staked. It consists of the Bet multiplied by the amount of lines being played.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays

Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 95.13%.

Description

  • Irish Eyes 2 is a 5 reel slot game with a Free Games Feature to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the selectable lines.
  • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

Game Rules

  • Play 1 to 25 lines;
  • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
  • Payline wins are multiplied by the amount staked per payline;
  • Scatter wins are multiplied by the total amount staked;
  • Scatter wins are added to payline wins;
  • Highest win only on each selected payline;
  • Coinciding wins on different paylines are added;
  • All wins occur on selected lines except scattered Pot;
  • All symbols pay Left to Right except scattered Pot which pays any;
  • Girl substitutes for all symbols except scattered Pot.

Free Games Feature Rules

  • A Free Game Feature is awarded when 3, 4 or 5 scattered Pot appear;
  • 10 Free Games are awarded for 3 scattered Pot;
  • 15 Free Games are awarded for 4 scattered Pot;
  • 20 Free Games are awarded for 5 scattered Pot;
  • All prizes during the Free Games are TRIPLED;
  • The Free Games feature can be re-triggered;
  • Free Games are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game.

Gamble Feature (if applicable)

  • To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select COLOUR or a SUIT;
  • Win is DOUBLED (X2) if COLOUR choice is correct;
  • Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct;
  • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times;
  • Progressive Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled.

How to Play

  • The Lines and Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (UP) and (DOWN) buttons alongside the respective options.  The Max button for Lines or Bet will automatically select the maximum for the respective field. Note: You can also select the amount of lines you wish to play by clicking on the line tag number on the side of the reels.
  • Spin: Spins the reels.
  • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 5 spins to 25 spins.
  • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
  • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
    • Balance: Displays your total balance
    • Bet: Displays the staked amount per line to be played.
    • Lines: Displays the amount of line(s) to be played.
    • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin
    • Total Bet: The total wager staked. It consists of the Bet multiplied by the amount of lines being played.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays

Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 95.04%.

Regras do jogo

• Jack and the Beanstalk é uma slot de 5 rodas e 3 linhas, com Treasure Collection em Jogadas Grátis e Walking Wilds com Re-Spins.

• Jogue 20 linhas de aposta fixas em diferentes níveis de apostas e valores de moedas.

• MOEDAS mostra o número de moedas disponíveis para apostar.

• As combinações vencedoras e pagamentos são feitos de acordo com a TABELA DE PAGAMENTOS.

• Os ganhos da linha de aposta são multiplicados pelo número de moedas apostadas por linha de aposta.

• O símbolo Wild substitui todos os símbolos, excepto os símbolos Scatter e Key.

• A substituição de símbolo Wild paga a combinação vencedora mais alta possível numa linha de aposta de acordo com a TABELA DE PAGAMENTOS.

• No jogo principal, os símbolos Wild aparecem nas rodas 2, 3, 4 e 5.

• Durante as voltas, os símbolos Wild aparecem nas rodas 2, 3 e 4.

• Todas as vitórias com símbolos Wild pagam x3 a moeda.

• Os símbolos Key só estão disponíveis na roda 5 durante as jogadas grátis.

• Apenas a maior vitória por linha de aposta activa é paga.

• Os ganhos da linha de aposta são pagos sucessivamente da esquerda para a direita.

• Vitórias simultâneas em diferentes linhas de aposta são adicionadas.

• Uma linha de aposta ganha em moedas é igual ao valor mostrado na TABELA DE PAGAMENTOS multiplicado pelo nível de aposta. Esse valor também é multiplicado por quaisquer multiplicadores aplicáveis.

• Uma linha de aposta ganha em moeda é igual à vitória em moedas multiplicada pelo valor da moeda.

• As vitórias das moedas nos símbolos Scatter são adicionadas a quaisquer ganhos na linha de aposta.

• Todos os ganhos pagam apenas nas linhas de aposta, excepto nos ganhos com símbolos Scatter.

Jogadas Grátis

• Quando 3 ou mais símbolos Scatter aparecem em qualquer lugar nas rodas activam 10 Jogadas Grátis.

• 3 ou mais símbolos Scatter durante as Jogadas Grátis activam 5 Jogadas Grátis adicionais.

• As Jogadas Grátis são jogadas com o mesmo nível de aposta e valor de moeda que a rodada que ativou as Jogadas Grátis.

• As Jogadas Grátis e o Walking Wild podem ser activados na mesma rodada do jogo. Se isso ocorrer, as Jogadas Grátis serão jogadas primeiro, seguidas pela Walking Wild.

• Todas as Jogadas Grátis ganham com símbolos Wild e ganham moeda x3.

Walking Wild

• Quando um símbolo Wild aparece nas rodas, é concedida uma nova jogada.

• Durante a nova jogada, o símbolo Wild move uma roda para a esquerda com chances de mais ganhos.

• Volte a rodar enquanto um símbolo Wild estiver presente nas rodas.

• O recurso Walking Wild aparece no jogo principal e nas Jogadas Grátis.

• Quando um símbolo Wild aparecer durante as Jogadas Grátis, as Jogadas Grátis serão interrompidas e o recurso Walking Wild ficará activo. As Jogadas Grátis continuam depois de o recurso Walking Wild terminar. Se aparecerem Wild Wilds adicionais durante as novas jogadas, as novas jogadas continuarão até que a última tenha atingido a roda mais à esquerda e a roda seguinte não contenha nenhum símbolo Wild.

Colecção de Tesouros

• Durante as Jogadas Grátis, os símbolos das teclas que aparecem na roda 5 destravam os seguintes recursos Wild:

Feature

Descrição

2 sacos de dinheiro empilhados

Recolha 3 símbolos-chave e o próximo Wild que aparecer nos rolos tornar-se-á um símbolo Stacked Wild de 2 sacos de dinheiro. *

3 galinhas douradas empilhadas

Recolha 6 símbolos Key, e o próximo Wild que aparecer nos rolos tornar-se-á um Stacked Wild de 3 símbolos de galinha dourada. *

Expansão de Harpas de Ouro

• Recolha 9 símbolos Key, e o próximo que aparecer nos rolos tornar-se-á um Expanding Wild com um símbolo de harpa de ouro. *

• O Wild expande-se para cobrir toda a roda e muda para uma hipótese de ganhos maiores.

• No final das sessões de Jogadas Grátis, todos os símbolos recolhidos são descartados.

• Quando tiver recolhido 9 símbolos Key e não houver mais Expansão dos Wilds presentes nas rodas, o jogo retorna ao jogo principal.

* Um Stacked Wild é um símbolo Wild que cobre 2 ou 3 posições nas rodas. Os Wilds empilhados podem ser exibidos total ou parcialmente dependendo de como a roda cair. Quando um símbolo Wild Stacker aparece nas rodas, uma nova jogada é concedida. Durante a nova rotação, o símbolo Stacked Wild move uma roda para a esquerda até alcançar a primeira roda, após o que a nova rotação pára. O símbolo Scatter não aparece durante as novas voltas, por isso não é possível ganhar Free Spins adicionais.

Configurações e Informações do Jogo

 

Definições de som

  • Sons do jogo: toque no botão para ligar ou desligar os sons.

 

Configurações de rotação

  • Reprodução automática: arraste ou toque no controle deslizante para activar a reprodução automática para definir as opções de reprodução automática e o número de rodadas. Reprodução automática reproduz o jogo para o número seleccionado de rodadas.
  • Se o dinheiro diminuir em. Pára a reprodução automática se o dinheiro diminuir no valor que especificar.
  • Se o dinheiro aumenta em. Pára a reprodução automática se o dinheiro aumentar de acordo com o valor especificado.
  • Se a vitória única exceder. Pára a reprodução automática quando a quantia que ganha excede ou é igual à quantia especificada.
  • Pare se as rodadas grátis forem ganhas. Pára a reprodução automática se as rodadas grátis forem vencidas antes do número definido de rodadas de autoplay.
  • Nota: Se estiver desconectado durante a reprodução, todas as configurações de reprodução automática retornarão ao padrão quando recarregar o jogo.
  • Nota: algumas opções de reprodução automática são obrigatórias para algumas jurisdições.
    • Rodadas rápidas: toque no botão para activar ou desactivar as rodadas.
    • Modo de mão esquerda: toque para activar ou desactivar o modo de mão esquerda.

 

Configurações de Aposta

• Aposta em dinheiro: mostra o valor da sua aposta na moeda seleccionada.

• Aposta em moedas: mostra o valor da sua aposta em moedas.

• Nível de aposta: Arraste ou toque no controle deslizante para seleccionar o número de moedas a apostar por linha de aposta.

  • • Valor da moeda: arraste ou toque no controle deslizante para seleccionar o valor da moeda.

 

Mesa de pagamentos

Toque para ver combinações vencedoras e pagamentos.

 

Regras do jogo

Toque para ver as regras do jogo.

 

História do Jogo

Toque para ver o seu histórico de jogos mais recente.

O histórico do jogo só está disponível quando se joga por dinheiro.

 

Voltar

Toque para voltar ao jogo principal.

Nota: Alguns operadores podem não oferecer todas as configurações do jogo listadas.

Retorno Teórico para o Jogador

• O retorno teórico ao jogador para este jogo é de 96,3%

informação adicional

• Os seguintes recursos e configurações do jogo podem estar sujeitos aos termos e condições do site de jogos. Para mais informações sobre o seguinte, consulte o site de jogos:

  • Os procedimentos usados para gerenciar rodadas de jogo inacabadas.
  • O tempo após o qual as sessões de jogo inativas terminam automaticamente.
  •  No caso de mau funcionamento do hardware / software do jogo, todas as apostas e pagamentos afetados serão anulados e todas as apostas afetadas serão reembolsadas.

Traduções de Terminologia do Jogo

Nota: A tabela a seguir é aplicável apenas se você estiver jogando em um idioma diferente do inglês.

English Term

Translated Term

Expanding Wild

Expanding Wild

Free Spins

Free Spins

Multiplier

Multiplier

Paytable

Paytable

Scatter

Scatter

Wild

Wild

Stacked Wild

Stacked Wild

Walking Wild

Walking Wild

How to play

  • Jack’s Beanstalk is a video slot game with five reels and 25 paylines. It also consists of wild symbols, free spins and Golden Egg bonus game.
  • The Player may choose the amount he/she wishes to bet by clicking on the arrow buttons attached to the ‘Bet’ meter (the 5 coins). The chosen bet will be applicable for each chosen payline. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
  • The ‘TOTAL BET’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of paylines.
  • Once the bet amount is defined, the Player may click on the "Spin" button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.
  • Once the reels start spinning, the ‘Spin’ button is replaced by a ‘Stop’ button. The Player can stop the reels at any time by using the ‘Stop’ button (or spacebar).
  • Free Games are played at the bet of the trigger game.
  • Magic Beans and Golden Egg appear on reels 2, 3 and 4 only.
  • Wild appears during Upwild Feature and substitutes for all symbols except scattered Magic Beans and Golden Egg.
  • The Upwild Feature is triggered when any 1 or more Magic Beans lands anywhere on reel 2, 3 or 4.
  • A Wild grows upward from beneath that reel, 1 position per free spin for 3 spins then disappears.
  • If during the free spins, a Magic Bean appears anywhere on another reel, the amount of free spins remaining will reset to 3 with a new Upwild growing upwards from the bottom of the reel where the new Magic Bean appeared.
  • Magic Beans does not appear on the reel(s) that triggered the Upwild feature.
  • Golden Egg does not appear during the Upwild feature.
  • The Golden Egg Bonus is awarded when 3 Golden Eggs appear.
  • Select 3 Geese to reveal prizes.
  • Win a prize of 25, 50, 75, 125, 250, 375, 500 or 2500 multiplied by the bet of the trigger game.

Winnings

  • If a winning combination is formed along any active payline, it will become animated.
  • All wins occur on selected lines only except scattered Magic Beans and Golden Egg.
  • Highest win paid per winning combination.
  • Coinciding wins are added.
  • Winning combinations can occur anywhere on all reels.
  • Upwild Feature wins are added to payline wins.
  • Each symbol can be used only once per winning combination.
  • Only positions containing the winning symbol are used in determining the win for that symbol.
  • All wins begin with the leftmost reel and pay left to right on consecutive reels, except ‘Scatter’ which pays in every direction.
  • ‘Wild’ appears on Reels 2, 3 and 4 only and substitutes for all symbols except ‘Scatter’.
  • The 'WIN’ display area shows the sum of all prizes by round or free rounds.
  • The total win amount is added to the Player’s game balance.

How to read the paytable

  • The Paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
  • All wins are multiplied by the bet, except for ‘Scatter’ wins which are multiplied by the total bet.
  • All the prizes come up in the selected lines, except for the ‘Scatter’ symbol.
  • The winnings are paid in accordance with the following paytable:

Symbol

X1

x2

x3

x4

x5

Jack

1

5

50

250

2500

Giant

--

5

25

100

1000

Castle

--

--

25

50

500

Harp

--

--

20

40

250

Axe

--

--

15

30

250

A, K & Q

--

--

5

20

100

J & 10

--

--

5

15

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Extra Game

  • To gamble any win press ‘Gamble’, then select COLOUR or a SUIT.
  • Win is DOUBLED (2) if COLOUR choice is correct. Win is QUADRUPLED (x4) if SUIT choice is correct.
  • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times.

Buttons and fields

  • BET: the Player may increase or decrease his/her bet amount using the corresponding arrows.
  • MAX BET (icon with 5 coins, above the arrows that allow the Player to select the value of the bet):  by choosing this icon, the Player is selecting the maximum bet value (2.50€).
  • INFO: by selecting this button the Player may view the payouts for this game.
  • GAMBLE: the Player may select this button after a winning in order to have more opportunities to bet and win.
  • AUTOPLAY: this button allows the Player to gain access to the Autoplay Menu.
  • SPIN: by selecting this button, the reels rotate with the current line and bet valued selection.
  • SOUND: the Player may turn on/off the sound effects.

Autoplay

  • The Player may click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
  • In the Autoplay Menu, the Player may choose the number of games you would like to play (5/10/... up to 100) or select Last Settings.
  • The Autoplay may be stopped at any time by clicking on the ‘STOP’ button. If the Player stops the game at the time it is in progress, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
  • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another, and not all the games the Player selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
  • If the Player won a Free Spins round while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the Player and the Autoplay will be stopped.

Average Return to Player

  • The Theoretical Return to Player is 95.459%.

Disconnection while playing

  • The outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game and a non-win outcome, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Free spins will be completed by the system on behalf of the player. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

 

How to play

  • Jackpot Jester 50,000 is a video slot game with 3 reels and 5 paylines. It also consists of Wilds and Super Game.
  • The Player always plays the 5 lines.
  • The Player may choose the amount he/she wishes to bet by clicking on the arrow buttons attached to the ‘Bet’ meter. The chosen bet will be applicable for each payline. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
  • The ‘TOTAL BET’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of playlines.
  • Once the bet amount is defined, the Player may click on the "Play" button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.
  • The Jester is Wild and substitutes all symbols.
  • Bet 20 wins transfer to the Super Game meter.
  • The Super Game can be initiated when 100 coins are accumulated in the Super Game meter during Bet 20 play.
  • To enable the Super Game, press the ‘Super Game’ button.
  • Press ‘Collect’ at any time to transfer Super Game coins back to Bet 10 or Bet 20 play.
  • The Jester is stacked during the Super Game.

Winnings

  • If a winning combination is formed along any payline, it will become animated.
  • All payline wins listed in the paytable are multiplied by the payline bet value.
  • Coincident winnings on different paylines are added.
  • The 'WIN’ display area shows the sum of all prizes by round or free rounds.
  • The total win amount is added to the Player’s game balance.

How to read the paytable

  • The paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
  • The payline win amount is calculated by the number shown on the Paytable for a specific combination, multiplied by the payline bet value as determined by the player.
  • All the prizes occur in the selected lines.
  • The winnings are paid in accordance with the following paytable:

Symbol

Bet 10

Bet 20

Bet 100

3 Sevens

200

400

3000

3 Bells

150

300

2000

3 Strawberries

5

15

1000

3 Watermelons

50

100

500

3 Prunes

40

80

400

3 Lemons

30

60

200

3 Cherries

20

40

100

Special symbols

  • Wild symbol: substitutes all symbols.

Buttons and fields

  • BET: the Player may increase or decrease his/her bet amount using the (–) and (+) buttons.
  • The maximum bet value is 5€.
  • PLAY: by selecting this button, the reels rotate with the current line and bet valued selection.

Average Return to Player

  • Theoretical return to Player:
  • 10CR Bet: 95,080%
  • 20CR Bet: 95,080%
  • 100CR Bet: 99,902%

Disconnection while playing

  • The outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game and a non-win outcome, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.
  • James Dean is a 5 reel slot game with a Free Games Feature, Re-spins and James dean pick bonus to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the 25 lines.
  • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

Game Rules

  • Play 25 lines
  • Payouts are made according to the Paytable
  • Payline wins are multiplied by the bet
  • Scatter wins are multiplied by the total bet
  • Scatter wins are added to payline wins
  • Highest win only on each selected payline
  • Wins on different paylines are added
  • All wins pay left to right on consecutive reels beginning with the leftmost reel except scatters and James Dean Pick Bonus which pay in any visible position
  • James Dean (Blue) appears on Reels 2, 3 and 4 only and substitutes for all symbols except scattered James Dean (Purple), CLAPPER BOARD or STAR
  • James Dean (Purple) appears on Reels 2, 3 and 4 only
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays

Free Games Feature

  • WIN 10 Free Games with all prizes DOUBLED when 3 or more scattered STAR appear
  • CLAPPER symbol is added to Reel 3 and awards up to 3 LEGEND SPINS every time it appears
  • The maximum number of LEGEND SPINS that can be awarded is 340
  • All accumulated LEGEND SPINS are played after the Free Games, with all prizes MULTIPLIED BY 5
  • If Free Games are retriggered, an additional 10 Free Games are awarded
  • If LEGEND SPINS are retriggered, the number of LEGEND SPINS accumulated is awarded again
  • Re-spins cannot be won during Free Game Feature
  • Free Game Feature is played at the lines and bet of the trigger game

Re - Spins

  • WIN 3 Re-spins with all prizes TRIPLED when 3 James Dean (blue) appear
  • Reel 2, 3 or 4 becomes an EXPANDED WILD during the Re-spins
  • Re-spins cannot be re-triggered
  • Free Games Feature and James Dean Pick Bonus cannot be won during Re-spins
  • Re-spins are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game

James Dean Pick Bonus

  • James Dean Pick Bonus is awarded when 3 scattered James Dean (Purple) appear
  • Pick a James Dean and win the prize revealed - up to 150x the triggering bet
  • In addition to the prize, a PICK AGAIN or WIN ALL may also be awarded
  • James Dean Pick Bonus can be won during the Free Game Feature where prizes are multiplied by 2 or 5 when triggered during the Free Games or LEGEND SPINS respectively

Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 95.416%.

How to Play

1: Choose your BET

2: SPIN

Main Game Screen Buttons

Settings Page Buttons

The game displays all your details in the following display fields:

  • Balance: Displays your total balance
  • Total Bet: The total wager staked.
  • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin

Game Rules

  • Jimi Hendrix Online Slot™ is a 5-reel, 3-row, 20-line (fixed) video slot with Re-spins, Wild substitutions, Wild transformation and a Pick and Click feature with the potential for Free Spins or coin wins to be awarded.
  • The game is played with 20 bet lines (fixed), 1-10 bet levels and different coin values.
  • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
  • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
  • COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
  • When playing at the highest bet level, MAX BET plays the game at the maximum bet lines and the current coin value. When playing at any lower bet level, MAX BET must be clicked twice to play the round at the selected level.
  • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds (alternatively, click the AUTO button).
  • Wild symbol substitution pays the highest possible winning combination on a bet line according to the Paytable.
  • Wild symbols substitute for all symbols except Scatter symbols.
  • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the Paytable.
  • Bet level is the number of coins bet per bet line.
  • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown in the Paytable multiplied by the bet level.
  • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
  • Only the highest win per bet line is paid.
  • Bet line wins pay if in succession from the leftmost reel to the rightmost reel.
  • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
  • All coin wins pay on bet lines only except for coin wins during the Pick and Click feature.
  • Free Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins.
  • Re-Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the spin that activated Re-Spins.
  • At the end of the Purple Haze feature, the total win from the Purple Haze feature is added to any wins from the round that activated the Purple Haze feature.
  • At the end of the Red Guitar Re-spin, the total win from the Red Guitar Re-spin is added to any wins from the round that activated the Red Guitar Re-spin.
  • At the end of the Pick and Click features (Coin Win, Crosstown Traffic Free Spins, Purple Haze Free Spins, Little Wing Free Spins), the total win from the Pick and Click features is added to any wins from the round that activated the Pick and Click features.

Main Game Features

  • There are 2 features that can be activated during the main game: The Purple Haze feature and the Red Guitar Re-spin.
  • The Purple Haze Feature is activated when the Purple Haze symbol lands on reel 1.
  • When the Purple Haze symbol lands on reel 1, symbols 10, J, Q , K and A transform into Wild symbols for that spin only.
  • The Purple Haze symbol on reel 1 acts as a Wild symbol after Wild transformation has occurred.
  • Before the Red Guitar Re-spin begins, the payout is awarded to the player for the spin that just occurred in the main game.
  • 4 or more Red Guitar symbols landing on the reels in the main game activate the Red Guitar Re-spin feature.
  • The 4 or more symbols stay on the reels for any subsequent Red Guitar Re-Spins and act as overlay symbols during each spin.
  • After the Red Guitar Re-spin is activated, the reels Re-spin once. If new Red Guitar symbols land on the reels during a Re-spin, another Re-spin is activated.
  • The Red Guitar Re-spin feature ends when no new Red Guitar symbols appear on the reel during a Re-spin.
  • After a Re-spin occurs without a new Red Guitar symbol appearing on the reels, the Red Guitar Re-spin feature finishes and a payout is awarded. There is no payout for any Re-spin before the final Re-spin.
  • Only winning combinations with Red Guitar symbols are paid out after the final Red Guitar Re-spin: no other winning combinations with other symbols are paid out.
  • Wild symbols and Scatter symbols do not appear on the reels during the Red Guitar Re-spin feature.
  • Both the Red Guitar-Re-spin and Pick and Click features can be activated during the Purple Haze feature.

Pick and Click Feature

  • The Pick and Click feature is activated when 3 Scatter symbols appear on the reels. The Scatter symbols appear on reels 3, 4 and 5.
  • The Pick and Click feature can only be activated during the main game and the Purple Haze Feature.
  • After the feature is activated, a Pick and Click game begins.
  • There are 4 different prizes for the player during the Pick and Click game: a coin win, Crosstown Traffic Free Spins, Purple Haze Free Spins and Little Wing Free Spins.
  • Players click on loudspeakers that can reveal 4 varieties of symbols. When the player has collected 3 of the same symbols, the corresponding prize is awarded.
  • Only 1 prize is awarded per Pick and Click game.
  • If the player collects 3 coin win symbols, a coin win is awarded with a random multiplier of between x8 and x30 of the initial bet.
  • The maximum coin win in the Pick and Click game is 6000 coins.
  • If a player collects 3 Crosstown Traffic Free Spins symbols, 6 Free Spins are awarded with Wild Reels appearing on different reels for each spin.
  • On the first spin, the Wild reel appears on reel 5. On the second spin the Wild reels appear on reels 4 and 5, the third spin reels 3 and 4, the fourth spin reels 2 and 3, the fifth spin reels 1 and 2 and the sixth spin reel 1.
  • If the player collects 3 Purple Haze Free Spins symbols, between 6 and 12 Free Spins are awarded. During Free Spins, these symbols transform into Wild symbols: 10, J, Q, K and A.
  • If the player collects 3 Little Wing Free Spins symbols, between 6 and 12 Free Spins are awarded with between 3 and 5 overlay Wilds appearing randomly on the reels for each spin.
  • The Pick and Click feature cannot be re-triggered during any of the Free Spins.

Game Functions

  • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions:

Game Setting Options

  • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
  • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
  • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
  • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
  • Game history. Click to view your latest game history. (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).
  • Intro movie. Turns the intro movie on or off.

Advanced Autoplay Options

  • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
  • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
  • If Pick and Click is won. Stops Autoplay if Pick and Click is won.
  • If Crosstown Traffic Free Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Crosstown Traffic Free Spins is won.
  • If Little Wing Free Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Little WIng Free Spins is won.
  • If Purple Haze Free Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Purple Haze Free Spins is won.
  • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
  • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
  • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
  • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
  • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
  • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
  • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

Additional Information

  • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
    • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
  • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

Return to Player

  • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.9%

Translations of Game Terminology

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

English Term

Translated Term

Wild

Wild

Free Spins

Free Spins

Scatter

Scatter

Pick and Click

Pick and Click

Pick and Click Feature

Pick and Click Feature

Re-Spin

Re-Spin

Wild Reels

Wild Reels

Red Guitar

Red Guitar

Purple Haze Free Spins

Purple Haze Free Spins

Purple Haze Feature

Purple Haze Feature

Purple Haze

Purple Haze

Crosstown Traffic Free Spins

Crosstown Traffic Free Spins

Little Wing Free Spins

Little Wing Free Spins

Game Rules

  • Joker Pro™ is a 5-reel, 3-row video slot featuring the Joker Pro Re-Spins and the Hot Spot Win.
  • The game is played with 10 bet lines (fixed), 1-10 bet levels and different coin values.
  • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
  • Bet level is the number of coins bet per bet line.
  • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
  • COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
  • MAX BET plays the game at the highest bet level and the current coin value. When playing at any lower bet level, MAX BET must be clicked twice to play the round at the selected level.
  • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
  • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the Paytable.
  • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown on the Paytable multiplied by the bet level.
  • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
  • Only the highest win per bet line is paid.
  • Bet line wins pay if in succession from the leftmost reel to the rightmost reel.
  • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
  • All coin wins pay on bet lines only.

Joker Pro Re-Spins

  • In the main game, one or more Scatter symbols landing on reels 2, 3, or 4 activate the Joker Pro Re-Spins.
  • Scatter symbols can only appear in the main game on reels 2, 3 and 4.
  • If three Scatter symbols land in the middle of reels 2, 3, and 4 in the main game, the Hot Spot Win of 1000 times the total bet is awarded.
  • Joker Pro Re-Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the spin that activated the Joker Pro Re-Spins.
  • During Joker Pro Re-Spins, reels 1 and 5 turn into Wild reels and three Hot Spot positions appear in the middle of reels 2, 3, and 4.
  • The Scatter symbols that activated the Joker Pro Re-Spins turn into Wild symbols that stick on the reels, and the reels re-spin.
  • If three Wild symbols land in the Hot Spot positions, the Hot Spot Win of 1000 times bet is awarded and the Joker Pro Re-Spins end.
  • Wild symbols can only appear on reels 2, 3 and 4 in the Joker Pro Re-Spins and substitute for all symbols except Scatter symbols.
  • One or more additional Wild symbols landing on the reels during a Joker Pro Re-Spin award another Joker Pro Re-Spin and stick to the reels until the end of the Joker Pro Re-Spins.
  • The total win from the Joker Pro Re-Spins is added to any wins from the round that activated the Joker Pro Re-Spins.
  • If the total Joker Pro Re-Spins win, including any wins from the round that activated the Joker Pro Re-Spins, exceeds 1000 times the total bet, the win of exactly 1000 times the total bet is awarded and the Joker Pro Re-Spins end.
  • If no additional Wild symbols land on the reels during a Joker Pro Re-Spin, the Joker Pro Re-Spins end.

Game Functions

  • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

Game Setting Options

  • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
  • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
  • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
  • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
  • Game history. Click to view your latest game history (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

Advanced Autoplay Options

  • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
  • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
  • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
  • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
  • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
  • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
  • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
  • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.

Additional Information

  • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
    • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
  • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

Return to Player

  • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.80%

Translations of Game Terminology

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

English Term

Translated Term

Wild

Wild

Scatter

Scatter

Hot Spot

Hot Spot

Hot Spot Win

Hot Spot Win

Joker Pro Re-Spins

Joker Pro Re-Spins

Jungle Spirit: Call of the Wild™ Game Rules

  • Jungle Spirit: Call of the Wild™ is a 243-bet way, 5-reel, 3-row video slot featuring Free Spins, a Symbol Expansion feature and a Butterfly Boost feature.
  • In the main game, the game is played on 243 bet ways, 1 - 5 levels (20 coins per level), and different coin values.
  • In Free Spins the game turns into a 5-reel, 4-row video slot, thus increasing the bet ways up to 1024.
  • There are no bet lines.
  • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
  • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
  • COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
  • MAX BET plays the game at 243 bet ways, the highest bet level, and the current coin value. When playing at any lower bet level, MAX BET must be clicked twice to play the round at the selected level.
  • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
  • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the Paytable.
  • Matching symbols in any position on three or more adjacent reels, starting from the leftmost reel to the rightmost reel, is a bet way win.
  • Bet way wins pay if in succession from leftmost reel to right.
  • Only the longest matching combination per symbol is paid.
  • More bet way wins are created when additional instances of the symbol appear on the same reels that create the longest bet way win.
  • It is possible to win on a Scatter symbol and a symbol at the same time, otherwise it is possible to win on 1 symbol only.
  • A symbol win in coins is equal to the value shown in the Paytable multiplied by the bet level and the amount of times that symbol appears on each of the reels.
  • A bet way win in coins is equal to the value shown in the PAYTABLE multiplied by the bet level.
  • A bet way win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.

Example of a Way to Win payout at level 1

  • 3 matching Tiger symbols on adjacent reels starting from the leftmost reel award 50 coins. This is multiplied by 2 (for 2 Tiger symbols on reel 3), giving a total win of 2 x 50 = 100.

Symbol Expansion Feature

  • Each symbol in the game, except for the Scatter symbol, may be marked by butterflies.
  • Whenever such a symbol takes part in a winning combination in both the main game or Free Spins, it expands to cover the entire reel.

Butterfly Boost Feature

  • The Butterfly Boost feature is activated randomly in the main game during a win situation, when there are no Scatter symbols or symbols marked by butterflies on the reels.
  • The butterflies fly around the reels and will expand 1 to 3 symbols that take part in a guaranteed winning combination. The expanded symbol will cover the entire reel.
  • Butterfly Boost feature wins are added to any bet way wins.

Free Spins

  • 3 to 5 Scatter symbols appearing anywhere on the reels in the main game activate Free Spins.
  • Additional Free Spins cannot be won during Free Spins.
  • If Free Spins are activated with either 4 or 5 Scatter symbols, the player receives a coin win that equals 15 or 50 times the bet respectively.
  • On entering the Free Spins, the player chooses 1 out of 5 Free Spins animals.
  • Each animal represents a dominant medium win symbol, meaning that only this of all medium win symbol is present on the reels.
  • The Tiger awards the player 4 Free Spins, the Elephant - 8 Free Spins, the Bear - 12 Free Spins, the Crocodile - 16 Free Spins, the Cobra - 20 Free Spins.
  • Options with fewer Free Spins have higher risk, but come with a higher win potential.
  • At the end of Free Spins, the total win from Free Spins is added to any wins from the round that activated Free Spins (including the coin win, if any).
  • At the end of Free Spins, the game returns to the round that activated Free Spins.
  • Free Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins.

Game Functions

  • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

Game Setting Options

  • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
  • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
  • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
  • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
  • Ambience sound. Turns the background soundtrack on or off.
  • Sound effects. Turns the game sound effects on or off.
  • Nature sounds. Turns the sound of the forest on or off
  • Game history. Click to view your latest game history (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

Advanced Autoplay Options

  • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
  • The players can set Autoplay to automatically choose an animal whenever they get Free Spins in Advanced settings under the Autoplay Free Spins section.
  • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
  • If Free Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Free Spins is won.
  • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
  • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
  • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
  • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options. The option "If Free Spins is won" is selected by default. Clicking the Reset button will reset all the settings, except for the default ones.

Autoplay Free Spins

  • Select Tiger. Automatically chooses the Tiger if Free Spins are won.
  • Select Elephant. Automatically chooses the Elephant if Free Spins are won.
  • Select Bear. Automatically chooses the Bear if Free Spins are won.
  • Select Crocodile. Automatically chooses the Crocodile if Free Spins are won.
  • Select Cobra. Automatically chooses the Cobra if Free Spins are won.
  • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round or Free Spins, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
  • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
  • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

Additional Information

  • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
    • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
  • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

Return to Player

  • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.47%

Translations of Game Terminology

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

English Term

Translated Term

Butterfly Boost

Butterfly Boost

Symbol Expansion

Symbol Expansion

Free Spins

Free Spins

Scatter

Scatter

How to play

  • King Kong is a video slot game with 5 reels and 25 paylines. It also consists of wild and scatter symbols, free spins, King Kong Goes Ape Feature and King Kong Smash Feature.
  • The Player may choose the amount he/she wishes to bet by clicking on the arrow buttons attached to the ‘Bet’ meter (the 3 coin symbols). The chosen bet will be applicable for each payline. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
  • The ‘TOTAL BET’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of paylines.
  • Once the bet amount is defined, the Player may click on the "Spin" button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.
  • Once the reels start spinning, the ‘Spin’ button is replaced by a ‘Stop’ button. The Player can stop the reels at any time by using the ‘Stop’ button (or spacebar).
  • ‘Wild’ substitutes for all symbols except ‘Scatter’.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.
  • The King Kong Goes Ape Feature is awarded when King Kong appears on Reel 3. All positions on Reel 3 become substitutes.
  • Extra ‘Wilds’ may be revealed on Reels 2 and 4.
  • Payouts are calculated and awarded.
  • The King Kong Goes Ape Feature is played at the lines and bet of the triggering game.
  • The King Kong Smash Feature is awarded when 3 or more ‘Scattered Logos’ appear left to right.
  • Select planes for King Kong to smash. Keep smashing until King Kong misses 3 times. Win up to 150 Free Games with all prizes doubled.
  • Once Free Games are awarded, the player may choose to take a mystery credit prize instead of Free Games. If the mystery credit prize is selected, all Free Games are forfeit.
  • If the Feature is retriggered during Free Games, the same number of Free Games are awarded without repeating the Feature.
  • Free Games are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game.
  • Free Game wins are added to payline and ‘Scatter’ wins.
  • The King Kong Goes Ape Feature cannot be triggered during Free Games.

Winnings

  • Payouts are made according to the paytable. All wins are multiplied by the bet amount per line.
  • Winnings are paid out for the highest combination on each of the paylines. Highest win only on each selected payline.
  • Winnings on different paylines are added.
  • Scatter wins are multiplied by the bet. Scatter wins are added to payline wins.
  • All wins begin with the leftmost reel and pay left to right only on consecutive reels.
  • King Kong appears on Reels 2, 3 and 4 only and substitutes for all symbols except for the Scatter symbol.
  • Free games are played at the lines and bet of triggering game. The mystery credit prize is multiplied by the triggering bet.
  • King Kong Smash Feature wins are added to payline and Scatter wins.
  • The 'WIN’ display area shows the sum of all prizes by round or free rounds.
  • The total win amount is added to the Player’s game balance.

How to Read the Paytable

  • The Paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
  • The payline win amount is calculated by the number shown on the Paytable for a specific combination, multiplied by the payline bet value as determined by the player.
  • All the prizes come up in the selected lines, except for the Scatter symbol.
  • The winnings are paid in accordance with the following paytable:

Symbol

x2

x3

x4

x5

Woman

4

100

1500

7500

Man

3

25

200

1000

Dinosaur & Plane

2

20

100

500

Ship & Spider

--

15

50

200

Camera & Skull

--

10

25

150

Hand Cuffs & Tickets

--

5

20

100

Extra Game

  • To gamble any win press ‘Gamble’, then select COLOUR or a SUIT.
  • Win is DOUBLED (2) if COLOUR choice is correct. Win is QUADRUPLED (x4) if SUIT choice is correct.
  • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times.
  • Progressive Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled.

King Kong Smash Feature

  • The King Kong Smash Feature is awarded when 3 or more ‘Scattered Logos’ appear left to right.
  • Select planes for King Kong to smash. Keep smashing until King Kong misses 3 times. Win up to 150 Free Games with all prizes doubled.
  • The King Kong Smash Feature is awarded when 3 or more ‘Scattered Logos’ appear left to right.
  • Once Free Games are awarded, the player may choose to take a mystery credit prize instead of Free Games. If the mystery credit prize is selected, all Free Games are forfeit.
  • If the feature is retriggered during free games, the same number of free games are awarded without repeating the Feature.

Planes Hit

  1.  
  1.  
  1.  
  1.  
  1.  
  1.  

Free Games

  1.  
  1.  
  1.  
  1.  
  1.  
  1.  

Buttons and fields

  • BET: the Player may increase or decrease his/her bet amount using the corresponding arrows.
  • MAX BET (icon with five coins, arrows on left side that allow the Player to select the value of the bet):  by choosing this icon, the Player is selecting the maximum bet value (10€).
  • INFO: by selecting this button the Player may view the payouts for this game.
  • GAMBLE: the Player may select this button after a winning in order to have more opportunities to bet and win.
  • AUTOPLAY: this button allows the Player to gain access to the Autoplay Menu.
  • SPIN: by selecting this button, the reels rotate with the current line and bet valued selection.
  • SOUND: the Player may turn on/off the sound effects.

Autoplay

  • The Player may click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
  • In the Autoplay Menu, the Player may choose the number of games you would like to play (5/10/... up to 100) or select Last Settings.
  • The Autoplay may be stopped at any time by clicking on the ‘STOP’ button. If the Player stops the game at the time it is in progress, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
  • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another, and not all the games the Player selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
  • If the Player won a Free Spins round while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the Player and the Autoplay will be stopped.

Average Return to Player

  • Retorno teórico do jogador: 95,142%.

Disconnection while playing

  • The outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game and a non-win outcome, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Free spins will be completed by the system on behalf of the player. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Game Rules

  • Lucky Angler: A Snowy Catch™ is a 5-reel, 3-row, 15-bet line video slot featuring Free Spins, Win Both Ways, and Sticky Wild substitutions.
  • The game is played on 15 bet lines (fixed), 1 - 10 levels (30 coins per level), and different coin values.
  • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
  • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
  • MAX BET plays the game at 15 bet lines, the highest bet level, and the current coin value.
  • COINS displays the number of coins the player has available to wager.
  • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
  • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the PAYTABLE.
  • Bet line wins pay when in succession from either leftmost reel to right or rightmost reel to left.
  • Only the highest win per bet line from both ways is paid.
  • 5 matching symbols on a bet line is a Win Both Ways win and pays twice the amount displayed on the PAYTABLE.
  • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
  • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown on the PAYTABLE multiplied by the bet level.
  • Bet level is the number of coins bet per bet line.
  • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
  • All wins pay on bet lines only, except for wins with Scatter symbols.

Sticky Wild

  • Sticky Wild symbols substitute for all symbols except Scatter symbols.
  • In the main game, Sticky Wild symbols can only appear on reels 2 and 4.
  • In Free Spins, Sticky Wild symbols can only appear on reels 2, 3, and 4. The Sticky Wild symbol on reel 3 appears automatically on row 2 only and sticks until Free Spins ends.
  • A Sticky Wild symbol completing a winning combination stays on the reel until there are no new wins with the Sticky Wild symbol.
  • Sticky Wild symbols won on a round activating Free Spins do not apply to Free Spins and are restored in the main game when Free Spins ends.
  • If either the bet level or coin value are changed while Sticky Wild symbols are on the reels, the Sticky Wild symbols will no longer apply to the following spin.

Free Spins

  • 3 or more Scatter symbols appearing anywhere on the reels in the main game and in Free Spins activate Free Spins according to the PAYTABLE.
  • Free Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins.
  • Additional Free Spins won are automatically added to the current Free Spins.
  • Sticky Wild symbols on the reels at the end of Free Spins do not apply to the following main game round.
  • At the end of Free Spins, the total win from Free Spins is added to any wins from the round that activated Free Spins.

Game Functions

  • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

Game Setting Options

  • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
  • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
  • Intro screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
  • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
  • Game history. Click to view your latest game history (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

Advanced Autoplay Options

  • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
  • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
  • If Free Spins is won Stops Autoplay if Free Spins is won.
  • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
  • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
  • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
  • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
  • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
  • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
  • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

Additional Information

  • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
    • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
  • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

Return to Player

  • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.4%

Translations of Game Terminology

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

English Term

Translated Term

Sticky Wild

Sticky Wild

Scatter

Scatter

Free Spins

Free Spins

Description

  • Mad Mad Monkey is a 5 reel slot game with a Free Games Feature to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the selectable lines;
  • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

Game Rules

  • Play 1 to 50 lines;
  • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
  • Payline wins are multiplied by the amount staked per payline;
  • Scatter wins are multiplied by the total amount staked;
  • Scatter wins are added to payline wins;
  • Highest win only on each selected payline;
  • Wins on different paylines are added;
  • All wins occur on selected lines except scattered Logo;
  • All wins begin with leftmost reel and pay left to right on consecutive reels, except scattered Logo which pays any;
  • Monkey appears on Reels 2, 3 and 4 and substitutes for all symbols except Scattered Logo;
  • All wins with Monkey are Doubled;
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Free Game Feature

  • 10 Free Games are awarded when 3 or more Scattered Logo symbols appear
  • Bananas are stacked on all reels during the Free Games, and all prizes are Tripled
  • The feature can be re-triggered
  • Free Games are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game
  • Free Game wins are added to payline and scatter wins

Gamble Feature (if applicable)

  • To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select COLOR or a SUIT
  • Win is DOUBLED (X2) if COLOR choice is correct
  • Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct
  • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times
  • Jackpot Wins may not be gambled

How to Play

  • The Lines and Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (-) and (+) buttons alongside the respective options.  The Max button for Lines or Bet will automatically select the maximum for the respective field. Note: You can also select the amount of lines you wish to play by clicking on the line tag number on the side of the reels.
  • Spin: Spins the reels.
  • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 5 spins to 500 spins.
  • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
  • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
    • Balance: Displays your total balance
    • Bet: Displays the staked amount per line to be played.
    • Lines: Displays the amount of line(s) to be played.
    • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin
    • Total Bet: The total wager staked. It consists of the Bet multiplied by the amount of lines being played.

 

Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 95.40%

Descrição

  • Medusa é um jogo de slot de 5 rodas com Jogadas Grátis, Re-Spins e Bonus para aumentar seus ganhos. Durante o jogo regular, o objectivo é conseguir uma combinação vencedora de símbolos em qualquer uma das linhas seleccionáveis;
  • Os pagamentos dependem do número de moedas jogadas e da combinação vencedora de símbolos alcançada.


Regras do jogo

  • Jogue 1 a 25 linhas;
  • Os pagamentos são feitos de acordo com a Tabela de Pagamentos;
  • As ganhos de cada linha de pagamento são multiplicadas pela quantidade apostada por linha de pagamento;
  • As vitórias Scatter são multiplicadas pela quantidade total apostada;
  • As vitórias Scatter são adicionadas às vitórias da linha de pagamento;
  • Conta apens a maior vitória em cada linha de pagamento seleccionada;
  • As ganhos coincidentes em diferentes linhas de pagamento são adicionados;
  • Todos os símbolos pagam da esquerda para a direita, excepto o símbolo Scatter que paga qualquer sentido;
  • A Medusa aparece apenas nas rodas 2, 3 e 4 e substitui todos os símbolos, excepto o Scatter e o Pegasus.

Bónus depois de mordido

  • Ganhe 10 Jogadas Grátis com todos os prémios duplicados quando aparecem 3 ou mais símbolos Scatter;
  • O símbolo Soldado é adicionado à roda 3 e premeia até 3 Super Spins de cada vez que aparece;
  • Todas as Super Rodadas acumuladas são jogadas após as Jogadas Grátis, com todos os prémios Multiplicados por 5;
  • As Jogadas Grátis e as Super Rodadas podem voltar a ser desencadeadas;
  • As Rodadas Extra "Transformado em Pedra" não podem ser ganhas durante as Jogadas Grátis ou Super Rodadas;
  • Jogadas Grátis ou Super Rodadas são jogadas nas linhas de aposta do jogo que as originou;
  • As Jogadas Grátis e as Super Rodadas são adicionados às vitórias de linha de pagamento e de Scatter.

Rodadas Extra "Transformado em Pedra"

  • Ganhe 3 repetições com todos os prémios triplicados quando aparecerem 3 Medusas;
  • As rodas 2, 3 ou 4 tornam-se um Expanded Wild durante as Re-spins;
  • As Re-spins não pode ser recarregadas;
  • Os bónus "Transformado em Pedra" e o bónus Pegasus não podem ser ganhos durante as Re-spins;
  • As Re-spins são jogadas nas linhas e apostas do jogo que lhes deu origem;
  • As vitórias das Re-Spins são adicionadas às vitórias de linha de pagamento e de Scatter.


Bónus Pegasus

  • O Bónus Pegasus é premiado quando 3 Pegasus Scatter aparecem;
  • Escolha um Pegasus e ganhe o prémio revelado - até 50 vezes a aposta que lhe deu origem;
  • Além do prémio, pode ser concedida uma segunda opção ou "ganhar tudo";
  • O Bónus Pegasus pode ser ganho durante as Jogadas Grátis e Super Spins;
  • As vitórias do Bónus Pegasus são multiplicadas por 2 ou 5 quando desencadeadas durante as Jogadsa Grátis ou Super Spins, respectivamente.

Funcionalidade de Aposta (se aplicável)

  • Para apostar qualquer prémio do jogo principal, clique no botão que tem 1 copa e um pau e selecione Cor e Naipe;
  • O prémio é dobrado (X2) se a escolha de cor estiver correcta;
  • O prémio é quadruplicado (X4) se a escolha de naipe estiver correcta;
  • Os prémios podem ser jogados até 5 vezes;
  • Os prémios do Jackpot Progressivo (se disponível) não podem ser jogados.

Como jogar

  • As linhas e valores de aposta que quiser jogar podem ser ajustadas através dos botões (↑) e (↓) ao lado das respectivas opções. O botão Max para linhas ou valor de aposta selecionará automaticamente o máximo para o respectivo campo;
  • Girar: gira as rodas;
  • Jogo Auto: Permite selecionar entre 5 e 100 jogadas automáticas;
  • Info: aceda à tabela de pagamento. Também contém as regras do jogo;
  • O jogo exibe todos os seus detalhes nos seguintes campos de exibição:
    • Saldo: mostra o seu saldo total;
    • Aposta: exibe o valor apostado por linha a ser jogada;
    • Prémio: exibe o valor do prémio na rodada;
    • Aposta total: valor total apostado.
  • Anomalias de funcionamento anulam apostas e prémios

Retorno teórico médio do jogador (RTP): 95,42%.

How to play

  • Medusa II is a video slot game with 5 reels and 243 paylines. It also consists of Wild and Scatter symbols, free spins and bonus.
  • The Player may choose the amount he/she wishes to bet by clicking on the arrow buttons under the ‘Bet’ meter (the 3 coin symbols). The chosen bet will be applicable for each payline. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
  • The ‘TOTAL BET’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of paylines.
  • Once the bet amount is defined, the Player may click on the "Spin" button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.
  • Once the reels start spinning, the ‘Spin’ button is replaced by a ‘Stop’ button. The Player can stop the reels at any time by using the ‘Stop’ button (or spacebar).
  • Wild is stacked and appears on all reels.
  • ‘Wild’ substitutes for all symbols except ‘Scatter’.
  • During any base game a soldier may appear on a reel and reveal a stack of Wilds.
  • During any base game, any 2, 3, 4 or all 5adjacent reels may lock and spin together to display the same symbols in adjacent positions.

Winnings

  • Payouts are made according to the paytable. All wins are multiplied by the bet.
  • Winnings are paid out for the highest combination on each of the active paylines.
  • Coincident winnings on different paylines are added.
  • Winning combinations can occur anywhere on all reels. Each symbol can be used only once per winning combination.
  • Only positions containing the winning symbol are used in determining the win for that symbol, except in the case where a winning combination of ‘Wilds’ occurs followed by a ‘Scatter’ on the next adjacent reel. In this case the winning combination of ‘Wilds’ is paid.
  • All wins begin with the leftmost reel and pay left to right only on adjacent reels, except ‘Scatter’, which pay in any direction.
  • The 'WIN’ display area shows the sum of all prizes by round or free rounds.
  • The total win amount is added to the Player’s game balance.
  • Free spin wins are added to payline and Scatter wins.

How to Read the Paytable

  • The Paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
  • The payline win amount is calculated by the number shown on the Paytable for a specific combination, multiplied by the payline bet value as determined by the player.
  • All the prizes come up in the selected lines, except for the Scatter symbol.
  • The winnings are paid in accordance with the following paytable:

Symbol

x3

x4

x5

Helmet

10

25

400

Golden Snakes

10

25

300

Statue

1o

25

200

Arrow Pouch

10

25

200

Ring

10

25

100

A, K, Q, J & 10

5

20

50

 

Extra Game

  • To gamble any win press ‘Gamble’, then select COLOUR or a SUIT.
  • Win is DOUBLED (2) if COLOUR choice is correct. Win is QUADRUPLED (x4) if SUIT choice is correct.
  • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times.
  • Progressive Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled.

Free Spins

  • Any 3 or more Scatter symbols trigger 10 free spins.
  • During each free spin, any 2, 3, 4 or all 5 adjacent reels lock and spin together to display the same symbols in adjacent positions.
  • The free spins are played at the reels and bet of the trigger game.
  • Free spins can be retriggered with 5 free games awarded.

Buttons and fields

  • BET: the Player may increase or decrease his/her bet amount using the corresponding arrows.
  • MAX BET (icon with five coins, arrows on both sides that allow the Player to select the value of the bet):  by choosing this icon, the Player is selecting the maximum bet value (2€).
  • INFO: by selecting this button the Player may view the payouts for this game.
  • GAMBLE: the Player may select this button after a winning in order to have more opportunities to bet and win.
  • AUTOPLAY: this button allows the Player to gain access to the Autoplay Menu.
  • SPIN: by selecting this button, the reels rotate with the current line and bet valued selection.
  • SOUND: the Player may turn on/off the sound effects.

Autoplay

  • The Player may click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
  • In the Autoplay Menu, the Player may choose the number of games you would like to play (5/10/... up to 100) or select Last Settings.
  • The Autoplay may be stopped at any time by clicking on the ‘STOP’ button. If the Player stops the game at the time it is in progress, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
  • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another, and not all the games the Player selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
  • If the Player won a Free Spins round while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the Player and the Autoplay will be stopped.

Average Return to Player

  • Theoretical Return to Player: 97,070%.

Disconnection while playing

  • The outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game and a non-win outcome, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Free spins will be completed by the system on behalf of the player. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Description

Merlin’s Magic Respins is a 5 reel slot game with a Free Games Feature, Wild Respins and SuperBet to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the 50 lines.

Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

Game Rules

  • Play fixed 50 lines;
  • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
  • Payline wins are multiplied by the amount staked per payline;
  • Scatter wins are multiplied by the total bet (Excluding SUPERBET);
  • Scatter wins are added to payline wins;
  • Highest win only on each selected payline;
  • Wins on different paylines are added;
  • All wins occur on selected lines except scatters;
  • Scatter appears on reels 2, 3 and 4 only;
  • All Symbols pay left to right except scattered Cauldron which pays any.

Wild Respins

  • SuperBet unlocks the WILD RESPINS feature;
  • During the WILD RESPINS MERLIN stands beside the reels and will turn symbols on the reels WILD;
  • Wilds appear ON ALL REELS during Wild Respins;
  • If ANY full stacks of Merlin appear on a reel those reels are held and all other reels are respun;
  • During WILD RESPINs any new full stack is held for the remaining respins;
  • The number of respins awarded depends on the SUPER BET amount;
  • If 5 full stacks of Merlin appear all wins are paid and the reels are respun to the same winning positions again;

50 coins

SUPERBET OFF

WILD RESPINS feature not available

100 coins

SUPERBET  LVL 1

1 WILD RESPIN

150 coins

SUPERBET  LVL 2

2 WILD RESPINs

250 coins

SUPERBET  LVL 3

3 WILD RESPINs

300 coins

SUPERBET  LVL 4

4 WILD RESPINs

350 coins

SUPERBET  LVL 5

5 WILD RESPINs

Wild respin feature can be triggered during base game and free games

Free Games Feature

  • 7 Free Games are awarded when 3 SCATTERS appear
  • During the Free Games MERLIN stands beside the reels and will turn symbols on the reels WILD
  • The free game feature can be retriggered
  • Free Games are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game
  • Wild respin feature can be won free games

Gamble Feature (if applicable)

  • To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select COLOUR or a SUIT;
  • Win is DOUBLED (X2) if COLOUR choice is correct;
  • Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct;
  • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times;
  • Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled.

How to Play

  • The Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (UP) and (DOWN) buttons. This is a fixed 50 lines game so play lines cannot be adjusted.   The Max button for Bet will automatically select the maximum bet. The Superbet button allows you to select your desired additional wager for enhancement to win bigger!
  • Spin: Spins the reels.
  • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 5 spins to 100 spins.
  • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
  • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
    • Balance: Displays your total balance
    • Bet: Displays the staked amount per line to be played.
    • Super Bet: Displays the extra amount that is staked for playing superbet.
    • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin
    • Total Bet: The total wager staked. It consists of the Bet multiplied by 50 lines and is inclusive of Superbet (if any).
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays

Theoretical average return to player (RTP)

  • 50CR SuperBet multiplier enabled: 95.310%
  • 100CR SuperBet multiplier enabled: 95.323%
  • 200CR SuperBet  multiplier enabled: 95.166%
  • 250CR SuperBet multiplier enabled: 94.768%
  • 300CR SuperBet multiplier enabled: 95.006%
  • SuperBet disabled: 92.533%

How to play Mighty Sphinx 

 

  • Mighty Sphinx is a video slot game with five reels and 50 paylines. It also consists of wild and scatter symbols, free spins with increasing multiplier and a bonus round.
  • Select the number of paylines you wish to play with (1-50) by simply clicking on the '+' or '-' buttons attached to the ‘Lines’ meter. The minimum amount of paylines to play with is 1. The number of selected paylines will be indicated on the top left accordingly.
  • Choose the amount you wish to bet by clicking on the ‘+ ‘or ‘-‘buttons attached to the ‘Bet’ meter. The bet you choose will be applicable for each payline that you have chosen. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
  • The ’BETS’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of lines which have been chosen.
  • Once you have set your bet amount and number of paylines, click on the "Spin" button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.
  • By pressing on the 'Max Bet’ button, all paylines (50) will be selected and the reels will spin automatically with the current bet amount.
  • Once the reels start spinning, the ‘Spin’ button is replaced by a ‘Stop’ button. You can stop the reels at any time by using the ‘Stop’ button (or spacebar).
  • To view the payouts and game information, click the ‘info’ button. To return to the main game screen, click ‘Back’ button.

 

Winnings 

  • If a winning combination is formed along any active payline, it will become animated.
  • A winning combination consists of symbols that start from the left-most reel and continue consecutively on the active payline (except for scatters and bonus symbols).
  • All payline wins listed in the paytable are multiplied by the payline bet value.
  • Winnings are paid out for the highest combination on each of the active paylines.
  • The 'WINS’ display area will show the sum of all prizes from coinciding wins on each payline, on different paylines and ,scatter wins, free spins wins and bonus round wins.
  • Your total win amount will be added to your game balance.

 

How to Read the Paytable 

  • The Paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
  • The payline win amount is calculated by the number shown on the Paytable for a specific combination, multiplied by the payline bet value as determined by the player.

 

Special symbols: 
 

Wild: Substitutes all symbols except for Scatter and bonus symbols. 
Scatter: 2 or more scatters symbols appearing anywhere multiply the players’ total bets according to the pay table. If you have a scatter win and a regular win, you are paid out for both wins, as the scatter symbol does not need to appear in a line to win. 3 or more scatters will also activate the free spin feature. 
Bonus: if the bonus symbol appears in an active payline on reels #2 and #3 and #4 simultaneously during main game, the Tomb of Treasures bonus game is triggered. If the bonus symbol appears in 2 active paylines on reels #2 and #3 and #4 simultaneously during main game, the Tomb of Treasures double bonus game is triggered. 

 

Tomb of Treasures Bonus Game and Double Bonus game 

  • To start the Tomb of Treasures bonus round, click on 'Click to Start'
  • There are 15 levels in the Tomb of Treasures
    Each level has stones which can reveal one of the following 3:
    • Cash prize
    • Level Advance
    • Strike
  • There are 3 lives in the Tomb of Treasures, each time a strike is revealed one life will be lost, if 3 strikes are revealed then a strike out occurs, the winnings are collected and the bonus round is over
  • Levels 2-15 in the Tomb of Treasures have a strike out prize. If you strike out you will collect all the cash prizes won along the way and the strike out prize corresponding to the level you have striked out on
  • Picking a level advance will move you immediately to begin selecting stoned from the next level
  • You can only select stones from the level that is currently active, once you advance a level you cannot continue selecting from the levels below it. 
    You cannot select stones from a level until you have advanced to it.
  • If you select a level advance on the 14th level you will win the grand bonus prize, you will collect your winnings and the bonus game will be over.
  • The cash prizes in the Tomb of Treasures are multiplied by your bet per line
  • In case of a double bonus round all the prizes in the bonus round – cash prizes and strike out prizes, will be doubled
  • The Tomb of Treasure Bonus game cannot be triggered during Free Spins.

 

Free Spins with Increasing Multiplier 

  • 3 or more Scatters anywhere on the reels trigger the Free Spin Feature with increasing multiplier.
  • To enter the Free Spins, click on 'Start'.
  • The Free spins begin automatically
  • During the Free Spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Spins.
  • If 3 or more Scatter symbols appear anywhere on the reels during Free Spins, only a payout is won but more Free Spins are not retriggered, nor is the Free Spins Feature triggered during Free Spins.
  • You will always trigger 10 free spins
  • When you begin the free spins left will be 10, and the multiplier will be X1
  • With every round the multiplier will go up by 1 – for example:
    • 8 free spins left – multiplier is X2
    • 5 free spins left – multiplier is X5
    • on the last free spin – multiplier is X10

 

Buttons and fields 

  • LINES: Click the ‘–‘ button to decrease the number of lines and the ‘+’ button to increase the number of lines you want to play with.
  • BET: Click the ‘–‘button to decrease your bet or the ‘+’ button to increase your bet amount.
  • INFO: Click to view the Paytable for the game and game information.
  • SPIN: Spin the reels with your current selection of lines and bet amounts.
  • MAX BET: Click to select all lines and spin the reels.

 

Autoplay 

  • Click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
  • Choose the number of games you would like to play (1/2/3/4/5/10/15....up to 300).
  • You may pause the Autoplay at any time by clicking on the pause button. If at the time a game is in progress you click on the pause button, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
  • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another and not all the games you selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
  • If you won Tomb of Treasures Bonus and Double Bonus Game and/or Free Spins with increasing multiplier while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the player and the Autoplay will be stopped.

 

 

Paytable 

Symbol

x2

x3

x4

x5

Akhet (Wild)

x10

x100

x1000

x4000

Cleopatra

--

x30

x150

x500

Tut

-

x25

x100

x250

Chest

-

x20

x80

x160

Snake

-

x15

x50

x120

Ankh

-

x10

x30

x80

Eye of Horus

-

x10

x30

x80

A

-

x5

x20

x50

K

-

x5

x20

x50

Scarab (Scatter)

x1

x5

x50

x200



Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 93,028% 

 

Disconnection while playing
The outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game and a non-win outcome, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Bonus round and free spins will be completed by the system on behalf of the player. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History. 

Malfunction voids all pays and plays. 

 

Mobile game:
In the mobile version of this game: tap the “Gear” button in the upper right corner of the game screen to make adjustments:

  • On the Game Adjustments page 
    • Select the number of paylines you wish to play with (1-50) by adjusting the ‘LINES’ selector. The minimum amount of paylines to play with is 1.
    • In the mobile version, the number of lines that can be selected are: 1,2,3,4,5,10,15,20,25,30,35,40,45,50.
    • Select the amount you wish to bet by adjusting the ‘BET’ selector. The bet you choose will be applicable for each payline that you have chosen. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
    • The ‘TOTAL BETS’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘BET’) multiplied by the numbers of lines which have been chosen.
  • On the “I” page, read the How To Play information.
  • On the Sound Settings page, tap the sound button to turn the sound on or off.
  • When you wish to return to the game, press the “BACK” button in the upper right corner to return to the game screen.
  • On the game screen, tap the circular arrow button to spin the reels.


After playing, you can make another bet or change the bet amount by following the steps above. 

  • AutoPlay in the mobile version can be played by x10/x25/x50/x100 rounds only.
  • The history of all games played in the mobile device can be viewed through the website, inside the player’s account options. However note they may be displayed in a slightly different format. 
     

Extra features: 

  • REAL MONEY: (in fun mode): Switch to real money play.
  • CHAT: Click here to open a window and chat live with our customer support.
  • BALANCE: The current total amount of money available for playing the game.
  • DEPOSIT: Deposit money to your account balance.
  • BACK TO LOBBY: Quit the game and go back to the Games Lobby.
  • MENU: Access the games list and general settings.
  • ?: Open a window with the game's instructions.
  • SOUND BUTTON: Turn sound on or off.

 

Bet values

This game includes the following options for 'Bet':

  • €0,01
  • €0,02
  • €0,05
  • €0,10
  • €0,25
  • €0,50
  • €1
  • €2
  • €5

Description

  • Miss Midas is a 5 reel slot game with a SUPERBET™, MISS MIDAS MAGIC TOUCH FEATURE and FREE GAME FEATURE to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the 25 lines.
  • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

Game Rules

  • Play 25 lines;
  • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
  • Payline wins are multiplied by the amount staked per payline;
  • Scatter wins are multiplied by the amount staked per payline;
  • Scatter wins are added to payline wins;
  • Highest win only on each selected payline;
  • Wins on different paylines are added;
  • All wins occur on selected lines except scatter;
  • All wins begin with leftmost reel and pay left to right on consecutive reels, except scattered CASTLE which pays any;
  • MISS MIDAS substitutes for all other symbols except scatter;
  • MISS MIDAS appears on reel 3 only;
  • GOLD substitutes for all other symbols except scatter;
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

SUPERBET™

  • SUPERBET™ is an ADDITIONAL WAGER that can be adjusted with the control beside the Reels to provide the following enhancements
  • SUPERBET™ level 2 (25 Coins): MISS MIDAS TOUCH FEATURE can turn PEACOCK, THRONE, FRUIT, ROSE to GOLD
  • SUPERBET™ level 1 (10 Coins): MISS MIDAS TOUCH FEATURE can turn PEACOCK, THRONE, FRUIT to GOLD
  • SUPERBET™ off: MISS MIDAS TOUCH FEATURE can turn PEACOCK, THRONE to GOLD

Miss Midas Magic Touch Feature

  • MISS MIDAS can turn adjacent symbols to GOLD.
  • GOLD substitutes for all other symbols except scatter.
  • Symbols that can turn to GOLD depend on the SUPERBET level.

Free Game Feature

  • 15, 20 or 25 Free Games are awarded when 3, 4 or 5 CASTLE appear respectively;
  • During the free games feature some GOLD symbols that touch new symbols can also turn to GOLD;
  • The Free Games Feature can be retriggered;
  • Free Games are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game.

Gamble Feature (if applicable)

  • To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select RED / BLACK or a SUIT.
  • Win is DOUBLED (X2) if RED / BLACK choice is correct.
  • Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct.
  • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times.
  • Progressive Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled.

How to Play

  • The Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (UP) and (DOWN) buttons alongside the respective options.  The Max Bet button will automatically select the maximum bet.
  • Spin: Spins the reels.
  • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 5 spins to 100 spins.
  • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
  • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
    • Balance: Displays your total balance
    • Bet: Displays the staked amount per line to be played.
    • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin
    • Total Bet: The total wager staked. It consists of the Bet multiplied by the amount of lines being played.

Theoretical average return to player (RTP)

  • SUPERBET™ off: 95.30%
  • SUPERBET™ level 1 (10 Coins): 95.58%
  • SUPERBET™ level 2 (25 Coins): 95.62%

Game Rules

  • Motörhead Video Slot™ is a 5-reel,76-line (fixed) video slot with Free Spins, Wild substitutions, a Bomber Feature and a Mystery Reel feature.
  • The game is played with 76 bet lines (fixed), 1-10 bet levels and different coin values.
  • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
  • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
  • COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
  • When playing at the highest bet level, MAX BET plays the game at the maximum bet lines and the current coin value. When playing at any lower bet level, MAX BET must be clicked twice to play the round at the selected level.
  • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds (alternatively, click the AUTO button).
  • Wild symbol substitution pays the highest possible winning combination on a bet line according to the Paytable.
  • Wild symbol substitutes for all symbols except Scatters.
  • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the Paytable.
  • Bet level is the number of coins bet per bet line.
  • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown in the Paytable multiplied by the bet level.
  • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
  • Only the highest win per bet line is paid.
  • Scatter symbols appear on the reels in the base game only.
  • Bet line wins pay if in succession from the leftmost reel to the rightmost reel.
  • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
  • All coin wins pay on bet lines only.
  • Mystery symbols can be any symbol except for Scatter symbols.
  • Mystery symbols appear in the main game during the Mystery Reel Feature, the Bomber Feature and Free Spins.

Mystery Reel Feature

  • On every spin in the main game and Free Spins, unless the Bomber Feature is active, 1 or more reels will be Mystery Reels.
  • A Mystery Reel is a reel that consists of a stacked reel of mystery symbols and regular symbols.
  • After the reels have stopped, if there are mystery symbols on the reels, the mystery symbols transfer into 1 random symbol except for a Scatter.

Bomber Feature

  • The Bomber Feature can be activated randomly before a spin in the main game only.
  • A number of bombs occur on the reels and then create at least 10 overlay mystery symbols.
  • The maximum number of bombs that appear on the reels is 5 and the maximum number of overlay mystery symbols produced by the bombs is 15.
  • Each bomb consists of a cluster of mystery symbols.
  • Once each bomb has generated the mystery overlay symbols, the reels spin with a symbol being chosen in the same way as the Mystery Reel Feature.
  • Free Spins cannot be activated during the Bomber Feature.

Free Spins

  • 3 Scatter symbols appearing anywhere on reels 3, 4, and 5, in the main game activates 10 Free Spins.
  • During Free Spins, the Mystery Reels consist of both Mystery symbols and Wild symbols.
  • Free Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins.
  • The number of Free Spins awarded is according to the Paytable.
  • Additional Free Spins cannot be won during Free Spins.
  • The total win field includes any wins during Free Spins added to any wins from the round that activated Free Spins.
  • Free Spin wins are added to any bet line wins.

Game Functions

  • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

Game Setting Options

  • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
  • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
  • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
  • Intro movie. Turn the intro film on or off.
  • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
  • Game history. Click to view your latest game history (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

Advanced Autoplay Options

  • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
  • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
  • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
  • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
  • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
  • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
  • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
  • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
  • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

Additional Information

  • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
    • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
  • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

Return to Player

  • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.98%

Translations of Game Terminology

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

English Term

Translated Term

Wild

Wild

Free Spins

Free Spins

Scatter

Scatter

Mystery Reel Feature

Mystery Reel Feature

Bomber Feature

Bomber Feature

Rock Mode

Rock Mode

Bomber

Bomber

Mystery

Mystery

Mythic Maiden™ Game rules

  • Mythic Maiden™ is a 5-reel, 3 row, 30 line (fixed) video slot featuring Wild substitutions, Multipliers and Free Spins.
  • The spin button plays the game at the current bet lines, bet level, and coin value (alternatively, press the spacebar).
  • MAX BET plays the game at the highest bet level, and the current coin value.
  • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
  • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
  • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds (alternatively, click the AUTO button).
  • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the Paytable.
  • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown on the Paytable multiplied by the bet level.
  • Bet level is the number of coins bet per bet line.
  • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
  • Wild symbols substitute for all symbols except Scatter symbols.
  • Wild symbol substitution pays the highest possible winning combination on a bet line according to the Paytable.
  • All bet line wins with Wild symbols pay x3.
  • Only one Wild multiplier is applied per bet line win.
  • Only the highest win per bet line is paid.
  • Bet line wins pay if in succession from the leftmost reel to the rightmost reel.
  • All wins pay on bet lines only, except for wins with Scatter symbols.
  • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
  • Game History is not available when PLAYING FOR FUN.
  • COINS displays the number of coins the player has available to wager.

Free Spins

  • 3 or more Scatter symbols appearing anywhere on the reels in the main game activate Free Spins.In Free Spins, the same number of Scatter symbols win the same number of additional Free Spins which are added to any won in the iron maiden.
    • 5 Scatters = 30 Free Spins
    • 4 Scatters = 15 Free Spins
    • 3 Scatters = 10 Free Spins
  • Free Spins are played at the same number of bet lines, bet level, and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins.
  • In Free Spins the iron maiden is open and can reveal a multiplier of up to x10 and/or additional Free Spins of up to +2 after each spin.
  • Multipliers apply to the current round and multiply all bet line wins, including Wild symbol wins.
  • Additional Free Spins won simultaneously on Scatter symbols and the iron maiden are added.
  • Additional Free Spins won are automatically added to the current Free Spins.

Game Functions

  • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

Game Setting Options

  • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
  • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off(not available in all casinos).
  • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
  • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
  • Game history. Click to view your latest game history(not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

Advanced Autoplay Options

  • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY in the keypad or AUTO in the game panel, and then click Advanced settings.
  • On any win. Stops Autoplay when you win in a round.
  • If Free Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Free Spins is won.
  • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
  • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
  • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
  • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.

Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round or Free Spins, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.

Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.

Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

Return to Player

  • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.6%

Additional Information

  • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
    • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
  • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

Translations of Game Terminology

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

English Term

Translated Term

Free Spins

Free Spins

Multiplier

Multiplier

Scatter

Scatter

Wild

Wild

Game Overview

  • Neon Staxx™ is a 5-reel, 4-row, 40-bet line video slot, featuring SuperStaxx™, Free Spins, Scatter symbols and Wild substitutions.
  • The game is played with 40 bet lines (fixed), 1-10 bet levels (20 coins per level) and different coin values.
  • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
  • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
  • COINS displays the number of coins the player has available to wager.
  • When playing at the highest bet level, MAX BET plays the game at the maximum bet lines and the current coin value. When playing at any lower bet level, MAX BET must be clicked twice to play the round at the selected level.
  • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
  • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the PAYTABLE.
  • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown on the PAYTABLE multiplied by the bet level.
  • Bet level is the number of coins bet per bet line.
  • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
  • Bet line wins pay if in succession from the leftmost reel to the rightmost reel.
  • Only the highest win per active bet line is paid.
  • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.

The SuperStaxx™ Feature

  • The SuperStaxx feature is a stack of symbols that appears on the reels.
  • In the main game and in Free Spins, stacked symbols can appear on any reel.
  • All five reels contain a number of adjacent positions that, for every new spin, are randomly replaced with one symbol from the paytable, except for the Scatter symbol.
  • The randomly selected symbol appears in stacks at the beginning of each spin along with the other symbols.
  • In Free Spins, only the Predator symbols or the Wild symbol are randomly selected as the stacked symbol for the entire Free Spins round.

Wild

  • Wild symbols substitute for all symbols except Scatter symbols.
  • Wild symbol substitution pays a winning combination on a bet line according to the PAYTABLE.

Free Spins

  • 3 or more Scatter symbols appearing anywhere on the reels in the main game activate Free Spins according to the PAYTABLE.
  • The total win field includes any wins during Free Spins added to any wins from the round that activated Free Spins.
  • Free Spin wins are added to any bet line wins.
  • At the end of Free Spins, the game returns to the round that activated Free Spins.
  • Free Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins.
  • Additional Free Spins cannot be won during Free Spins.

Game Functions

  • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

Game Setting Options

  • Quick spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
  • Intro screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
  • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
  • Game history. Click to view your latest game history. (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

Advanced Autoplay Options

  • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
  • On any win. Stops Autoplay if a round is won.
  • If Free Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Free Spins is won.
  • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
  • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
  • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
  • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
  • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
  • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
  • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

Return to Player

  • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.90 %

Additional Information

  • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
    • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
  • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

Translations of Game Terminology

Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

English Term

Translated Term

SuperStaxx

SuperStaxx

Super Stacked Symbol

Super Stacked Symbol

Predator Symbol

Predator Symbol

Wild

Wild

Free Spins

Free Spins

Scatter

Scatter

Description

  • Owl Eyes is a 5 reel slot game with a Free Games Feature to boost your winnings. During the regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the selectable lines.
  • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

Game Rules

  • Play 1 to 50 lines;
  • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
  • Payline wins are multiplied by the amount staked per payline;
  • Scatter wins are multiplied by the total amount staked;
  • Scatter wins are added to payline wins;
  • Highest win only on each selected payline;
  • Coinciding wins on different paylines are added;
  • All wins occur on selected lines except scattered MOON;
  • All symbols pay Left to Right except scattered MOON which pay any;
  • OWL appears Stacked on Reels 2, 3 and 4 and substitutes for all symbols except scattered MOON;
  • The prize is doubled when OWL substitutes in a winning combination.

Free Games Feature

  • 5 Free Games are awarded when 3 or more scattered MOON appear;
  • During the Free Games ADDITIONAL STACKED WILDS ARE ADDED TO THE REELS;
  • The feature can be retriggered;
  • Free Games are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game;
  • Free Game wins are added to payline and scatter wins.

Gamble Feature (if applicable)

  • To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select COLOUR or a SUIT;
  • Win is DOUBLED (X2) if COLOUR choice is correct;
  • Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct;
  • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times;
  • Progressive Jackpot Wins (if applicable) may not be gambled.

How to Play

  • The Lines and Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (UP) and (DOWN) buttons alongside the respective options.  The Max button for Lines or Bet will automatically select the maximum for the respective field. Note: You can also select the amount of lines you wish to play by clicking on the line tag number on the side of the reels.
  • Spin: Spins the reels.
  • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 5 spins to 100 spins.
  • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
  • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
    • Balance: Displays your total balance;
    • Bet: Displays the staked amount per line to be played;
    • Lines: Displays the amount of line(s) to be played;
    • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin;
    • Total Bet: The total wager staked. It consists of the Bet multiplied by the amount of lines being played.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 95.30%.

Regras do Jogo

  • Piggy Riches™ é uma vídeo slot múltipla de 5 carretéis e 15 linhas que inclui vitórias Scatter, Free Spins e substitutos Wild.
  • O jogo é jogado com 15 linhas de aposta (fixas), 1 a 10 níveis de aposta e diferentes valores de moedas.
  • A opção MOEDAS apresenta o número de moedas disponíveis para aposta.
  • As combinações vencedoras e os pagamentos são efetuados de acordo com a Tabela de Pagamentos.
  • A STRAWKA MAKS. faz jogar o jogo ao mais elevado nível de aposta e o valor de moeda atual.
  • JOGO AUTOM. permite jogar automaticamente o número selecionado de rondas.
  • O nível de aposta é definido através do seletor NÍVEL.
  • O valor da moeda é definido através do seletor VAL. MOEDA.
  • As vitórias da linha de aposta são pagas em sucessão da esquerda para a direita.
  • Os símbolos Wild substituem a combinação vencedora mais elevada possível numa linha de aposta de acordo com a Tabela Pagamentos.
  • Só a vitória mais elevada por linha de aposta ativa é paga.
  • As vitórias simultâneas em diferentes linhas de aposta são adicionadas.
  • O nível de aposta é o número de moedas apostado por cada linha de aposta.
  • A vitória da linha de aposta em moedas é igual ao valor apresentado na Tab. Pagam. multiplicado pelo nível de aposta. Este valor é igualmente multiplicado por qualquer multiplicador aplicável.
  • A vitória da linha de aposta em unidade monetária é igual à vitória em moedas multiplicada pelo valor da moeda.
  • No final das Free Spins, o total de vitórias das Free Spins é adicionado a quaisquer vitórias da ronda que ativou as Free Spins.
  • O símbolo Wild substitui todos os símbolos exceto os símbolos Scatter.
  • Tanto no jogo principal como nas Free Spins, os vitórias da linha de aposta com Wild pagam x3.
  • Os vitórias Scatter pagam a aposta total x multiplicador, mas apenas no jogo principal.
  • Todas as vitórias pagam apenas sobre as linhas de aposta, exceto as vitórias com símbolos Scatter.

Free Spins

  • 3 ou mais símbolos Scatter que surjam em qualquer lado nos carretéis no jogo principal ativam Free Spins.
  • As Free Spins são jogadas com o mesmo nível de aposta e valor de moeda que a ronda que ativou as Free Spins.
  • Cada símbolo Scatter vencedor apresenta uma Free Spin e uma combinação de multiplicador. O multiplicador é aplicado a todos os vitórias nas Free Spins. Escolha um dos símbolos Scatter para começar a jogar as Free Spins.
  • Os símbolos Scatter que surjam nos carretéis durante as Free Spins oferecem apenas Free Spins adicionais.
  • Estas Free Spins são adicionadas automaticamente às Free Spins atuais.
  • Os vitórias Scatter e Free Spins são adicionados a quaisquer vitórias da linha de aposta.

Funções do Jogo

  • O quadro abaixo lista os diferentes botões encontrados no jogo e descreve as suas funções.

Opções de Definição do Jogo

  • Para aceder às definições do jogo, clique no ícone de chave inglesa no painel do jogo.
  • Volta rápida. Liga ou desliga a opção de volta rápida (não disponível em todos os casinos).
  • Barra de espaços para voltas. Liga ou desliga a função da barra de espaços.
  • Histórico do jogo. Clique para ver o histórico de jogo mais recente (indisponível no modo FUNDOS VIRTUAIS).

Opções avançadas de Jogo Automático

  • Para definir opções avançadas de Jogo Automático, clique em AUTO no painel do jogo e, em seguida, clique em Definições avançadas.
  • A qualquer vitória. Parar o Jogo Autom. ao vencer numa ronda.
  • Parar se ganhar Free Spins. Interrompe o Jogo Autom. se forem ganhas Free Spins.
  • Se a vitória simples exceder. Para o Jogo automático quando o montante ganho for superior ou igual ao valor que especificar.
  • Se o valor for superior a. Para o Jogo automático se o valor for superior ao montante que especificou.
  • Se o valor for inferior a. Para o Jogo automático se o valor for inferior ao montante que especificou.
  • Clique em Repor para limpar todas as opções Parar Jogo Automático.
  • Nota: quando alterar as definições de Jogo Autom. durante a ronda de um jogo, todas as definições terão efeito logo que a ronda do jogo ou modo de jogo termine.
  • Nota: se a sua ligação cair enquanto estiver a jogar, todas as definições do Jogo Automático voltarão às predefinições básicas ao recarregar o jogo.
  • Nota: Algumas opções de jogo automático são obrigatórias para algumas jurisdições.

Retorno do Jogador

  • O regresso teórico ao jogador para este jogo (calculado enquanto prémio total/aposta total com uma estratégia perfeita) é 95.8%-96.4%
  • A estratégia perfeita é apanhar sempre a caixa presente com o multiplicador mais alto.

Informação Adicional

  • As características e definições do jogo seguinte podem estar sujeitas aos termos e condições do site de jogos. Para obter mais informações sobre o jogo seguinte, consulte o respetivo site:
    • Os procedimentos utilizados para gerir as rondas não terminadas.
    • O tempo após o qual as sessões de jogo inativas terminam automaticamente.
  • Na eventualidade de avaria do hardware/software do jogo, todas as apostas e pagamentos afetados são considerados nulos e todas as apostas afetadas serão reembolsadas.

Traduções da Terminologia do Jogo

Nota: o quadro seguinte é apenas aplicável caso esteja a jogar num idioma que não o inglês.

Termo inglês

Termo traduzido

Free Spins

Voltas Livres

Multiplier

Multiplicador

Scatter

Disperso

Wild

Selvagem

Description

  • Prosperity Twin is a 5 reel slot game with a Free Games Feature to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the 5 reels;
  • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

Game Rules

  • 28 coins plays 243 ways left to right;
  • 50 coins plays 243 ways left to right and right to left;
  • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
  • All wins multiplied by the bet;
  • Highest win paid per winning combination;
  • Coinciding wins are added;
  • Winning combinations can occur anywhere on all reels;
  • Each symbol can be used only once per winning combination;
  • Only positions containing the winning symbol are used in determining the win for that symbol;
  • All wins begin with leftmost reel and pay left to right on consecutive reels except Scatter when betting 28 credits and also begin with rightmost reel and pay right to left on consecutive reels except Scatter when betting 50 credits;
  • Scatter pays any;
  • Scatter wins are multiplied by the bet;
  • Scatter wins are added;
  • 5 of a kind wins are paid once only;
  • Wild substitutes for all symbols except scatters;
  • Wild appears on reels 2, 3 and 4 only;
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays;
  • Wins with wild substituting are multiplied by 2 or 8.

Free Games

  • 28, 18, or 8 free games are won when 5, 4 or 3 scatters appear respectively;
  • During the free game feature 2 scatters may award 2, 6 or 8 more free games;
  • Bet is the same as the bet made when Free Game feature was won.

How to Play

  • Choose your BET
  • SPIN

Main Game Screen Buttons

Settings Page Buttons

If Loss Exceeds: Sets the loss limit. This is a mandatory field and the player must enter a value.  Without this value the player cannot initiate Autoplay spins.

If Single Win Exceeds: Sets the limit for a single win. This is an optional field automatically set to No Limit.

 

The game displays all your details in the following display fields:

Balance: Displays your total balance

Total Bet: The total wager staked

Win: Displays the amount won in the spin

 

Theoretical average Return to Player (RTP): 95.446% - 96.287%.

How to play Rainbow Charms

  • Rainbow Charms is a video slot game with five reels and 30 paylines. It also consists of wild and scatter symbols, free spins feature and a bonus round.
  • Select the number of paylines you wish to play with (1-30) by simply clicking on the '+' or '-' buttons attached to the ‘Lines’ meter. The minimum amount of paylines to play with is 1. The relevant paylines will be highlighted accordingly. You can also activate the lines by pressing the numbered buttons on both sides of the reels. For example, to place a bet on three paylines, click on Button 3 - the 1st, 2nd and 3rd paylines will be highlighted.
  • Choose the amount you wish to bet by clicking on the ‘+ ‘or ‘-‘buttons attached to the ‘Bet’ meter. The bet you choose will be applicable for each payline that you have chosen. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
  • The 'BETS' display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of lines which have been chosen.
  • Once you have set your bet amount and number of paylines, click on the "Spin" button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.
  • By pressing on the 'Max Bet’ button, all paylines (30) will be selected and the reels will spin automatically with the current bet amount.
  • Once the reels start spinning, the ‘Spin’ button is replaced by a ‘Stop’ button. You can stop the reels at any time by using the ‘Stop’ button (or spacebar).
  • To view the payouts, click the ‘Paytable’ button. To return to the main game screen, click ‘Back to Game’ button or anywhere on the screen.

 

Winnings

  • If a winning combination is formed along any active payline, it will become animated.
  • A winning combination consists of symbols that start from the left-most reel and continue consecutively on the active payline (except for scatters and bonus symbols).
  • All payline wins listed in the paytable are multiplied by the payline bet value.
  • Winnings are paid out for the highest combination on each of the active paylines.
  • The 'TOTAL WINS’ display area will show the sum of all prizes from coinciding wins on each payline, on different paylines and ,scatter wins, free spins wins and bonus round wins.
  • Your total win amount will be added to your game balance.

 

How to Read the Paytable

  • The Paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
  • The payline win amount is calculated by the number shown on the Paytable for a specific combination, multiplied by the payline bet value as determined by the player.

 

Special symbols:

Wild: Substitutes all symbols except for Scatter and bonus symbols.

Scatter: 2 or more scatters symbols appearing anywhere multiply the players’ total bets according to the pay table. If you have a scatter win and a regular win, you are paid out for both wins, as the scatter symbol does not need to appear in a line to win. 3 or more scatters will also activate the free spin feature.

Bonus: if the bonus symbol appears on reels #1 and #5 simultaneously during main game, the Lucky Clovers bonus game is triggered.

 

Lucky Clovers bonus game

  • To start the Lucky Clovers Bonus round, click on 'Click to Start'.
  • There are 21 clovers altogether for you to choose from and every selection wins either a cash prize (from X1 to X5 times the total bet of the spin that triggered the bonus) or a rainbow (a multiplier from X1 to X4 for the total Bonus win, which is the sum of the random cash prizes collected) until Collect is chosen (which also wins either a trophy or a cash prize) and the Bonus game is terminated.
  • The win multiplier is at X1 when you enter the bonus. For each rainbow found, the multiplier increases in steps of 1.
  • The maximum total amount that can be won from the Lucky Clovers Bonus can reach 280 times the total bet of the spin that triggered the feature.
  • The Lucky Clovers Bonus game cannot be triggered during Free Spins.

 

Free Spin Feature

  • 3 or more Scatters anywhere on the reels trigger the Free Spin Feature.
  • To enter the Free Spin Feature, click on 'Click to Start'.
  • The reels turn into a field with 3 empty pots.
  • Click on any pot to select it and start the coins fall. You will win the amount of coins that were collected in the pot you chose (You can win 10/20/30 free spins).
  • At the end of the gathering, click Continue and the Free spins begin automatically.
  • During the Free Spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Spins.
  • If 3 or more Scatter symbols appear anywhere on the reels during Free Spins, only a payout is won but more Free Spins are not retriggered, nor is the Free Spins Feature triggered during Free Spins.

 

Buttons and fields

  • LINES: Click the ‘–‘ button to decrease the number of lines and the ‘+’ button to increase the number of lines you want to play with.
  • BET: Click the ‘–‘button to decrease your bet or the ‘+’ button to increase your bet amount.
  • PAYTABLE: Click to view the Paytable for the game.
  • SPIN: Spin the reels with your current selection of lines and bet amounts.
  • MAX BET: Click to select all lines and spin the reels.

 

Autoplay

  • Click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
  • Choose the number of games you would like to play (1/2/3/4/5/10/15....up to 300).
  • You may pause the Autoplay at any time by clicking on the pause button. If at the time a game is in progress you click on the pause button, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
  • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another and not all the games you selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
  • Lucky Clovers bonus and/or Free Spins Feature while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the player and the Autoplay will resume after.

 

Paytable

Symbol

x2

x3

x4

x5

Leprechaun (Wild) (Wild)

x10

x100

x1000

x10,000

Harp

x5

x50

x500

x5000

Shoe

-

x40

x200

x1000

Beer

-

x20

x100

x400

Horseshoe

-

x10

x50

x200

A

-

x8

x40

x100

K

-

x5

x30

x80

Q

-

x4

x20

x50

J

-

x3

x15

x40

Pot of Gold (Scatter)

x1

x5

x25

x100

 

 

Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 93%

 

Disconnection while playing

This is a single stage game and the outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game, the Interactive System would complete the game on player’s behalf. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History. Note that the Game History may show different selections/symbols, but the outcome of the game is the same.

Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

 

Mobile game:

  • In the mobile version of this game: tap the “Gear” button in the upper right corner of the game screen to make adjustments:
  • On the Game Adjustments page

Select the number of paylines you wish to play with (1-30) by adjusting the ‘LINES’ selector. The minimum amount of paylines to play with is 1.

Select the amount you wish to bet by adjusting the ‘BET’ selector. The bet you choose will be applicable for each payline that you have chosen. The higher the stake, the higher the win!

The ‘TOTAL BETS’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘BET’) multiplied by the numbers of lines which have been chosen.

  • On the “I” page, read the How To Play information.
  • On the Sound Settings page, tap the sound button to turn the sound on or off.
  • When you wish to return to the game, press the “BACK” button in the upper right corner to return to the game screen.
  • On the game screen, tap circular arrow button to spin the reels.

After playing, you can make another bet or change the bet amount by following the steps above.

  • AutoPlay in the mobile version can be played by x10/x25/x50/x100 rounds only.
  • The history of all games played in the mobile device can be viewed through the website, inside the player’s account options. However note they may be displayed in a slightly different format.

 

Extra features:

  • REAL MONEY: when in demo mode, to switch to real money play.
  • CHAT: Click here to open a window and chat live with our customer support.
  • BALANCE: The current total amount of money available for playing the game.
  • DEPOSIT: Deposit money to your account balance.
  • MENU: Access the games list and general settings.
  • ?: Open a window with the game's instructions.
  • SOUND BUTTON: Turn sound on or off.

 

Bet values

This game includes the following options for ''Bet”:

  • €0,05
  • €0,10
  • €0,25
  • €0,50
  • €1
  • €2
  • €5
  • €10

How to play Reel Bandits

  • Reel Bandits is a video slot game with five reels and 30 paylines. It also consists of wild and scatter symbols, free spins feature and a bonus round.
  • Select the number of paylines you wish to play with (1-30) by simply clicking on the '+' or '-' buttons attached to the ‘Lines’ meter. The minimum amount of paylines to play with is 1. The relevant paylines will be highlighted accordingly. You can also activate the lines by pressing the numbered buttons on both sides of the reels. For example, to place a bet on three paylines, click on Button 3 - the 1st, 2nd and 3rd paylines will be highlighted.
  • Choose the amount you wish to bet by clicking on the ‘+ ‘or ‘-‘buttons attached to the ‘Bet’ meter. The bet you choose will be applicable for each payline that you have chosen. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
  • The 'BETS' display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of lines which have been chosen.
  • Once you have set your bet amount and number of paylines, click on the "Spin" button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.
  • By pressing on the 'Max Bet’ button, all paylines (30) will be selected and the reels will spin automatically with the current bet amount.
  • Once the reels start spinning, the ‘Spin’ button is replaced by a ‘Stop’ button. You can stop the reels at any time by using the ‘Stop’ button (or spacebar).
  • To view the payouts, click the ‘PAYTABLE’ button. To return to the main game screen, click ‘Back’ button.
  • Free spins and bonus game can be won at the same round, Bonus round will be presented before the free spins bonus game.

 

 

Winnings

  • If a winning combination is formed along any active payline, it will become animated.
  • A winning combination consists of symbols that start from the left-most reel and continue consecutively on the active payline (except for scatters and bonus symbols).
  • All payline wins listed in the paytable are multiplied by the payline bet value.
  • Winnings are paid out for the highest combination on each of the active paylines.
  • The 'WINS’ display area will show the sum of all prizes from coinciding wins on each payline, on different paylines and scatter wins, free spins wins and bonus round wins.
  • Your total win amount will be added to your game balance.

 

 

How to Read the Paytable

  • The Paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
  • The payline win amount is calculated by the number shown on the Paytable for a specific combination, multiplied by the payline bet value as determined by the player.

 

 

Special symbols:

Wild: Substitutes all symbols except for Scatter and bonus symbols. Wild pays according to the pay table. A win with a WILD or a WILD substitution, only the highest combination is paid out.

Scatter: 3 or more scatters symbols appearing anywhere multiply the players total bets according to the pay table. If you have a scatter win and a regular win, you are paid out for both wins, as the scatter symbol does not need to appear in a line to win. 3 or more scatters will also activate the free spin feature.

Bonus: if the bonus symbol appears on reels #1 and #5 simultaneously during main game, the Carriage Chase bonus game is triggered.

 

 

Carriage Chase bonus game

  • To start the Carriage Chase Bonus round, click on 'Click to Start'.
  • Click on the falling objects to collect them. Every object is either a money bag with a cash prize (from X1 to X5 times the total bet of the spin that triggered the bonus) or a gold bar (a multiplier from X1 to X4 for the total Bonus win, which is the sum of the random cash prizes collected). Any object could include the “collect” symbol (which also wins either a gold bar or a cash prize). “Collect” symbol will terminate the Bonus game.
  • The win multiplier is at X1 when you enter the bonus. For each gold bar found, the multiplier increases in steps of 1.
  • The maximum total amount that can be won from the  Carriage Chase Bonus Game can reach 108 times the total bet of the spin that triggered the feature.
  • The Carriage Chase Bonus game cannot be triggered during Free Spins.

 

 

Free Spin Feature

 

  • 3 or more Scatters anywhere on the reels trigger the Saloon Free Spin feature.
  • To enter the feature, click on 'Start'.
  • There are 3 barrels to choose from. Click on your chosen barrel, and watch as all the barrels fill the glasses below. Each glass will be filled with a different amount of beer, which will determine how many free spins you are awarded. You can win 5, 10, or 15 free spins.
  • The Free spins begin automatically.
  • During the Free Spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Spins.
  • If 3 or more Scatter symbols appear anywhere on the reels during Free Spins, only a payout is won but more Free Spins are not retriggered, nor is the Free Spins Feature triggered during Free Spins.

 

 

Buttons and fields

 

  • LINES: Click the ‘–‘ button to decrease the number of lines and the ‘+’ button to increase the number of lines you want to play with.
  • BET: Click the ‘–‘button to decrease your bet or the ‘+’ button to increase your bet amount.
  • PAYTABLE: Click to view the Paytable for the game.
  • SPIN: Spin the reels with your current selection of lines and bet amounts.
  • MAX BET: Click to select all lines and spin the reels.

 

 

Autoplay

  • Click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
  • Choose the number of games you would like to play (1/2/3/4/5/10/15....up to 300).
  • Click the Play button to start the Autoplay.
  • You may pause the Autoplay at any time by clicking on the pause button. If at the time a game is in progress you click on the pause button, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
  • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another and not all the games you selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
  • If you won a Bonus round and/or Free Spins Feature while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the player and the Autoplay will be stopped.

 

 

Paytable

Symbol

x2

x3

x4

x5

Horse (Wild)

x10

x100

x1000

x10000

Sheriff

x5

x50

x500

x5000

Bandit

-

x40

x200

x1000

Girl

-

x20

x100

x400

Banker

-

x10

x50

x200

Pistol

-

x8

x40

x100

Boots

-

x5

x30

x80

Sheriff Star

-

x4

x20

x50

Horseshoe

-

x3

x15

x40

Barrel (Scatter)

--

x5

x25

x100

 

 

Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 95.01%

 

 

Disconnection while playing

The outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History.

 

Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

 

 

Mobile game:

  • In the mobile version of this game: tap the “GEAR” button in the upper right corner of the game screen to make adjustments:
  • On the Game Adjustments page
    • Select the number of paylines you wish to play with (1-30) by adjusting the ‘LINES’ selector. The minimum amount of paylines to play with is 1.
    • Select the amount you wish to bet by adjusting the ‘BET’ selector. The bet you choose will be applicable for each payline that you have chosen. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
    • The ‘TOTAL BETS’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘BET’) multiplied by the numbers of lines which have been chosen.
  • On the “I” page, read the How To Play information.
  • On the Sound Settings page, tap the sound button to turn the sound on or off.
  • When you wish to return to the game, press the “BACK” button in the upper right corner to return to the game screen.
  • On the game screen, tap the circular arrow to spin the reels.

 

After playing, you can make another bet or change the bet amount by following the steps above.

  • AutoPlay in the mobile version can be played by x10/x25/x50/x100 rounds only.
  • The history of all games played in the mobile device can be viewed through the website, inside the main lobby. However note they may be displayed in a slightly different format.

 

 

Extra features:

  • REAL MONEY: when in demo mode, to switch to real money play.
  • CHAT: Click here to open a window and chat live with our customer support.
  • BALANCE: The current total amount of money available for playing the game.
  • DEPOSIT: Deposit money to your account balance.
  • MENU: Access the games list and general settings.
  • ?: Open a window with the game's instructions.
  • SOUND BUTTON: Turn sound on or off.

 

 

Bet values

This game includes the following options for 'BETS':

  • €0,01
  • €0,02
  • €0,03
  • €0,04
  • €0,05
  • €0,10
  • €0,20
  • €0,30
  • €0,40
  • €0,50
  • €1
  • €2
  • €5
  • €10
  • €20 - This amount is available for the highest VIP levels

 

 

How to play

  • Robin Hood Prince of Tweets is a video slot game with 5 reels and 40 paylines. It also consists of wild and scatter symbols and free spins.
  • The Player may choose the amount he/she wishes to bet by clicking on the arrow buttons attached to the ‘Bet’ meter (the 5 coin symbols). The chosen bet will be applicable for each payline. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
  • The ’TOTAL BET’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of paylines.
  • Once the bet amount is defined, the Player may click on the "Spin" button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.
  • Once the reels start spinning, the ‘Spin’ button is replaced by a ‘Stop’ button. The Player can stop the reels at any time by using the ‘Stop’ button (or spacebar).
  • ‘Robin Hood’ is ‘Wild’ substitutes or all other symbols except ‘Scatter’.
  • ‘Robin Hood’ appears on reel 3 only.
  • The ‘Robin Hood’ symbol can turn adjacente symbols into ‘Wild’.
  • ‘Robin Hood’ symbols substitutes all other symbols, except ‘Scatter’ symbols.
  • Free Games are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game.
  • Free Game wins are added to payline and ‘Scatter’ wins.
  • Amount of symbols that can turn to ‘Wild’ depend on the ‘Super Bet’ level.
  • ‘Super bet’ is an ADDITIONAL WAGER that can be adjusted with the control beside the Reels to provide the following enhancements:​​
    • Super Bet off: ‘Robin Hood’ can turn Princess to ‘Wild’.
    • Super Bet level 1 [30 coins]: ‘Robin Hood’ can turn Princess, Owl and Pouch to ‘Wild’.
    • Super Bet level 2 [80 coins]: ‘Robin Hood’ can turn Princess, Owl, Pouch, Target, Quiver and Poster to ‘Wild’.

Winnings

  • If a winning combination is formed along any active payline, it will become animated.
  • A winning combination consists of symbols that start from the left-most reel and continue consecutively on the active payline, except for Scatter symbol, which counts in any direction.
  • All payline wins listed in the paytable are multiplied by the payline bet value, including Scatter wins.
  • Winnings are paid out for the highest combination on each of the active paylines.
  • The winnings regarding the Scatter symbol are added to the paylines winnings.
  • Coincident winnings on different paylines are added.
  • The 'WIN’ display area shows the sum of all prizes by round or free rounds.

How to Read the Paytable

  • The Paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
  • The payline win amount is calculated by the number shown on the Paytable for a specific combination, multiplied by the payline bet value as determined by the player.
  • All the prizes come up in the selected lines, except for the Scatter symbol.
  • The winnings are paid in accordance with the following paytable:

Symbol

x2

x3

x4

x5

Princess

2

15

100

200

Friar Owl

2

12

60

150

Pouch & Target

--

10

25

75

Quiver & Poster

--

5

20

60

H & K

--

3

15

50

Q & J

--

2

12

35

10 & 9

--

1

5

25

Extra Game

  • To gamble any win press ‘Gamble’, then select COLOUR or a SUIT.
  • Win is DOUBLED (2) if COLOUR choice is correct. Win is QUADRUPLED (x4) if SUIT choice is correct.
  • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times.
  • Progressive Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled.

Free Spins

  • The free spins are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game.
  • Free spins can be retriggered.
  • Free spin wins are added to payline and Scatter wins.

Buttons and fields

  • BET: the Player may increase or decrease his/her bet amount using the corresponding arrows.
  • MAX BET (icon with five coins, arrows on both sides that allow the Player to select the value of the bet):  by choosing this icon, the Player is selecting the maximum bet value (25€).
  • INFO: by selecting this button the Player may view the payouts for this game.
  • GAMBLE: the Player may select this button after a winning in order to have more opportunities to bet and win.
  • AUTOPLAY: this button allows the Player to gain access to the Autoplay Menu.
  • SPIN: by selecting this button, the reels rotate with the current line and bet valued selection.
  • SOUND: the Player may turn on/off the sound effects.

Autoplay

  • The Player may click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
  • In the Autoplay Menu, the Player may choose the number of games you would like to play (5/10/... up to 100) or select Last Settings.
  • The Autoplay may be stopped at any time by clicking on the ‘STOP’ button. If the Player stops the game at the time it is in progress, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
  • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another, and not all the games the Player selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
  • If the Player won a Free Spins round while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the Player and the Autoplay will be stopped.

Average Return to Player

  • Superbet Level 2 - 96,965%
  • Superbet Level 1 - 95,109%
  • Superbet Off - 93,383%

Disconnection while playing

  • The outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game and a non-win outcome, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Free spins will be completed by the system on behalf of the player. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History.
  • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

Game Rules: 

  • Place your bet by selecting the chips and placing them on any betting location on the board according to the betting combination that can be viewed below under the heading Betting Combinations.
  • The Total Bets box will show the total amount of bets placed on the board.
  • Adjust your bets by using the following buttons: 
    • Undo - clean the last bet and if you click the undo button again, it will clear the bet placed before that (if any) and so on. 
    • Redo - bring back the last bet that was cleared. 
    • Clear all - clean all bets from the board. 
    • Repeat - repeat your previous bets on the board. 
    • Double - after pressing ‘Repeat’, the 'Double' button will appear and by pressing it you can double all your bets placed on the board in the previous round. The game does not allow to double the bet if it is going to exceed the maximum bet allowed per betting spot. You can always remove chips by pressing the SHIFT button and clicking on the chip.
    • Spin/Spacebar - release the ball which will stop and land on one of the 0 to 36 numbers.
  • When the ball stops on a number, if there is any win(s), winnings will be shown in a pop up message with all winning bet details.
  • Your Total Wins box will show the winning amount and will be added automatically to your account balance.

Other Game Features: 

  • Turbo: When the 'Turbo' box selected, the ball appears faster in the number of the roulette wheel.
  • Paytable: Will show the winning bet multipliers.
  • History: The Result History pane at the top right hand corner of the game screen will show the last 8 draws.

Autoplay: 

  • Place a bet first in order to enable the Autoplay Menu.
  • Click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
  • Choose the number of games you would like to play. Minimum of 5 games.
  • Click on the play button to start the Autoplay.
  • You may pause the Autoplay at any time by clicking on the pause button. If at the time a game is in progress you click on the pause button, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
  • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another and not all the games you selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.

Betting Combinations: 

  • Single Number (straight) - Win Pays x35. Bet placed on any single number including 0.
  • Two Numbers (Split) - Win Pays x17. Bet placed on any line between any two numbers.
  • Three Numbers (street) - Win Pays x11. Bet placed at the end of any row of numbers, covering three numbers.
  • 0-1-2, 0-2-3 - Win Pays x11. Bet placed on the intersecting point between 0, 1 and 2, or 0, 2 and 3.
  • Four Numbers (Square) - Win Pays x8. Bet placed on the corner where four numbers meet. 0,1,2,3 can also be selected.
  • Six Numbers (Double Street) - Win Pays x5. Bet placed at the end of two rows on the line between them.
  • Dozen (1st 12, 2nd 12 and 3rd 12) - Win Pays x2. Bet placed in one of the boxes marked "1st12" or "2nd12" or "3rd12", each covering twelve numbers.
  • 2 to 1 (Column) - Win Pays x2. On the right side of the Roulette table there are three boxes marked "2 to 1". Bets placed in one of these boxes, mark all twelve numbers above it (excluding 0).
  • Red/Black - Win Pays x1. Place your bet on red to cover all the red numbers or place your bet on black, to cover all the black numbers. Zero is excluded.
  • Odd/Even - Win pays x1. Place your bet on the 'Odd' to cover all the odd numbers or place your bet on the. 'Even', to cover all the Even numbers (Zero is excluded).
  • 1-18/19-36 - Win Pays x1. Place your bet on the '1-18' to cover all numbers 1-18 or place your bet on the '19 - 36' to cover all numbers 19 – 36 (Zero is excluded).

Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 97.3%

Disconnection while playing: 

This is a single stage game and the outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game, the Interactive System would complete the game on player’s behalf. 
Results of the game can be viewed in the Game History. Note that the Game History may show different selections/symbols, but the outcome of the game is the same. Malfunction voids all pays and plays. 
 

Mini game:

• In the mini version of the game, the amount of the chips can be chosen by clicking the '+' and '-' buttons near the chip symbol.

• Undo, Redo, Repeat, and Fold are not available in the mini version of the game.

• The 'I' button will display the bets and winnings of the last match.

• The Options button displays the game paytable as well as the Magnifier settings box and the Turbo settings box.

• The history of all games played can be viewed on the website, within the player account options. However, it may be presented a little differently.

Mobile game:

  • In the mobile version of this game: tap the “Settings” button in the upper right corner of the game enter settings menu: 
    • Click the ‘Support’ button to contact support
    • Click help to view the game rules
    • When you wish to return to the game, press the “BACK” button at the top section of the settings menu.
  • To view the paytable click “I” button next to the settings.
  • To place your bet click on the table board, the table board will then zoom in.
  • Use the > and
  • Clicking on “Spin” will start the game and the bet.
  • The winning number will be shown in a zoom in.
  • Than the player can chose whether to repeat the game or click the table board to choose new numbers.
  • The history of all games played in the mobile device can be viewed through the website, inside the main lobby. However they may be displayed in a slightly different format.

Extra features: 

  • REAL MONEY: (in fun mode): Switch to real money play.
  • CHAT: Click here to open a window and chat live with our customer support.
  • BALANCE: The current total amount of money available for playing the game.
  • QUICK DEPOSIT: Deposit money to your account balance.
  • BACK TO LOBBY: Quit the game and go back to the Games Lobby.
  • MENU: Access the games list and general settings.
  • ?: Open a window with the game's instructions.
  • SOUND BUTTON: Turn sound on or off.

Bet values and Prizes:

This game includes the following "Bet" options:

  • €0,25
  • €0,50
  • €1
  • €2
  • €5
  • €10
  • €15
  • €20
  • €25

The maximum bet value for the total amount of chances is 250€.

Regras do jogo

  • Roulette Master é um jogo de roleta do estilo francês. Inclui as mesas de aposta regulares e tipo "racetrack".
  • Este jogo tem como valor máximo de aposta para o conjunto total de chances 2.500€.
  • O Jogador faz a sua aposta seleccionado as fichas e colocando-as em qualquer das localizações no pano de jogo, de acordo com as regras de combinações (“Combinações de Aposta”).
  • Apresenta um esquema de cores personalizável e uma página de estatísticas por jogador.
  • As regras base de execução e prática do jogo de fortuna ou azar roleta francesa, quando praticado à distância, através de suportes “online”, constam no Regulamento n.º 807/2015, de 13 de Novembro, acessível a partir da seguinte hiperligação: https://dre.pt/application/file/a/71113514.

Retorno Médio Teórico para o Jogador (RTP): 97,29%

Comandos principais:

Seleccionar fichas

  • Seleccione uma ficha ao clicar na mesma
  • Utilize as setas de deslocação para visualizar todas as fichas disponíveis

Efectuar apostas

  • Seleccione uma área da mesa ao clicar na mesma. Isso alocará a sua ficha escolhida
  • Volte a clicar na mesma área para aumentar a aposta
  • Clique em "Rodar" para jogar

Remover apostas

  • Ao clicar no botão "Anular" removerá a última aposta efectuada
  • Ao clicar no botão "Limpar" limpará todas as apostas da mesa
  • Clique nas fichas desejadas e arraste-as para fora da mesa

Utilizar Jogo Auto

Permite jogadas do jogo normal consecutivas e automáticas para um determinado número de voltas. Opções que vão desde 1 a 999 jogos

  • Efectue as suas apostas escolhidas conforme acima descrito
  • Utilize os botões Aumentar e Diminuir para seleccionar o número de jogos aos quais deseja aplicar o Jogo Auto
  • Clique em "Iniciar jogo auto" adjacente ao número de jogos para começar a jogar
  • Pode premir o botão "Parar jogo auto" a qualquer altura

Duplicar

  • Ao clicar no botão "Duplicar" duplica a sua aposta actual na mesa

Repetir aposta

  • Ao clicar no botão "Repetir aposta" fará com que os mesmos valores de fichas sejam alocadas nas mesmas apostas que na volta anterior

"Racetrack"

  • Seleccione o separador do lado esquerdo para activar a mesa "racetrack" extensível
  • As fichas/apostas podem ser colocadas aqui, mas surgem apenas na mesa principal
  • Escolha "Transparente/Ocultar auto/Fechar Racetrack" logo que a mesa "racetrack" esteja aberta

Histórico

  • Apresenta números vencedores anteriores

 

Opções adicionais:

Apostas especiais

  • Clique no botão "Apostas especiais" para obter mais opções de aposta. Estas apostas também se encontram disponíveis na área de aposta "Racetrack".
  • As Apostas especiais são delineadas abaixo.

Mapa de relevâncias/Mapa de calor

  • Ao clicar no botão do Mapa de etapas, a mesa apresentará em tons sombreados a área "mais quente" e "mais fria" da mesa
  • Pode efectuar apostas sob este modo

Página de estatísticas

  • Utilize a área de "estatísticas" para visualizar a informação do seu histórico de jogo
  • É armazenado um histórico de, pelo menos, 60 jogos
  • Pode também efectuar apostas estando nesta página

Quente/Frio

  • Os botões Quente e Frio apresentam os 4 números mais comuns e os 4 números menos comuns da mesa

Definições

  • Pode alterar o tipo de som, as vozes do croupier de masculino para feminino, e vice-versa, e os esquemas de cor da mesa e dos botões de forma a adequar-se ao seu estilo e gosto pessoal

Ajuda

  • Acede à informação "Como jogar"

 

Descrições de apostas

Efectue as suas apostas ao clicar no local desejado sobre o quadro. Pode efectuar uma aposta sobre um número, cor, probabilidades ou grupo de números na mesa da Roleta, da seguinte forma:

  • Para cima:
    Efectue a sua aposta directamente sobre qualquer número individual
  • Aposta dividida:
    Efectue a sua apostas na linha entre quaisquer dois números
  • Aposta tripla:
    Efectue a sua aposta no ponto de intersecção entre 0, 1 e 2, ou 0, 2 e 3
  • Aposta Street:
    Efectue a sua aposta no final de qualquer fila de números, abrangendo três números
  • Aposta de canto:
    Efectue a sua aposta no canto, onde se encontram quatro números
  • Aposta de seis linhas:
    Efectue a sua aposta no final de duas Streets na linha entre as mesmas. Uma aposta de seis linhas abrange todos os números, em qualquer uma das Streets, num total de seis
  • Aposta de dúzia:
    Efectue a sua aposta numa das caixas marcadas com "1º12", "2º12" ou "3º12", sendo que cada uma abrange doze números
  • Aposta de coluna:
    No lado direito do quadro existem três caixas marcadas com "2 para 1". Ao colocar a sua ficha numa destas caixas, está a marcar todos os doze números à sua esquerda (excluindo 0)
  • Encarnado/Preto: aposta efectuada nos números encarnados ou pretos. O zero está excluído.
  • Par/Ímpar: aposta efectuada nos 18 números pares (Par) ou ímpares (Ímpar). O zero está excluído.
  • Menor/Maior:
    Efectue a sua aposta numa das caixas marcadas "1 a 18" ou "19 a 36", sendo que cada uma abrange 18 números
  • Aposta de quatro números:
    Uma aposta efectuada no canto da intersecção de 0 e 1, abrange os números 0 e 1

Combinações de Apostas: 

  • Combinação de apostas Call Bets:
    • Um número e seus vizinhos, nomeadamente: 0-1-2, ou 0-2-3 – o acerto paga 11 vezes a aposta colocada no ponto de intercepção de 0, 1 e 2 ou 0, 2 e 3;
    • Vizinhos do Zero/Série 0-2-3, nomeadamente: 22, 18, 29, 7, 28, 12, 35, 3, 26, 0, 32, 15, 19, 4, 21, 2, 25 – o acerto paga em concordância com o tipo de aposta ganhadora;
    • Tiers du Cylindre/Série 5-8, nomeadamente: 27, 13, 36, 11, 30, 8, 23, 10, 5, 24, 16, 33 – o acerto paga em concordância com o tipo de aposta ganhadora;
    • Orphelins, nomeadamente: 17, 34, 6, 1, 20, 14, 31, 9 – o acerto paga em concordância com o tipo de aposta ganhadora.
  • Combinação de apostas Especiais:
    • Separada encarnado, nomeadamente: 9, 12, 16, 18, 19, 21, 27, 30 – o acerto paga em concordância com o tipo de aposta ganhadora (ex.: Cavalo);
    • Separada preto, nomeadamente: 8, 10, 11, 13, 17, 20, 26, 28, 29, 31 – o acerto paga em concordância com o tipo de aposta ganhadora (ex.: Cavalo);
    • Jogo zero, nomeadamente: 0, 3, 12, 15, 26, 32, 35 – o acerto paga em concordância com o tipo de aposta ganhadora (ex.: Cavalo);
    • Orphelin Plein, nomeadamente: 1, 6, 9, 14, 17, 20, 31, 34 – o acerto paga em concordância com o tipo de aposta ganhadora (ex.: Cavalo);
    • Finale Plein, nomeadamente: Opção [0] - 0,10,20,30; [1] - 1, 11, 21, 31; [2] - 2, 12, 22, 32; [3] - 3, 13, 23, 33; [4] - 4, 14, 24, 34; [5] - 5, 15, 25, 35; [6] - 6, 16, 26, 36; [7] - 7, 17, 27; [8] - 8, 18, 28; [9] - 9, 19, 29; – o acerto paga em concordância com o tipo de aposta ganhadora (Pleno);
    • Finale Cheval Plein, nomeadamente: Opção [0/1] - 0, 1, 10, 11, 20, 21, 30, 31; [1/2] 1, 2, 11, 12, 21, 22, 31, 32; [2/3] 2, 3, 12, 13, 22, 23, 32, 33; [3/4] - 3, 4, 13, 14, 23, 24, 33, 34; [4/5] - 4, 5, 14, 15, 24, 25, 34, 35; [5/6] – 5, 6, 15, 16, 25, 26, 35, 36; [6/7] 6, 7, 16, 17, 26, 27, 36; [7/8] - 7, 8, 17, 18, 27, 28; [8/9] - 8, 9, 18, 19, 28, 29; [9/10] 9, 10, 19, 20, 29, 30; – o acerto paga em concordância com o tipo de aposta ganhadora (ex.: Cavalo);
    • Finale Cheval, nomeadamente: [0/3] - 0, 3, 10, 13, 20, 23, 30, 33; [1/4] - 1, 4, 11, 14, 21, 24, 31, 34; [2/5] - 2, 5, 12, 15, 22, 25, 32, 35; [3/6] - 3, 6, 13, 16, 23, 26, 33, 36; [4/7] - 4, 7, 14, 17, 24, 27; [5/8] 5, 8, 15, 18, 25, 28; [6/9] - 6, 9, 16, 19, 26, 29; [7/10] - 7, 10, 17, 20, 27, 30; [8/11] - 8, 11, 18, 21, 28, 31; [9/12] - 9, 12, 19, 22, 29, 32; – o acerto paga em concordância com o tipo de aposta ganhadora (ex.: Cavalo).

 

Prémios

A Roda da Roleta consiste dos números 1 - 36 mais 0 (ZERO)

Aposta

Probabilidades

Para cima (1 número)

35 a 1

Aposta dividida (2 números)

17 a 1

Aposta tripla (3 números)

11 a 1

Aposta Street (3 números)

11 a 1

Aposta de canto (4 números)

8 a 1

Aposta de quatro (4 números)

8 a 1

Aposta de seis linhas (6 números)

5 a 1

Aposta de dúzia (12 números)

2 a 1

Aposta de coluna (12 números)

2 a 1

Encarnado/Preto (18 números)

1 a 1

Par/Ímpar (18 números)

1 a 1

Baixo/Alto (18 números)

1 a 1

 

"Racetrack"

Pode ainda passar por sobre a área da "Racetrack" para seleccionar números em relação à roda de roleta actual. Clique no botão do separador do lado esquerdo da mesa para aceder às áreas de apostas "racetrack". Ao seleccionar áreas na "racetrack" efectuará apostas automáticas na mesa principal.

Finale Plein

Opcional

Posições dos resultados na tabela

0

0,10,20,30

1

1,11,21,31

2

2,12,22,32

3

3,13,23,33

4

4,14,24,34

5

5,15,25,35

6

6,16,26,36

7

7,17,27

8

8,18,28

9

9,19,29

 

Finale Cheval Plein

Opcional

Posições dos resultados na tabela

0/1

0,1,10,11,20,21,30,31

1/2

1,2,11,12,21,22,31,32

2/3

2,3,12,13,22,23,32,33

3/4

3,4,13,14,23,24,33,34

4/5

4,5,14,15,24,25,34,35

5/6

5,6,15,16,25,26,35,36

6/7

6,7,16,17,26,27,36

7/8

7,8,17,18,27,28

8/9

8,9,18,19,28,29

9/10

9,10,19,20,29,30

 

Finale Cheval

Opcional

Posições dos resultados na tabela

0/3

0,3,10,13,20,23,30,33

1/4

1,4,11,14,21,24,31,34

2/5

2,5,12,15,22,25,32,35

3/6

3,6,13,16,23,26,33,36

4/7

4,7,14,17,24,27

5/8

5,8,15,18,25,28

6/9

6,9,16,19,26,29

7/10

7,10,17,20,27,30

8/11

8,11,18,21,28,31

9/12

9,12,19,22,29,32

 

  • Ao fazer apostas Especiais e na Pista, a aposta mínima equivale à aposta mínima mais alta das apostas que constituem a aposta Especial ou na Pista.
  • A combinação das apostas Especiais e na Pista tem de ser igual ou inferior à aposta máxima da mesa.

Características adicionais: 

  • O jogo apresenta todos os seus detalhes nos seguintes campos de visualização:
    • Saldo: apresenta o seu saldo total
    • Aposta total: apresenta a aposta total efectuada na mesa
    • Prémio: apresenta o valor ganho por jogo

Avarias:

  • As avarias anulam todos os prémios e jogadas.

 

    These rules prevail over the ones found in the symbol "?", inside the game.

    Game Rules: 

    • After entering the game, the player will be asked to choose 1 of 3 betting limit options.
    • Once your betting limit has been chosen the game will begin.
    • Place your bet by selecting the chips and placing them on any betting location on the board according to the betting combination that can be viewed below under the heading Betting Combinations.
    • The Total Bets box will show the total amount of bets placed on the board.
    • Adjust your bets by using the following buttons: 
      • Undo - clean the last bet and if you click the undo button again, it will clear the bet placed before that (if any) and so on. 
      • Redo - bring back the last bet that was cleared. 
      • Clear all - clean all bets from the board. 
      • Repeat - repeat your previous bets on the board. 
        Double - after pressing ‘Repeat’, the 'Double' button will appear and by pressing it you can double all your bets placed on the board in the previous round. The game does not allow to double the bet if it is going to exceed the maximum bet allowed per betting spot. You can always remove chips by pressing the SHIFT button and clicking on the chip.
      • Spin/Spacebar - release the ball which will stop and land on one of the 0 to 36 numbers.
    • When the ball stops on a number, if there is any win(s), winnings will be shown in a pop up message with all winning bet details.
    • Your Total Wins box will show the winning amount and will be added automatically to your account balance.

    Other Game Features: 

    • Turbo: When the 'Turbo' box selected, the ball  appears faster on a number on the roulette wheel.
    • Paytable: Will show the winning bet multipliers.
    • History: The Result History pane at the top right hand corner of the game screen will show the last 8 draws.

    Autoplay: 

    • Place a bet first in order to enable the Autoplay Menu.
    • Click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
    • Choose the number of games you would like to play. Minimum of 5 games.
    • Click on the play button to start the Autoplay.
    • You may pause the Autoplay at any time by clicking on the pause button. If at the time a game is in progress you click on the pause button, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
    • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another and not all the games you selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.

    Betting Combinations: 

    • Single Number (straight) - Win Pays x35. Bet placed on any single number including 0.
    • Two Numbers (Split) - Win Pays x17. Bet placed on any line between any two numbers.
    • Three Numbers (street) - Win Pays x11. Bet placed at the end of any row of numbers, covering three numbers.
    • 0-1-2, 0-2-3 - Win Pays x11. Bet placed on the intersecting point between 0, 1 and 2, or 0, 2 and 3.
    • Four Numbers (Square) - Win Pays x8. Bet placed on the corner where four numbers meet. 0,1,2,3 can also be selected.
    • Six Numbers (Double Street) - Win Pays x5. Bet placed at the end of two rows on the line between them.
    • Dozen (1st 12, 2nd 12 and 3rd 12) - Win Pays x2. Bet placed in one of the boxes marked "1st12" or "2nd12" or "3rd12", each covering twelve numbers.
    • 2 to 1 (Column) - Win Pays x2. On the right side of the Roulette table there are three boxes marked "2 to 1". Bets placed in one of these boxes, mark all twelve numbers above it (excluding 0).
    • Red/Black - Win Pays x1. Place your bet on red to cover all the red numbers or place your bet on black, to cover all the black numbers. Zero is excluded.
    • Odd/Even - Win pays x1. Place your bet on the 'Odd' to cover all the odd numbers or place your bet on the 'Even', to cover all the Even numbers (Zero is excluded).
    • 1-18/19-36 - Win Pays x1. Place your bet on the '1-18' to cover all numbers 1-18 or place your bet on the '19 - 36' to cover all numbers 19 – 36 (Zero is excluded).

    Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 97.3% 

    Disconnection while playing: 

    This is a single stage game and the outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game, the Interactive System would complete the game on player’s behalf. 
    Results of the game can be viewed in the Game History. Note that the Game History may show different selections/symbols, but the outcome of the game is the same. Malfunction voids all pays and plays. 

    Extra features: 

    • REAL MONEY: (in fun mode): Switch to real money play.
    • CHAT: Click here to open a window and chat live with our customer support.
    • BALANCE: The current total amount of money available for playing the game.
    • QUICK DEPOSIT: Deposit money to your account balance.
    • BACK TO LOBBY: Quit the game and go back to the Games Lobby.
    • MENU: Access the games list and general settings.
    • ?: Open a window with the game's instructions.
    • SOUND BUTTON: Turn sound on or off.

    Bet values and Prizes: 

    This game includes the following options for 'Bet':

    • Standard: 
      • 0,50€ 
      • 1€
      • 2€
      • 5€
      • 10€
      • 20€ 
      • 25€
    • High Rollers:
      • 1€
      • 2€
      • 5€
      • 10€
      • 20€ 
      • 25€ 
      • 50€ 
    • VIP
      • 5€
      • 10€
      • 20€ 
      • 25€ 
      • 50€ 
      • 75€ 
      • 100€ 

    The maximum bet values for the total amount of chances in this game are the following:

    • Standard: 300€;
    • High Rollers: 400€;
    • VIP: 500€.

    Game Rules

    • Secrets of Atlantis™ is a 5-reel, 4-row, 40-line (fixed) video slot with a Highlight feature, Nudge Wilds, Colossal symbols Re-Spins, and Win Both Ways.
    • The game is played with 40 bet lines (fixed), 1-10 bet levels (20 coins per level) and different coin values.
    • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
    • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
    • COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
    • When playing at the highest bet level, MAX BET plays the game at the maximum bet lines and the current coin value. When playing at any lower bet level, MAX BET must be clicked twice to play the round at the selected level.
    • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds (alternatively, click the AUTO button).
    • Wild symbol substitution pays the highest possible winning combination on a bet line according to the Paytable.
    • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the Paytable.
    • Bet level is the number of coins bet per 2 bet lines.
    • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown on the Paytable multiplied by the bet level.
    • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
    • Only the highest win per active bet line from both ways is paid.
    • Bet line wins pay when in succession from both leftmost to right and rightmost to left.
    • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
    • All coin wins pay on bet lines only.

    Highlight Feature

    • During every spin, the Highlight feature randomly highlights positions on reels 2, 3 and 4.
    • If the Highlights completely cover reels 2, 3 and 4 at the end of a spin, a Colossal symbols Re-Spin is activated.
    • A Colossal symbol is a symbol block of 3x4 symbols and can appear in Colossal symbols Re-Spins only.
    • Colossal symbols will be fully or partially displayed depending on how the reel lands.
    • The Colossal symbol will always be fully displayed on the row.
    • During a Colossal symbols Re-Spin, reels 2, 3 and 4 transform into one reel with Colossal symbols.
    • Reels 1 and 5 re-spin with the regular symbols only.
    • If the reel with the Colossal symbols is fully highlighted, an additional Colossal symbols Re-Spin is activated.
    • Colossal symbols Re-Spins ends when the reel with the Colossal symbols is not fully highlighted after a Colossal symbols Re-Spin.
    • At the end of Colossal symbols Re-Spins, the total win from the Colossal symbols Re-Spins is added to any wins from the round that activated the Colossal symbols Re-Spins.
    • Colossal symbols Re-Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the spin that activated Colossal symbols Re-Spins.

    Nudge Wild

    • The Nudge Wild may be fully or partially displayed depending on how the reel lands.
    • If only part of the Nudge Wild appears on the active rows, the Nudge Wild is nudged up or down covering the entire reel.
    • When a Colossal Nudge Wild lands partially on the reels during a Colossal symbols Re-Spin, the Colossal Nudge Wild is nudged up or down covering the whole reel.

    Game Functions

    • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

    Game Setting Options

    • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
    • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
    • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
    • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
    • Game history. Click to view your latest game history. (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).
    • Intro movie. Turns the intro movie on or off.

    Advanced Autoplay Options

    • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
    • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
    • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
    • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
    • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
    • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
    • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
    • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
    • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

    Additional Information

    • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
      • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
      • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
    • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

    Return to Player

    • The theoretical return to player for this game is 97.1%

    Translations of Game Terminology

    Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

    English Term

    Translated Term

    Highlight

    Highlight

    Colossal

    Colossal

    Re-Spin

    Re-Spin

    Nudge Wild

    Nudge Wild

    Wild

    Wild

    Win Both Ways

    Win Both Ways

    Description

    • Spanish Eyes is a 5 reel slot game with a Free Games Feature and a Bonus Feature to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the selectable lines.
    • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

    Game Rules

    • Play 1 to 25 lines;
    • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
    • Payline wins are multiplied by the amount staked per payline;
    • Scatter wins are multiplied by the total amount staked;
    • Scatter wins are added to payline wins;
    • Highest win only on each selected payline;
    • Coinciding wins on different paylines are added;
    • All wins occur on selected lines except Scattered Flower;
    • All symbols pay Left to Right including Scattered Flower;
    • Girl substitutes for all symbols except Scattered Flower.

    Free Games Feature Rules

    • A Free Game Feature is triggered when 3 or more Scattered Flower appear left to right;
    • 12 Free Games are awarded during which all prizes are tripled;
    • The feature can be retriggered;
    • Free Games are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game.

    Pick and Win Feature

    • The Pick and Win Feature is awarded when Girl appears anywhere on Reels 1 and 5 at the same time
    • Pick one of the triggering symbols to reveal a prize
    • Pick again may also be awarded
    • Win up to 100 times your triggering bet
    • All prizes are multiplied by the triggering bet
    • The Pick and Win Feature can be won during the Free Games Feature but tripled prizes do not apply

    Gamble Feature (if applicable)

    • To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select COLOUR or a SUIT;
    • Win is DOUBLED (X2) if COLOUR choice is correct;
    • Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct;
    • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times;
    • Progressive Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled.

    How to Play

    • The Lines and Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (-) and (+) buttons alongside the respective options.  The Max button for Lines or Bet will automatically select the maximum for the respective field. Note: You can also select the amount of lines you wish to play by clicking on the line tag number on the side of the reels.
    • Spin: Spins the reels.
    • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 5 spins to 500 spins.
    • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
    • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
      • Balance: Displays your total balance;
      • Bet: Displays the staked amount per line to be played;
      • Lines: Displays the amount of line(s) to be played;
      • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin;
      • Total Bet: The total wager staked. It consists of the Bet multiplied by the amount of lines being played.
    • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

    Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 95.13%.

    Game Rules

    • Piggy Riches™ is a 5-reel, 15-line, multiple coin video slot featuring scatter wins, Free spins, and wild substitutes.
    • You can play 1 to 15 bet lines at 1 to 10 bet levels.
    • The spin button plays the game at the current bet lines and bet level.
    • MAX BET plays the game at the maximum bet lines, highest bet level, and the current coin value.
    • AUTO automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
    • Scatter wins pay total bet x payout displayed in thePAYTABLE.
    • Bet line wins pay if in succession from leftmost to right.
    • Wild symbols substitute for the highest possible winning combination on a bet line according to the PAYTABLE.
    • Only the highest win per active bet line is paid.
    • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
    • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown in thePAYTABLE multiplied by the bet level. This amount is also multiplied by any applicable multipliers.
    • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
    • At the end of Free Spins, the total win from Free Spins is added to any wins from the round that activated Free Spins.
    • Wild symbol substitutes for all symbols except Scatter symbols.
    • In both the main game and Free Spins, bet line wins with Wild pay x3.
    • Scatter wins pay total bet x multiplier.
    • All wins pay on selected bet lines only, except for wins with Scatter symbols.
    • In the main game only, Scatter wins pay total bet x multiplier.
    • Game History is not available in PLAYING FOR FUN mode.

    Free Spins

    • 3 or more Scatter symbols appearing anywhere on the reels in the main game activate Free Spins.
    • Scatter wins are paid independent of bet lines selected.
    • Free Spins are played at the same number of bet lines, bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins.
    • Each winning Scatter symbol shows a Free Spin and multiplier combination. The multiplier is applied to all wins in Free Spins. Choose one of the Scatter symbols to start playing Free Spins.
    • Scatter symbols appearing on the reels during Free Spins only award additional Free Spins.
    • These Free Spins are automatically added to the current Free Spins.
    • Scatter and Free Spins wins are added to any line wins.

    Advanced Autoplay Options

    • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTO in the game panel, and then click Advanced settings.
    • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
    • If Free Spins is won. Stop Autoplay when Free Spins is won.
    • If single win exceeds. Stop Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
    • If cash increases by. Stop Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
    • If cash decreases by. Stop Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
    • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
    • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

    Game Setting Options

    • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
    • Sound effects. Turn on or off sound effects played for events.
    • Ambience sound. Turn on or off the background soundtrack.
    • Game history. Click to view your latest game history.

    Note: Some casinos may operate without all of the listed game settings.

    Return to Player

    • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.4%

    Additional Information

    • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
      • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
      • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
    • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

    Translations of Game Terminology

    Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

    English Term

    Translated Term

    Autoplay

    Autoplay

    Free Spins

    Free Spins

    Multiplier

    Multiplier

    Paytable

    Paytable

    Scatter

    Scatter

    Wild

    Wild

    Wins

    Wins

    Win up to

    Win up to

    How to play

    • Spin Sorceress is a video slot game with five reels and 243 paylines. It also consists of wild and scatter symbols, free and bonus spins.
    • The Player may choose the amount he/she wishes to bet by clicking on the arrow buttons attached to the ‘Bet’ meter (the 5 coins). The chosen bet will be applicable for each chosen payline. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
    • The ‘TOTAL BET’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of lines which have been chosen.
    • Once the bet amount is defined, the Player may click on the "Spin" button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.

    Superbet - Wild Multiplier

    • Any win with ‘Wild’ is multiplied by the Wild Multiplier.
    • The Wild Multiplier depends on the SUPERBET amount.
    • Super Bet: is an additional wager that can be adjusted by selecting the ‘SUPER BET’ button at the right in order, allowing you the possibility of winning more multipliers relative to the Wild symbol:
      • Superbet Off (value of the bet – 25 coins) Wins with Wild x1;
      • Level 1 (value of the bet – 50 coins) Wins with Wild x2, x3 or x5;
      • Level 2 (value of the bet – 125 coins) Wins with Wild x5, x8 or x12.
      • Level 3 (value of the bet – 200 coins) Wins with Wild x10, x15 or x20.
      • Level 4 (value of the bet – 300 coins) Wins with Wild x15, x20 or x25.
      • Level 5 (value of bet – 500 coins) Wins with Wild x20, x30 or x50.
    • Once the reels start spinning, the ‘Spin’ button is replaced by a ‘Stop’ button. The Player can stop the reels at any time by using the ‘Stop’ button (or spacebar).
    • Free Games can be retriggered during the Free Games.

    Winnings

    • If a winning combination is formed along any active payline, it will become animated.
    • All wins are multiplied by the bet, except for ‘Scatter’ wins which are multiplied by the total bet.
    • Highest win paid per winning combination.
    • Coinciding wins are added.
    • Winning combinations can occur anywhere on all reels.
    • Each symbol can be used only once per winning combination.
    • Only positions containing the winning symbol are used in determining the win for that symbol.
    • All wins begin with the leftmost reel and pay left to right on consecutive reels, except ‘Scatter’ which pays in every direction.
    • ‘Wild’ appears on Reels 2, 3 and 4 only and substitutes for all symbols except ‘Scatter’.
    • The 'WIN’ display area shows the sum of all prizes by round or free rounds.
    • The total win amount is added to the Player’s game balance.

    How to read the paytable

    • The Paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
    • All wins are multiplied by the bet, except for ‘Scatter’ wins which are multiplied by the total bet
    • All the prizes come up in the selected lines, except for the ‘Scatter’ symbol.
    • The winnings are paid in accordance with the following paytable:

    Symbol

    x2

    x3

    x4

    x5

    Wolf

    5

    50

    100

    500

    Crystal Ball

    --

    25

    75

    250

    Ice Sceptre

    --

    30

    80

    150

    Magical Flower

    --

    20

    50

    150

    A, K & Q

    --

    10

    20

    100

    J, 10 & 9

    --

    5

    10

    50

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    Extra Game

    • To gamble any win press ‘Gamble’, then select COLOUR or a SUIT.
    • Win is DOUBLED (2) if COLOUR choice is correct. Win is QUADRUPLED (x4) if SUIT choice is correct.
    • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times.

    Free Spins

    • 3 or more Scatters anywhere on the reels trigger the 10 Free Spins Feature.
    • During any base game, reel 2 and/or 3 and/or 4may change to Sorceress Wild Reels.
    • A Sorceress Wild Reel guarantees a Wild will appear on that reel for that spin.
    • The free spins are played at the bet of the trigger game.
    • Free spins can be retriggered during the free spins.
    • During the Free Spins, the reels are spun automatically using the same number of lines and bets per line as on the spin that won the Free Spins.

    Buttons and fields

    • BET: the Player may increase or decrease his/her bet amount using the corresponding arrows.
    • MAX BET (icon with three coins, above the arrows that allow the Player to select the value of the bet):  by choosing this icon, the Player is selecting the maximum bet value (1€).
    • INFO: by selecting this button the Player may view the payouts for this game.
    • GAMBLE: the Player may select this button after a winning in order to have more opportunities to bet and win.
    • AUTOPLAY: this button allows the Player to gain access to the Autoplay Menu.
    • SPIN: by selecting this button, the reels rotate with the current line and bet valued selection.
    • SOUND: the Player may turn on/off the sound effects.

    Autoplay

    • The Player may click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
    • In the Autoplay Menu, the Player may choose the number of games you would like to play (5/10/... up to 100) or select Last Settings.
    • The Autoplay may be stopped at any time by clicking on the ‘STOP’ button. If the Player stops the game at the time it is in progress, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
    • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another, and not all the games the Player selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
    • If the Player won a Free Spins round while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the Player and the Autoplay will be stopped.

    Average Return to Player

    • The Theoretical Return to Player (RTP) is dependent on the SUPERBET level as follows:
    • Superbet Level 5 - 97,136%
    • Superbet Level 4 - 96,582%
    • Superbet Level 3 - 96,063%
    • Superbet Level 2 - 95,638%
    • Superbet Level 1 - 95,084%
    • Superbet Off - 94,617%

    Disconnection while playing

    • The outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game and a non-win outcome, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Free spins will be completed by the system on behalf of the player. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History.
    • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

     

     

     

    Game Overview

    • Spiñata Grande™ is a 5-reel, 4-row, 40-bet line video slot. The game features Colossal symbols, a Mini-Slot feature, stacked symbols, Free Spins and Colossal Wild.
    • The game is played with 40 bet lines (fixed), 1-10 bet levels (20 coins per level) and different coin values.
    • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
    • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
    • MAX BET plays the game at the maximum bet lines, highest bet level, and the current coin value.
    • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
    • COINS displays the number of coins the player has available to wager.
    • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the PAYTABLE. Alternatively, click any symbol on the reels during the main game to view a mini paytable for that symbol.
    • The Colossal Bonus symbol and Mini-Slot feature do not have a mini paytable.
    • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown on the PAYTABLE multiplied by the bet level.
    • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
    • Only the highest win per bet line is paid.
    • Bet line wins pay if in succession from leftmost to right, except Scatter symbols.
    • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.

    Stacked Symbols

    • In both the main game and Free Spins, all symbols appear as stacked symbols on the reels, except for Colossal symbols.

    Colossal Symbols

    • In the main game, all symbols also appear as a Colossal version. The Colossal symbol is a symbol block of 2x2 or 3x3 symbols, which appears as an overlay anywhere on the reels and spins separately on top of the reels.
    • Colossal symbols will be fully or partially displayed depending on how the reel lands, however the Colossal symbol will always be fully displayed on the row.
    • In Free Spins, the only Colossal symbols are the Colossal Bonus symbol, the Colossal Wild and 3x3 versions of the Animal Spiñatas symbols (see the PAYTABLE for Animal Spiñatas symbols).
    • Any part of a Colossal symbol included in a winning bet line pays according to the paytable.

    Colossal Wild

    • Colossal Wild is a symbol block of 3x3 symbols and can appear on the 3 middle reels in Free Spins only.
    • Wild symbols substitute for all symbols except for Colossal Bonus symbols.
    • Wild symbol substitution pays the highest possible winning combination on a bet line according to the PAYTABLE.

    Colossal Bonus Symbol

    • The Colossal Bonus symbol is a symbol block of 3x3 symbols and can appear anywhere on the reels in the main game and in Free Spins.
    • If all or part of the Colossal Bonus symbol appears on the reels after a spin, the symbol turns into a Mini-Slot.

    Mini-Slot Feature

    • The part of the Colossal Bonus symbol that appears on the reels after a spin turns into 3, 6 or 9 individual Mini-Slot symbols.
    • The Mini-Slot symbols spin individually.
    • In the main game the Mini-Slot contains different Scatter symbols; Free Spins symbols, Extra Spin symbols and 3 different Coin symbols.
    • Bronze Coin symbol = 20 coin wins
    • Silver Coin symbol = 40 coin wins
    • Gold Coin symbol = 80 coin wins
    • The Mini-Slot feature spins once. After the spin, any coin wins are added to the total win.
    • 3 Free Spins symbols appearing anywhere in the Mini-Slot in the main game activates Free Spins.
    • In Free Spins the Mini-Slot contains the Scatter symbols Extra Spin and Bronze Coin symbols only.
    • For every Extra Spin symbol appearing in the Mini-Slot, 1 extra Free Spin is rewarded.
    • Coin wins are multiplied by the bet level.

    Free Spins

    • 3 Free Spins symbols award 5 Free Spins. For every Extra Spin symbol 1 extra Free Spin is awarded.
    • If the Mini-Slot feature is activated during Free Spins additional Free Spins can be won.
    • Additional Free Spins won are automatically added to the current Free Spins.
    • Free Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins.
    • The total win field includes any wins during Free Spins added to any wins from the round that activated Free Spins.
    • Free Spin wins are added to any bet line wins.
    • At the end of Free Spins, the game returns to the round that activated Free Spins.

    Game Functions

    • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

    Game Setting Options

    • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
    • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
    • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
    • Animations. Turns the animations on or off.
    • Intro movie. Turns the intro movie on or off.
    • Ambience sound. Turns the background soundtrack on or off.
    • Sound effects. Turns the game sound effects on or off.
    • Graphics quality. Adjusts the graphic quality for optimal performance.
    • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
    • Game history. Click to view your latest game history (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

    Advanced Autoplay Options

    • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
    • On any win. Stops Autoplay when you win in a round.
    • If Free Spins is won Stops Autoplay if Free Spins is won.
    • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
    • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
    • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
    • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
    • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round or Free Spins, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
    • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
    • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

    Return to Player

    • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.84%

    Additional Information

    • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
      • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
      • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
    • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

    Translations of Game Terminology

    Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

    English Term

    Translated Term

    Wild

    Wild

    Colossal Bonus

    Colossal Bonus

    Free Spins

    Free Spins

    Colossal

    Colossal

    Scatter

    Scatter

    Mini-Slot

    Mini-Slot

    Colossal Wild

    Colossal Wild

    Gold Coin

    Gold Coin

    Silver Coin

    Silver Coin

    Bronze Coin

    Bronze Coin

    Extra Spin

    Extra Spin

    Game Rules

    • Starburst™ is a 5-reel, 3-row video slot featuring the Starburst™ Wild with re-spins, and win both ways.
    • You can play 10 fixed bet lines at different bet levels and coin values.
    • MAX BET plays the game at the highest bet level, and the current coin value.
    • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds (alternatively, click the AUTO button).
    • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the Paytable.
    • Bet level is the number of coins bet per bet line.
    • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown on the Paytable multiplied by the bet level.
    • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
    • Starburst™ Wild symbols substitute for all symbols.
    • Only the highest win per active bet line from both ways is paid.
    • Bet line wins pay when in succession from both leftmost to right and rightmost to left.
    • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
    • Game History is not available when PLAYING FOR FUN.
    • COINS displays the number of coins the player has available to wager.

    Starburst™ Wilds

    • The Starburst™ Wild symbols can only appear on reels 2, 3 and 4.
    • One or more Starburst™ Wilds appearing anywhere on reels 2, 3, or 4 activates the Starburst™ Wild feature.
    • During the Starburst™ Wild feature, the Starburst™ Wilds expand to cover the entire reel and remain in place while the other reels re-spin.
    • If a new Starburst™ Wild appears during a re-spin, it expands and holds in place together with any previously expanded Starburst™ Wilds for another re-spin.
    • The Starburst™ Wild feature ends when no new Starburst™ Wilds appear during a re-spin.
    • Up to 2 additional Starburst™ Wild symbols can appear after a Starburst™ Wild activates a re-spin, triggering 1 additional re-spin for each appearing Starburst™ Wild symbol, for a maximum of 3 re-spins.
    • Re-spins are played at the same bet as the round activating the re-spins.

    Game Functions

    • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

    Advanced Autoplay Options

    • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY in the keypad or AUTO in the game panel, and then click Advanced settings.
    • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
    • If single win exceeds. Stop Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
    • If cash increases by. Stop Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
    • If cash decreases by. Stop Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
    • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
    • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.

    Game Setting Options

    • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
    • Quick spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off(not available in all casinos).
    • Intro screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
    • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
    • Game history. Click to view your latest game history(not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

    Return to Player

    • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.1%

    Additional Information

    • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
      • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
      • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
    • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

    Translations of Game Terminology

    Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

    English Term

    Translated Term

    Wild

    Wild

    Description

    • Starmania  is a 5 reel slot game with a Free Games Feature to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the 10 lines.
    • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

    Game Rules

    • Play 10 lines;
    • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
    • Payline wins are multiplied by the bet;
    • Scatter wins are multiplied by the bet;
    • Scatter wins are added to payline wins;
    • Highest win only on each selected payline;
    • Wins on different paylines are added;
    • All wins occur on selected lines except SCATTER;
    • All wins begin with left most reel and pay Left to Right on consecutive reels AND begin with rightmost reel and pay Right to Left on consecutive reels, except SCATTER which pays any;
    • WILD substitutes for all other symbols except Scatter;
    • SCATTER appears on all reels;
    • WILD appears on reels 2, 3 and 4 only;
    • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

    Free Games Feature

    • 10 Free Games are awarded when 3 or more SCATTER appear;
    • During the free games a WILD is added to reels 2, 3 and 4 before each spin;
    • 30 extra WILDS will be added to reels 2, 3 and 4;
    • The Free Games feature can be re-triggered;
    • Free Games are played with the lines and bet of the trigger game.

      Gamble Feature (if applicable)

    •   To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select RED/BLACK or a SUIT;
    •   Win is DOUBLED (X2) if RED/BLACK choice is correct;
    •   Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct;
    •   Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times;
    •   Progressive Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled.

    How to Play

    • The Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (UP) and (DOWN) buttons alongside the respective options.  The Max Bet button will automatically select the maximum bet.
    • Spin: Spins the reels.
    • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 5 spins to 100 spins.
    • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
    • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
    • Balance: Displays your total balance
    • Bet: Displays the staked amount per line to be played.
    • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin
    • Total Bet: The total wager staked.
    • Fast Forward: Skips the manual selection process and displays final result

    Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 97.867%

    How to Play

    • Stellar Jackpots with Chilli Gold x2 is a video slot game with five reels and 40 paylines. It also consists of Wild and Scatter symbols, and the eligibility for the Stellar Jackpots Bonus.
    • The Player always plays the 40 lines.
    • The Player may choose the amount he/she wishes to bet by clicking on the arrow buttons attached to the ‘Bet’ meter (5 coins), in the lower left corner. The chosen bet will be applicable for each payline. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
    • The ’TOTAL BET’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of playlines.
    • Once the bet amount is defined, the Player may click on the "Spin" button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.
    • The Wild Red Chilli substitutes for all symbols and appears on reels 2, 3 and 4 only.
    • The Wild Gold Chilli substitutes for all symbols except for the Wild Red Chilli and appears on reels 2, 34 and 5 in Free Games only.
    • Win up to 21 Free Games with Stacked Wild Gold Chillies added to reels 2, 3, 4 and 5.
    • The Free Games may be retriggered and are played at triggering lines and bet.

    Winnings

    • If a winning combination is formed along any payline, it will become animated.
    • All prizes pay left to right, except Scatters which trigger bonus with 6 or more in any position. All wins on selected lines only, except Scatter.
    • All payline wins listed in the paytable are multiplied by the payline bet value.
    • Winnings are paid out for the highest combination on each of the paylines.
    • Coincident winnings on different paylines are added.
    • The payline wins are multiplied by the value of the bet per payline.
    • The 'WIN’ display area shows the sum of all prizes by round or free rounds.
    • The total win amount is added to the Player’s game balance.

    How to read the paytable

    • The paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
    • The payline win amount is calculated by the number shown on the Paytable for a specific combination, multiplied by the payline bet value as determined by the player.
    • All the prizes occur on the selected lines, except for the Scatter symbol.
    • The winnings are paid in accordance with the following paytable:

    Symbol

    x2

    x3

    x4

    x5

    Hombre

    5

    30

    125

    500

    Donkey

    --

    25

    60

    125

    Parrot

    --

    15

    50

    100

    Maracas & Guitar

    --

    10

    20

    75

    Q & K & J

    --

    5

    10

    50

    10 & 9

    --

    5

    10

    25

     

    *All wins with Wild Red Chilli or Wild Gold Chilli are substituting are doubled.

    Nº of Appearing Wild Red Chillis

    Nº of Free Games

    12

    21

    11

    18

    10

    15

    9

    12

    8

    9

    7

    6

    6

    3

    Extra Jogo

    • To gamble any win press ‘Gamble’, then select COLOUR or a SUIT.
    • Win is DOUBLED (2) if COLOUR choice is correct. Win is QUADRUPLED (x4) if SUIT choice is correct.
    • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times.
    • Progressive Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled.

    Stellar Jackpots Bonus

    • The total bet covers 40 ways and eligibility for the Stellar Jackpots Bonus.
    • The triggering of the Stellar Jackpots Bonus is random and is not dependent on the bet size.
    • Jackpot prizes are fixed, are not progressive, and are not multiplied by the multiplier bet.
    • Bonus consists of 6 challenge levels and a Jackpot Level.
    • Higher Multiplier Bets increase your chance of reaching a Jackpot or increase the Jackpot Prizes.
    • For each challenge level choose one of the remaining icons presented.
    • Each choice reveals either a prize, a Green Arrow (either of which advances you to the next level) or Red Cross. If a Red Cross is revealed, a life is lost and another choice may be made from that level.
    • If all 6 levels are completed successfully, you enter the Jackpot Level.
    • When in the Jackpot Level, choose space ships to reveal Mini, Minor or Major. Match 3 of a kind to win that respective Jackpot.
    • The bonus round ends if a total of 3 Red Crosses are revealed, or you receive a Jackpot Prize.
    • Stellar Jackpots cannot be triggered during Free Games.
    • Shoot icons to either reveal a prize and/or advance to the next level, or choose again.
    • If the Jackpot level is reached, continue to shoot ships until you match a 3 Mini, Minor, or Major symbols.
    • The bonus can end at any level once 3 Red Crosses are revealed.

    Jackpot Level

    3x ‘Major’ symbols

    Awards Major Jackpot

    3x ‘Minor’ symbols

    Awards Minor Jackpot

    3x ‘Mini’ symbols

    Awards Mini Jackpot

    Buttons and fields

    • BET: the Player may increase or decrease his/her bet amount using the corresponding arrows.
    • MAX BET (icon with five coins, arrows on both sides that allow the Player to select the value of the bet):  by choosing this icon, the Player is selecting the maximum bet value (1.25€).
    • INFO: by selecting this button the Player may view the payouts for this game.
    • GAMBLE: the Player may select this button after a winning in order to have more opportunities to bet and win.
    • AUTOPLAY: this button allows the Player to gain access to the Autoplay Menu.
    • SPIN: by selecting this button, the reels rotate with the current line and bet valued selection.
    • SOUND: the Player may turn on/off the sound effects.

    Autoplay

    • The Player may click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
    • In the Autoplay Menu, the Player may choose the number of games you would like to play (5/10/... up to 100) or select Last Settings.
    • The Autoplay may be stopped at any time by clicking on the ‘STOP’ button. If the Player stops the game at the time it is in progress, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
    • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another, and not all the games the Player selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
    • If the Player won a Free Spins round while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the Player and the Autoplay will be stopped.

    Average Return to Player

    • Theoretical return to Player: 96,32%.

    Disconnection while playing

    • The outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game and a non-win outcome, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Free spins will be completed by the system on behalf of the player. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History.
    • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

     

    How to Play

    • Stellar Jackpots with More Monkeys is a video slot game with five reels and 1024 paylines. It also consists of Wild and Scatter symbols, Free Games and the eligibility for the Stellar Jackpots Bonus.
    • The Player always plays the 1024 lines.
    • The Player may choose the amount he/she wishes to bet by clicking on the arrow buttons attached to the ‘Bet’ meter, in the lower left corner. The chosen bet will be applicable for each payline. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
    • The ‘TOTAL BET’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of paylines.
    • Once the bet amount is defined, the Player may click on the "Spin" button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.
    • The Baby Monkey is Wild and substitutes all symbols except the Scatter bonus, and appears on reels 2, 3 and 4 during Free Games.
    • The Monkey King substitutes all symbols except the Scatter Bonus, which only appears on reels 2 and 4.
    • 3, 4 or 5 Scatter Bonus activates 7, 10 or 20 Free Games, respectively.

    Winnings

    • If a winning combination is formed along any payline, it will become animated.
    • A winning combination consists of symbols that start from the left-most reel and continue consecutively on the payline, except for Scatter symbol, which counts in any direction.
    • All wins are multiplied by the bet multiplier, except Jackpots.
    • Scatter wins are added to the payline wins.
    • All payline wins listed in the paytable are multiplied by the payline bet value.
    • Winnings are paid out for the highest combination on each of the paylines.
    • Coincident winnings on different paylines are added.
    • The Free Games can be reactivated and are added to the bonus that is currently in play. The Free Games are played on the lines and bet value of the active game.
    • The 'WIN’ display area shows the sum of all prizes by round or free rounds.
    • The total win amount is added to the Player’s game balance.

    How to read the paytable

    • The paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
    • The payline win amount is calculated by the number shown on the Paytable for a specific combination, multiplied by the payline bet value as determined by the player.
    • All the prizes come up in the selected lines, except for the Scatter symbol.
    • The winnings are paid in accordance with the following paytable:

    Symbol

    x3

    x4

    x5

    Tiger

    100

    250

    1000

    Panda

    75

    200

    750

    Koi Fish

    60

    80

    250

    A

    15

    40

    125

    K

    10

    40

    100

    10 & 9 & J

    5

    20

    75

    Scatter Bonus

    60

    300

    5000

    Extra Game

    • To gamble any win press ‘Gamble’, then select COLOUR or a SUIT.
    • Win is DOUBLED (2) if COLOUR choice is correct. Win is QUADRUPLED (x4) if SUIT choice is correct.
    • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times.
    • Progressive Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled.

    Stellar Jackpots Bonus

    • The total bet covers 1024 ways and eligibility for the Stellar Jackpots Bonus.
    • The triggering of the Stellar Jackpots Bonus is random and is not dependent on the bet size.
    • Jackpot prizes are fixed, are not progressive, and are not multiplied by the multiplier bet.
    • Bonus consists of 6 challenge levels and a Jackpot Level.
    • Higher Multiplier Bets increase your chance of reaching a Jackpot or increase the Jackpot Prizes.
    • For each challenge level choose one of the remaining icons presented.
    • Each choice reveals either a prize, a Green Arrow (either of which advances you to the next level) or Red Cross. If a Red Cross is revealed, a life is lost and another choice may be made from that level.
    • If all 6 levels are completed successfully, you enter the Jackpot Level.
    • When in the Jackpot Level, choose space ships to reveal Mini, Minor or Major. Match 3 of a kind to win that respective Jackpot.
    • The bonus round ends if a total of 3 Red Crosses are revealed, or you receive a Jackpot Prize.
    • Stellar Jackpots cannot be triggered during Free Games.
    • Shoot icons to either reveal a prize and/or advance to the next level, or choose again.
    • If the Jackpot level is reached, continue to shoot ships until you match a 3 Mini, Minor, or Major symbols.
    • The bonus can end at any level once 3 Red Crosses are revealed.

    Jackpot Level

    3x ‘Major’ symbol

    Awards Major Jackpot

    3x ‘Minor’ symbol

    Awards Minor Jackpot

    3x ‘Mini’ symbol

    Awards Mini Jackpot

    Buttons and fields

    • BET: the Player may increase or decrease his/her bet amount using the corresponding arrows.
    • MAX BET (icon with three coins, above the arrows that allow the Player to select the value of the bet):  by choosing this icon, the Player is selecting the maximum bet value (1.25€).
    • INFO: by selecting this button the Player may view the payouts for this game.
    • GAMBLE: the Player may select this button after a winning in order to have more opportunities to bet and win.
    • AUTOPLAY: this button allows the Player to gain access to the Autoplay Menu.
    • SPIN: by selecting this button, the reels rotate with the current line and bet valued selection.
    • SOUND: the Player may turn on/off the sound effects.

    Autoplay

    • The Player may click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
    • In the Autoplay Menu, the Player may choose the number of games you would like to play (5/10/... up to 100) or select Last Settings.
    • The Autoplay may be stopped at any time by clicking on the ‘STOP’ button. If the Player stops the game at the time it is in progress, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
    • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another, and not all the games the Player selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
    • If the Player won a Free Spins round while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the Player and the Autoplay will be stopped.

    Average Return to Player

    • Theoretical return to Player: 96,22%.

    Disconnection while playing

    • The outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game and a non-win outcome, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Free spins will be completed by the system on behalf of the player. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History.
    • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

    Game Rules

    • Stickers™ is a 5-reel, 3-row video slot featuring Wild and Sticky Wild substitutions and Sticky Spins.
    • The game is played with 20 bet lines (fixed), 1-10 bet levels and different coin values.
    • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
    • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
    • COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
    • When playing at the highest bet level, MAX BET plays the game at the maximum bet lines and the current coin value. When playing at any lower bet level, MAX BET must be clicked twice to play the round at the selected level.
    • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
    • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the PAYTABLE.
    • Bet level is the number of coins bet per bet line.
    • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown in the PAYTABLE multiplied by the bet level. This amount is also multiplied by any applicable multipliers.
    • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
    • Only the highest win per bet line is paid.
    • Bet line wins pay if in succession from the leftmost reel to the rightmost reel.
    • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
    • All coin wins pay on bet lines only.

    Sticky Spins

    • When a Wild symbol appears on the reels, it acts as a Sticky Wild and awards one Sticky Spin.
    • Wild symbols substitute for all symbols.
    • Wild symbol substitution pays the highest possible winning combination on a bet line according to the PAYTABLE.
    • When a Sticky Wild symbol appears on the reels, a Sticky Spin is awarded.
    • Sticky Wild symbols can appear anywhere on the reels during the main game and Sticky Spins.
    • All Sticky Wild symbols on the reels from the initial spin remain in position on the reels during the Sticky Spin.
    • Multiple Sticky Wild symbols appearing on the reels award one Sticky Spin.
    • Sticky Wild symbols substitute for all symbols.
    • Sticky Wild symbol substitution pays the highest possible winning combination on a bet line according to the PAYTABLE.
    • Additional Sticky Spins can be activated during the Sticky Spin.
    • More Sticky Spins are awarded, if more Sticky Wilds appear on the reels during the Sticky Spin.
    • Sticky Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the spin that activated Sticky Spins.
    • Sticky Spin wins are added to any wins from the initial spin.

    Game Functions

    • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

    Game Setting Options

    • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
    • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
    • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
    • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
    • Game history. Click to view your latest game history. (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

    Advanced Autoplay Options

    • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
    • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
    • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
    • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
    • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
    • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
    • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
    • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
    • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

    Additional Information

    • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
      • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
      • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
    • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

    Return to Player

    • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.69%

    Translations of Game Terminology

    Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

    English Term

    Translated Term

    Wild

    Wild

    Sticky Wild

    Sticky Wild

    Sticky Spin

    Sticky Spin

    Description

    • Super Safari is a 5 reel slot game with a Free Games, Re-Spin and Bonus Features to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the selectable lines.
    • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

    Game Rules

    • Play 1 to 25 lines;
    • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
    • Payline wins are multiplied by the amount staked per payline;
    • Scatter wins are multiplied by the total amount staked;
    • Scatter wins are added to payline wins;
    • Highest win only on each selected payline;
    • Coinciding wins on different paylines are added;
    • All symbols pay Left to Right except scattered CAR which pays any;
    • LION appears on Reels 2, 3 and 4 only and substitutes for all symbols except scattered CAR, HIPPO or BINOCULARS;
    • HIPPO appears on Reels 2, 3 and 4 only.

    Off Road Safari Feature

    • WIN 10 Free Games with all prizes DOUBLED when 3 or more scattered CAR appear;
    • BINOCULARS symbol is added to Reel 3 and awards up to 3 SUPER SPINS every time it appears;
    • All accumulated SUPER SPINS are played after the Free Games, with all prizes MULTIPLIED BY 5;
    • If Free Games are retriggered, an additional 10 Free Games are awarded;
    • If SUPER SPINS are retriggered, the number of SUPER SPINS accumulated is awarded again;
    • King Of The Jungle Re-spins cannot be won during Off Road Safari Feature;
    • Off Road Safari Feature is played at the lines and bet of the trigger game.

    King of the Jungle Re-spins

    • WIN 3 Re-spins with all prizes TRIPLED when 3 LION appear;
    • Reel 2, 3 or 4 becomes an EXPANDED WILD during the Re-spins;
    • Re-spins cannot be re-triggered;
    • Off Road Safari Feature and Hippo Pick Bonus cannot be won during Re-spins;
    • Re-spins are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game.

    Hippo Pick Bonus

    • Hippo Pick Bonus is awarded when 3 scattered HIPPO appear;
    • Pick a HIPPO and win the prize revealed - up to 150x the triggering bet;
    • In addition to the prize, a PICK AGAIN or WIN ALL may also be awarded;
    • Hippo Pick Bonus can be won during the Off Road Safari Bonus where prizes are multiplied by 2 or 5 when;
    • triggered during the Free Games or SUPER SPINS respectively.

    Gamble Feature (if applicable)

    • To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select COLOUR or a SUIT;
    • Win is DOUBLED (X2) if COLOUR choice is correct;
    • Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct;
    • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times;
    • Jackpot Wins may not be gambled.

    How to Play

    • The Lines and Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (UP) and (DOWN) buttons alongside the respective options.  The Max button for Lines or Bet will automatically select the maximum for the respective field. Note: You can also select the amount of lines you wish to play by clicking on the line tag number on the side of the reels.
    • Spin: Spins the reels.
    • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 5 spins to 500 spins.
    • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
    • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
      • Balance: Displays your total balance;
      • Bet: Displays the staked amount per line to be played;
      • Lines: Displays the amount of line(s) to be played;
      • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin;
      • Total Bet: The total wager staked. It consists of the Bet multiplied by the amount of lines being played.
    • Malfunction voids all pays and plays

    Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 95.42%.

    Description

    • Thai Sunrise is a 5 reel slot game. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the 25 lines;
    • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

    Free Game Feature

    • 3 or more Scattered Sunrise symbols award 15 Free Games;
    • All Free Games prizes are triple the trigger game values;
    • The Free Games feature can be retriggered;
    • Free games are played at the paylines and bet of the triggering game.

    Game Rules

    • Play 1 to 25 lines;
    • Spin begins the game with the current Bet and Lines;
    • Payouts are displayed on the Paytable;
    • Payline wins are multiplied by the amount bet per line;
    • Highest win amount is paid on each selected payline;
    • Scatter wins are multiplied by total bet and added to payline wins;
    • Free Game wins are added to scatter and payline wins;
    • Win combinations pay from left to right only except Scattered Sunrise which pays any;
    • Thai Girl substitutes for all symbols except Scattered Sunrise;
    • Prize is doubled if one or more Thai Girl substitutes in a winning combination;
    • Wins on different paylines are added;
    • All wins on selected paylines only except Scatter;
    • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

    How to Play

    1. Choose your BET per LINE
    2. SPIN

    Main Game Screen Buttions

    Settings Page Buttons

    If Loss Exceeds: Sets the loss limit. This is a mandatory field and the player must enter a value.  Without this value the player cannot initiate Autoplay spins.

    If Single Win Exceeds: Sets the limit for a single win. This is an optional field automatically set to No Limit.

    The game displays all your details in the following display fields:

    • Balance: Displays your total balance
    • Total Bet: The total wager staked. Number of Lines multiplied by the BET per line
    • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin

    Theoretical average Return to Player (RTP): 94.437%.

    Game Rules

    • The Invisible Man™ is a 5-reel, 3-row, video slot featuring Wild substitutions, 2 bonus features, a re-spin mode and Free Spins.
    • The game is played with 20 bet lines (fixed), 1-10 bet levels, Win Both Ways and different coin values.
    • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
    • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
    • COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
    • When playing at the highest bet level, MAX BET plays the game at the maximum bet lines and the current coin value. When playing at any lower bet level, MAX BET must be clicked twice to play the round at the selected level.
    • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
    • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to thePAYTABLE.
    • Bet level is the number of coins bet per bet line.
    • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown in the PAYTABLEmultiplied by the bet level. This amount is also multiplied by any applicable multipliers.
    • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
    • Only the highest win per bet line is paid.
    • Bet line wins pay when in succession from both leftmost to right and rightmost to left.
    • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
    • All coin wins pay on bet lines only, except for wins during the Griffin's Rage Bonus Game.
    • Bonus feature wins in currency are equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
    • Bonus feature wins are added to any initial bet line wins.
    • Bonus features are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated them.

    Wild Re-spins

    • After a Wild symbol appears on the reels and all bet wins are awarded for that spin, each Wild shifts one place horizontally on the reels and a Re-Spin is awarded. Wilds that shift horizontally during Re-Spins are called Walking Wilds.
    • There are 2 different types of Walking Wild symbols: Police Wilds and Griffin Wilds.
    • Police Wilds appear on reel 1 and move horizontally one reel to the right at the start of each re-spin while Griffin Wilds appear on reel 5 and move one place to the left at the start of each re-spin.
    • If a Griffin Wild and a Police Wild are in the same position on the reels, the Wilds will lock into that position and merge together. At the end of the current spin and after any potential bet line wins are awarded, Free Spins are activated.
    • After Free Spins, any Wilds not part of the Wild interaction that activated the Free Spins remain on the reels and continue to activate re-spins until they disappear from the reels. The Wilds that activated Free Spins disappear on the next spin and no more re-spins are activated.

    Free Spins

    • A Police Wild and a Griffin Wild merging together on the reels in the main game activates 10 Free Spins. The maximum amount of Free Spins that can be activated at the same time in the main game are 30.
    • During Free Spins both Griffin and Police Wilds can appear anywhere on the reels.
    • If Griffin and Police Wilds merge during Free Spins, an additional 4 Free Spins will be added. As with the main game, after this merging occurs, the Wilds that activated the Free Spins will disappear from the reels.
    • During Free Spins, 2 meters appear above the reels. The meters correspond to the Wilds that appear on the reels during Free Spins.
    • When a Griffin or Police Wild moves off the reels it fills 1 space on the corresponding meter. Each meter has 8 spaces.
    • If 1 of the meters is filled before Free Spins ends, a corresponding bonus feature is awarded that starts at the end of the Free Spin session.
    • If 1 of the Bonus Game or Police Spins meters become full, it is not possible for the other meter to fill up.

    Bonus Features

    • When either the Bonus Game or Police Spins meters are filled during Free Spins, the corresponding bonus feature is activated and starts when Free Spins end.
    • There are 2 bonus features: a Police Spins feature or a Griffin's Rage Bonus Game.
    • The Police Spins bonus feature is activated when the Police Spins meter is filled while the Griffin's Rage bonus feature is activated when the Bonus Game Meter is filled.
    • The Griffin's Rage Bonus Game takes place in 3 locations where a player clicks on 1 of 5 items to reveal their prize. The 5 items that a player chooses from in each location are: 3 coin wins of various amounts, 1 multiplier increase and 1 end of stage item.
    • When a player picks a coin win it is added to their running coin total for the Bonus Game. The player can have another pick from the remaining items in the location they are in.
    • The multiplier starts at 1 at the beginning of the Bonus Game. When a player picks the multiplier increase symbol their multiplier increases by 1. They may then make another pick from the remaining items in their location. At the end of the Bonus Game, all collected coin wins from the Bonus Game are multiplied by the final multiplier amount. The maximum possible multiplier is 4.
    • When a player clicks on an end of stage item they end the current stage and move onto the next one. If the player clicks on the end of stage item while in stage 3 the Bonus Game ends.
    • The first item chosen in Stage 1 cannot be an end of stage item.
    • The Police Spins bonus feature consists of 3 spins where 5 randomly placed Burning Wilds appear on the reels. The 5 Burning Wilds will appear in random positions for each spin during this bonus feature.
    • During the Police Spins bonus feature, no Wilds are on the reel set before the 5 random Burning Wilds appear on the reels.
    • The maximum win in the Griffin's Rage Bonus Game is 37,600 coins.
    • The maximum win for each spin during the Police Spins feature is 90000 coins. As there are 3 spins the total maximum win is 270000 coins.

    Game Functions

    • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

    Game Setting Options

    • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
    • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
    • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
    • Intro movie. Turn the intro film on or off.
    • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
    • Game history. Click to view your latest game history (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

    Advanced Autoplay Options

    • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then clickAdvanced settings.
    • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
    • On feature Win. Stops Autoplay when the feature is won.
    • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
    • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
    • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
    • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
    • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.

    Additional Information

    • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    •  
      • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
      • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
    • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

    Return to Player

    • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.4%

    Translations of Game Terminology

    Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

    English Term

    Translated Term

    Wild

    Wild

    Free Spins

    Free Spins

    Autoplay

    Autoplay

    Paytable

    Paytable

    Bonus

    Bonus

    Bonus Game

    Bonus Game

    Re-Spin

    Re-Spin

    Griffin's Rage

    Griffin's Rage

    Police Spins

    Police Spins

    Walking Wild

    Walking Wild

    Burning Wilds

    Burning Wilds

    Game Overview

    • The Legend of Shangri-La: Cluster Pays™ is a 6-reel, 5-row video slot with the Cluster Pays™ mechanic. The game features are Sticky Re-Spins, Random Substitutions, Nudge Reel, and Free Spins.
    • The game is played with clusters of symbols, 1-10 bet levels (10 coins per level) and different coin values.
    • There are no bet lines.
    • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
    • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
    • COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
    • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
    • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the PAYTABLE.
    • MAX BET plays the game at the highest bet level and the current coin value. When playing at any lower bet level, MAX BET must be clicked twice to play the round at the selected level.

    Cluster Pays™ Mechanic

    • A symbol is part of a cluster if it is horizontally or vertically adjacent to the same symbol.
    • 9 or more symbols appearing in a cluster award a win according to the PAYTABLE.
    • Simultaneous wins from multiple clusters are added.
    • Multiple clusters of the same symbol that are not adjacent to each other pay as separate clusters.
    • A cluster win in coins is equal to the value shown in the PAYTABLE multiplied by the bet level.
    • A cluster win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.

    Stacked Symbols

    • Anywhere in the game, the Guru symbols and Free Spins symbols appear as stacked symbols on the reels.*

    A stacked symbol is a symbol that covers two positions on the reel and counts as the following:

    *During Sticky Re-Spins and when affected by Substitution symbols, the Guru symbols cover one position.

    • If a Substitution symbol lands on a stacked Guru symbol and transforms, the exposed part of the Guru will transform into a single version. The Substitution symbol is not related to the symbol it covers.
    • Stacked symbols will be fully or partially displayed depending on how the reel lands.
    • Any part of a stacked symbol included in a winning cluster pays according to the PAYTABLE.

    Substitution Symbol

    • A Substitution Symbol transforms into an adjacent symbol in order to create the highest possible win, according to the PAYTABLE. If no winning combination can be created by a Substitution Symbol, it will not transform.
    • In the event that only Substitution Symbols are present on the reel area, they will transform into the highest value symbol.
    • Substitution Symbols cannot substitute for Free Spin symbols.

    Main Game Features

    The following 4 features can be triggered during the main game only:

    1. Random Substitutions
    2. Sticky Re-Spins
    3. Nudge Reel
    4. Free Spins

    Note: Only one feature can be activated per spin.

    Random Substitutions

    • Random Substitutions can be activated when at least 2 clusters of the same symbol land in the main game. Each of these clusters must consist of at least 4 symbols.
    • If the Random Substitutions feature is activated, at least 1 Substitution symbol is added to the reels, at positions adjacent to the existing clusters. More Substitution symbols will be added randomly, until a win is achieved.
    • The Random Substitutions feature cannot be activated if there are 3 Free Spins symbols fully or partially present on the reels, or if Nudge Reel can be activated (for more information, see the Nudge Reel section).
    • The Substitution symbols are added to positions adjacent to the existing clusters or other Substitution symbols, except for reels 1 and 6.
    • The win is evaluated at the end of the spin.

    Sticky Re-Spins

    • At least 2 non-winning clusters of the same symbol, appearing anywhere on the reels, can activate the Sticky Re-Spins feature. If there are two symbols which each meet the condition, then the lowest paying symbol is chosen.
    • Each initial cluster must consist of at least 5 symbols, and a maximum of 8 symbols.
    • During Sticky Re-Spins, it is not possible to win on any other symbol than the symbol that activated the feature. This is referred to as the feature symbol.
    • The Sticky Re-Spins feature cannot be activated if there is a win, or if any of the other features are activated.
    • During Sticky Re-Spins, the feature symbols stick to the reels and all other symbols spin again.
    • The symbols spin independently but simultaneously on the reels. This continues as long as new feature symbols land on the reels. The final cluster win is awarded according to the PAYTABLE.
    • The Sticky Re-Spins feature is played at the same bet level and coin value as the spin that activated the feature. The bet level and coin value cannot be changed during a re-spin.

    Nudge Reel

    • If 2 Free Spins symbols land on the reels and another Free Spins symbol lands to the right of them just outside the visible reel area, that third symbol can be nudged back onto the reels to activate Free Spins.
    • Nudge Reel will not trigger if the nudging can increase, decrease, or create a winning cluster. If Nudge Reel is activated, 1 Free Spins symbol is nudged back onto the reels, thus activating Free Spins. If there are several symbols that fulfill the criteria, the leftmost symbol is chosen.
    • Any cluster wins that are concurrent with the feature will be evaluated before the reel is nudged.

    Free Spins

    The Free Spin symbol is a Scatter symbol. 3 or more Free Spin symbols, fully or partially appearing anywhere on the reels in the main game, activate Free Spins according to the PAYTABLE.

    • 3 Free Spins symbols = 5 Free Spins
    • 4 Free Spins symbols = 6 Free Spins
    • 5 Free Spins symbols = 7 Free Spins
    • 6 Free Spins symbols = 8 Free Spins

    In Free Spins, random Substitution symbols will be added to and removed from the reels each spin. The first 2 Substitution symbols will be randomly placed on the reels. The rest of the Substitution symbols during the Free Spins feature will be added to positions adjacent to clusters formed by the first 2 Substitution symbols.

    1. After each spin and once the reels have stopped, between 2 and 6 Substitution symbols are added to the reels.
    2. If the Substitution symbols can create a winning cluster, they will transform into the selected symbol.
    3. Potential wins are added to the total Free Spins win amount.
    4. The symbols that were originally Substitution symbols transform back into their original form.
    5. Before the next spin, between 1 and 4 Substitution symbols are removed from the reels, from random positions. A minimum of 2 Substitution symbols will always remain on the reels between spins.

    Extra Spin

    • If the total win from the Free Spins round is less than 10 times the bet, 1 additional spin may be awarded.
    • In this additional spin, no Substitution symbols are removed from the reels.
    • The extra spin cannot be re-activated in the same Free Spins round.

    ·  The total win field includes any wins during Free Spins added to any wins from the round that activated Free Spins.

    ·  Free Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins.

    Game Functions

    • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

    Game Setting Options

    • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
    • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
    • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
    • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
    • Game history. Click to view your latest game history (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

    Advanced Autoplay Options

    • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
    • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
    • If Free Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Free Spins is won.
    • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
    • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
    • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
    • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
    • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.

    Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

    Additional Information

    • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    •  
      • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
      • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
    • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

    Return to Player

    • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.59%

    Translations of Game Terminology

    Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

    English Term

    Translated Term

    Cluster Pays™

    Cluster Pays™

    Stacked symbols

    Stacked symbols

    Random Substitutions

    Random Substitutions

    Sticky Re-Spins

    Sticky Re-Spins

    Scatter

    Scatter

    Nudge Reel

    Nudge Reel

    Free Spins

    Free Spins

    • Theatre of Night is a 5 reel slot game with a Firefly Re-spins Feature to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the 10 lines.
    • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

    Game Rules

    • Play 10 lines for 25 credits
    • Payouts are made according to the Paytable
    • All wins multiplied by the bet
    • Highest win only on each selected payline for either direction
    • Wins on different paylines are added
    • All wins occur on selected lines
    • All wins begin with leftmost reel and pay left to right on consecutive reels and begin with rightmost reel and pay right to left
    • WILD substitutes for all symbols
    • WILD appears on reels 2, 3 and 4 only during Base Game
    • WILD can appear on all reels during FIREFLY RE-SPINS only
    • Malfunction voids all pays and plays

    Firefly Re-Spins Feature 

    • 6 FIREFLY RE-SPINS are awarded whenever WILDS appear on reels 2, 3 and 4
    • Reel 3 becomes a STACKED WILD during the FIREFLY RE-SPINS
    • Selected symbols will become WILDS during the FIREFLY RE-SPINS
    • FIREFLY RE-SPINS cannot be re-triggered
    • FIREFLY RE-SPINS are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game

    Theoretical Return to Player (RTP): 96.137%.

    How to Play

    1: Choose your BET

    2: SPIN

    Main Game Screen Buttons

    Settings Page Buttons

    The game displays all your details in the following display fields:

    • Balance: Displays your total balance
    • Total Bet: The total wager staked.
    • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin

    Game Rules

    • Theme Park: Tickets of Fortune™ is a 5-reel, 3-row video slot featuring Stacked Wild substitutions, the Claw Feature and 6 Theme Park Bonus Games.
    • The game is played with 50 bet lines (fixed), 1-10 bet levels and different coin values.
    • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
    • Bet level is the number of coins bet per 2 bet lines.
    • Bet level 1 is 25 coins bet per 50 bet lines.
    • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
    • COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
    • When playing at the highest bet level, MAX BET plays the game at the maximum bet lines and the current coin value. When playing at any lower bet level, MAX BET must be clicked twice to play the round at the selected level.
    • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
    • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the Paytable.
    • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown on the Paytable multiplied by the bet level.
    • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
    • Only the highest win per bet line is paid.
    • Bet line wins pay if in succession from the leftmost reel to the rightmost reel.
    • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.

    Stacked Wild

    • Stacked Wild symbols can appear on reels 2, 3 and 4 only.
    • The Stacked Wild can cover 1, 2 or all positions on the reels.
    • Stacked Wild symbols substitute for all symbols except for the Scatter symbol, the Bonus symbol and the Claw symbol.
    • Stacked Wild symbol substitution pays the highest possible winning combination on a bet line according to the Paytable.

    Claw Feature

    • The Claw symbol appears on reel 5 in the main game only.
    • When the Claw symbol lands, the Claw grabs a toy from under the reels and a coin win is awarded to the player.
    • The coin win amount is between 2 and 15 times the current bet amount.
    • The coin win from the Claw Feature is added to any bet line wins.
    • The coin payout values are based on bet level 1.

    Theme Park Ticket Game

    • 3 Scatter symbols appearing on reels 3, 4 and 5 activate the Theme Park Ticket Game.
    • The Theme Park Ticket Game can also be activated through the Theme Park Bonus Wheel (see the Theme Park Bonus Wheel section for full explanation).
    • The Theme Park Ticket Game and the Theme Park Bonus Wheel cannot be simultaneously activated in the main game.
    • In the Theme Park Ticket Game, the player wins tickets by stopping the Theme Park Ticket Wheel. Tickets won allow the player to enter the Theme Park Map to play one or several Theme Park Bonus Games.
    • The Theme Park Ticket Wheel is a wheel divided into 12 positions. Each position awards different amount of tickets.
    • The player stops the Theme Park Ticket Wheel by clicking the "Stop" button to win tickets.
    • Alternatively, the Theme Park Ticket Wheel will be stopped automatically after 30 seconds.
    • When the Theme Park Ticket Wheel stops at a position, the number of tickets indicated on that position is awarded to the player and the Theme Park Ticket Wheel spins again until no more spins remain.
    • Initially, the player has 3 spins of the Theme Park Ticket Wheel. Some positions award extra spins in addition to the tickets won.
    • When no more spins remain, the Theme Park Ticket Game ends.
    • When the Theme Park Ticket Game ends, the player uses the tickets awarded on the Theme Park Map to play the Theme Park Bonus Games.
    • The Theme Park Bonus Games cannot be activated automatically on the Theme Park Map.
    • Each Theme Park Bonus Game costs a certain amount of tickets to play, as indicated on the Theme Park Map.
    • The player continues playing the Theme Park Bonus Games until no more tickets remain.
    • At the end of the Theme Park Bonus Games, the total win from the Theme Park Bonus Games is added to the round that activated the Theme Park Ticket Game.
    • The Theme Park Ticket Game cannot be reactivated.

    Theme Park Bonus Wheel

    • The Bonus symbol can appear on reel 5 in the main game only and activates the Theme Park Bonus Wheel.
    • The Theme Park Ticket Game and the Theme Park Bonus Wheel cannot be simultaneously activated in the main game.
    • The Theme Park Bonus Wheel is a wheel divided into 11 positions: 6 Theme Park Bonus Games positions, 4 coin win positions and the Theme Park Ticket Game position.
    • The player stops the Theme Park Bonus Wheel by clicking the "Stop" button.
    • Alternatively, the Theme Park Bonus Wheel will be stopped automatically after 30 seconds.
    • If the Theme Park Bonus Wheel activates a Theme Park Bonus Game, the player plays the activated Theme Park Bonus Game regardless of its ticket cost.
    • Only one Theme Park Bonus Game can be activated per spin of the Theme Park Bonus Wheel.
    • If the Theme Park Bonus Wheel activates the Theme Park Ticket Game, the player plays the Theme Park Ticket Game (see the Theme Park Ticket Game section for full explanation).
    • At the end of the Theme Park Bonus Games, the total win from the Theme Park Bonus Games is added to the round that activated the Theme Park Bonus Wheel.
    • If the Theme Park Bonus Wheel lands on a coin win position, the player is awarded a coin win which is the current bet multiplied by the multiplier indicated on the position, and returns to the main game.
    • The Theme Park Bonus Wheel cannot be reactivated.

    Theme Park Bonus Games

    • The 6 Theme Park Bonus Games are: the Punchbag, the Sledgehammer, the Can Tower, the Skee Ball, the Fishing and the Duck Shoot.
    • In the Punchbag Bonus Game, the player punches the Punchbag and is awarded a coin win between 2 and 25 times the current bet amount.
    • In the Sledgehammer Bonus Game, the player bangs the Sledgehammer and is awarded a coin win between 1 and 100 times the current bet amount.
    • In the Can Tower Bonus Game, the player is presented with 3 towers of 6 cans each.
    • The player throws one ball at each tower to knock over the cans.
    • Each can that is knocked down awards the player with a coin win which is the current bet multiplied by 2.
    • If every can is knocked down, the player is awarded the All Can Towers Down coin win of 864 times the current bet amount in addition to the total coin win from all Can Towers.
    • In the Skee Ball Bonus Game, the player throws 5 balls into pockets.
    • Each pocket awards the player with a coin win which is the current bet multiplied by the number indicated on the pocket.
    • In the Fishing Bonus Game, the player starts with 5 picks of fish.
    • Each Fish awards the player with a coin win between 2 and 50 times the current bet amount.
    • Some of the fish may also award additional picks.
    • Up to 5 additional picks can be won.
    • In the Duck Shoot Bonus Game, the player has 5 shots.
    • Each Duck awards the player with a coin win between 1 and 50 times the current bet amount.
    • In addition to the coin win, the multiplier is awarded.
    • The Total Win Multiplier Meter starts at 1 at the beginning of the Duck Shoot Bonus Game.
    • Each Duck may increase the Total Win Multiplier Meter by 1. The maximum multiplier for the Total Win Multiplier Meter is 4.
    • At the end of the Duck Shoot Bonus Game, the final multiplier is applied to all coin wins won during the Duck Shoot Bonus Game.
    • Theme Park Bonus Games can be activated in two ways: via the Theme Park Ticket Game and via the Theme Park Bonus Wheel.
    • The Theme Park Bonus Games cannot be played automatically.

    Game Functions

    • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

    Game Setting Options

    • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
    • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
    • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
    • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
    • Game history. Click to view your latest game history. (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

    Advanced Autoplay Options

    • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
    • If any Wheel is won. Stops Autoplay if any Wheel is won.
    • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
    • If single win exceeds. Stop Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
    • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
    • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
    • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
    • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
    • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
    • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

    Additional Information

    • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
      • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
      • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
    • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

    Return to Player

    • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.52%

    Translations of Game Terminology

    Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

    English Term

    Translated Term

    Stacked Wild

    Stacked Wild

    Scatter

    Scatter

    Claw

    Claw

    Claw Feature

    Claw Feature

    Punchbag

    Punchbag

    Sledgehammer

    Sledgehammer

    Can Tower

    Can Tower

    SkeeBall

    Skee Ball

    Fishing

    Fishing

    Duck Shoot

    Duck Shoot

    Theme Park Map

    Theme Park Map

    Theme Park Bonus Game

    Theme Park Bonus Game

    Theme Park Bonus Wheel

    Theme Park Bonus Wheel

    Theme Park Ticket Game

    Theme Park Ticket Game

    Theme Park Ticket Wheel

    Theme Park Ticket Wheel

    Game Rules

    • Twin Spin™ is a 5-reel video slot with 243 Ways to Win. The game features Wild substitutions and a Twin Reel feature on every spin offering even more chances for big wins.
    • The game is played with 243 ways to win, 1-10 levels (25 coins per level) and different coin values.
    • There are no bet lines.
    • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
    • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
    • COINS displays the number of coins the player has available to wager.
    • MAX BET starts a game round with 243 ways to win, the highest bet level and the current coin value.
    • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
    • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the PAYTABLE.
    • A symbol win in coins is equal to the value shown in the PAYTABLE multiplied by the bet level and the amount of times that symbol appears on each of the reels.
    • The total win in currency is equal to the total win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
    • Matching symbols in any position on three or more adjacent reels, starting from leftmost reel to the rightmost reel is a winning combination.
    • Only the longest matching combination per symbol is paid.
    • More wins are created when additional instances of the same symbol appear on the same reels that create the longest way to win.
    • Simultaneous wins for different symbols are added.
    • All wins pay on winning symbol combinations only.
    • For the total symbol win, multiply the number of matching symbols appearing on one reel by the number of matching symbols on each other reel in the longest winning combination. Multiply the result by the coin win amount for the longest winning symbol combination according to the PAYTABLE. The total win for the spin is the sum of symbol wins for each symbol type.

    Wild

    • Wild symbols can only appear on reels 2, 3, 4 and 5.
    • Wild symbols substitute for all symbols.

    Twin Reel Feature

    • Each spin starts with identical, adjacent twin reels that are linked together. During the spin the twin reels can expand to become triplet, quadruplet or even quintuplet reels.
    • At the beginning of each spin, the identical twin reels can appear adjacently on any of the 5 reels.
    • The number of reels that are linked together is random and occurs independently for each spin.

    Example of a Way to Win payout at level 1

    • 3 matching BAR symbols on adjacent reels starting from the leftmost reel awards 15 coins. This is multiplied by 2 (for 2 bar symbols on reel 3), giving a total win of 2 x 15 = 30 coins.

    Game Functions

    • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

    Game Setting Options

    • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
    • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
    • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
    • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
    • Game history. Click to view your latest game history (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

    Advanced Autoplay Options

    • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
    • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
    • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
    • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
    • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
    • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
    • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
    • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
    • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

    Return to Player

    • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.6%

    Additional Information

    • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
      • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
      • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
    • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

    Translations of Game Terminology

    Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

    English Term

    Translated Term

    Wild

    Wild

    Twin Reel

    Twin Reel

    Game Rules

    • Victorious™ is a 5-reel video slot that offers 243 ways to win. In addition, the game has Free Spins and Wild substitutions.
    • The game is played with 243 ways to win, 1-10 levels (25 coins per level) and different coin values.
    • COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
    • There are no bet lines.
    • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
    • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
    • MAX BET plays the game at the highest bet level, and the current coin value.
    • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds (alternatively, click the AUTO button).
    • Bet way wins pay if in succession from leftmost to right.
    • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the Paytable.
    • A bet way win in coins is equal to the value shown in the Paytable multiplied by the bet level.
    • A bet way win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
    • Only the highest win per bet way paid.
    • All wins pay on bet ways only, except for wins with Free Spin symbols.
    • In both the main game and Free Spins, Wild symbols only appear on reels 2 and 4.
    • Wild symbol substitutes for any symbol.
    • Wins with Free Spin symbols pay total bet x payout displayed in the Paytable.
    • Simultaneous wins on different bet ways are added.
    • Game History is not available when PLAYING FOR FUN.

    Free Spins

    • 3 or more Free Spin symbols appearing randomly on the reels in the main game activates Free Spins.
    • Free Spin symbols must appear in succession, starting from the leftmost reel.
    • Free Spins are played at the same bet as the round activating Free Spins.
    • Additional Free Spins can be won during Free Spins.
    • 3 or more Free Spin symbols appearing anywhere on the reels in Free Spins activates additional Free Spins. The number of Free Spins awarded are according to the Paytable.
    • Free spin coin wins are tripled (x3).
    • Free Spin wins are added to any bet way wins.
    • The number of extra Free Spins is not multiplied by the Free Spins multiplier.
    • Extra Free Spins won are automatically added to the current Free Spins.
    • At the end of Free Spins, the total win from Free Spins is added to any wins from the round that activated Free Spins.

    Game Functions

    • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

    Advanced Autoplay Options

    • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY in the keypad or AUTO in the game panel, and then click Advanced settings.
    • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
    • If Free Spins is won. Stop Autoplay when Free Spins is won.
    • If single win exceeds. Stop Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
    • If cash increases by. Stop Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
    • If cash decreases by. Stop Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.

    Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round or Free Spins, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.

    Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.

    • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.

    Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

    Game Setting Options

    • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
    • Quick spin. Turn on or off quick spin.
    • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
    • Game history. Click to view your latest game history


    Note: Some casinos may operate without all of the listed game settings.

    Return to Player

    • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.9%

    Additional Information

    • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
      • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
      • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
    • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

    Translations of Game Terminology

    Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

    English Term

    Translated Term

    Free Spins

    Free Spins

    Multiplier

    Multiplier

    Wild

    Wild

    Description

    • Volcano Eruption is a 5 reel slot game with an Eruption Feature to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the selectable lines.
    • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

    Game Rules

    • Play 1 to 25 lines;                                                                             
    • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
    • Payline wins are multiplied by the amount staked per payline;
    • Scatter wins are multiplied by the total amount staked;                                               
    • Scatter wins are added to payline wins;                                               
    • Highest win only on each selected payline;
    • Wins on different paylines are added;                                                                  
    • All wins occur on selected lines except scattered Volcano;
    • All wins begin with leftmost reel and pay left to right on consecutive reels, except scattered VOLCANO which pays any;
    • Volcano substitutes for all other symbols;
    • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

    ​Eruption Feature

    • 5 Re-spins are awarded whenever 3 Volcano appear;
    • Reel 3 becomes an expanded Wild during the Re-spins;
    • Selected symbols will become Wild Volcanoes during the Re-spins;
    • The Volcano is counted only once on Reel 3 towards scatter pays;
    • Eruption Feature cannot be re-triggered;
    • Re-spins are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game.

    Gamble Feature (if applicable)

    • To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select COLOUR or a SUIT;
    • Win is DOUBLED (X2) if COLOUR choice is correct;
    • Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct;
    • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times;
    • Jackpot Wins may not be gambled.

    How to Play

    • The Lines and Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (-) and (+) buttons alongside the respective options.  The Max button for Lines or Bet will automatically select the maximum for the respective field. Note: You can also select the amount of lines you wish to play by clicking on the line tag number on the side of the reels.
    • Spin: Spins the reels.
    • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 5 spins to 500 spins.
    • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
    • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
      • Balance: Displays your total balance
      • Bet: Displays the staked amount per line to be played.
      • Lines: Displays the amount of line(s) to be played.
      • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin
      • Total Bet: The total wager staked. It consists of the Bet multiplied by the amount of lines being played.

    Theoretical average return to player (RTP): 95.41%.

    Game Rules

    • Warlords - Crystals of Power™ is a 5-reel, 3-row, 30-line (fixed) video slot featuring Wild substitutions, stacked symbols, Scatter symbols, Re-Spins, Free Spins and a Random Wild.
    • The game is played with 30 bet lines (fixed), a 15 coin bet size (fixed), 1-10 bet levels, and different coin values.
    • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
    • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
    • COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
    • When playing at the highest bet level, MAX BET plays the game at the maximum bet lines and the current coin value. When playing at any lower bet level, MAX BET must be clicked twice to play the round at the selected level.
    • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds.
    • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the PAYTABLE.
    • Bet level is the number of coins bet per bet line.
    • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown in the PAYTABLE multiplied by the bet level. This amount is also multiplied by any applicable multipliers.
    • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
    • Only the highest win per bet line is paid.
    • Bet line wins pay if in succession from the leftmost reel to the rightmost reel.
    • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
    • All coin wins pay on bet lines only, except for wins with the Final Chance feature.
    • The maximum total win in coins is capped at 100 000 times multiplied by the bet level.

    Random Overlay Wild

    • During every spin in the main game, a Random Overlay Wild feature can be activated. The Random Overlay Wild feature uses a different reel set to the main game with no scatters on the reels.
    • There are 3 different types of Random Overlay Wilds. The Barbarian Hammer feature, awarding 4 Wild symbols in the shape of a square on reels 1 to 4. The Priestess Arrow feature, awarding 2 to 5 Wild symbols on reels 1 to 5. The Samurai Sword feature, awarding 2 to 5 Wild symbols on reels 1 to 4.
    • After the feature is activated, the symbols will be replaced by Overlay Wild symbols.
    • Wild symbol substitution pays the highest possible winning combination on a bet line according to the PAYTABLE.

    Scatter

    • The game features 3 different Scatter symbols with each Scatter symbol having a Free Spins game associated with it. The blue Scatter symbol with the Barbarian Free Spins, the green Scatter symbol with the Priestess Free Spins and the red Scatter symbol with the Samurai Free Spins. In the main game, the initial Scatters each reward its corresponding game feature which is either 3 Free Spins, 1 Multiplier or 1 Sticky Wild.
    • The Free Spins game awarded to the player will be determined by the type of Scatter symbols appearing on the reels and, in the case of the Samurai Free Spins, the position of the Scatter symbols on the reels.
    • In the main game, Re-Spins are awarded when 2 or more Scatter symbols appear on the reels. Scatter symbols appear on reels 2, 3 and 4 only, and can appear on all 5 reels during Re-Spins.
    • If the Scatter symbols are of the same type, the Re-Spin starts immediately. However, if the Scatter symbols differ, they randomly transform so that all Scatter symbols are of the same type before the Re-Spin starts.

    Battle

    • If 2 different Scatter symbols appear on the reels, 1 Scatter symbol is randomly chosen after a battle, to transform into the other symbol so that they are both the same before the Re-Spins start. There is a 50/50 chance of which symbol will be chosen as the active Scatter symbol.
    • If 2 Scatter symbols of the same type appear on the reels with 1 Scatter symbol of a different type, the Scatter symbols will, after a battle, transform into the same type before the Re-Spins start. In this situation, there is a 75% chance that the symbol with 2 Scatter symbols will be the active symbol.
    • If 3 different Scatter symbols appear on the reels, the Scatter symbols will, after a battle, transform into the same type before the Re-Spins start. In this situation, there is an equal chance that each symbol has of being the active symbol.

    Re-Spins

    • During the Re-Spin or Re-Spins, the active Scatters will stay in their position with all other symbols being inactive.
    • There are no additional bet-line wins during Re-spins.
    • Additional Re-Spins can be activated after the initial Re-Spin if a new Scatter symbol appears of the same type as the one that is already active.
    • 3 or more Scatter symbols activate Free Spins. If Free Spins are not activated after Re-Spins, the player has one final chance to activate them.

    Final Chance

    • If the Re-Spins are triggered with 2 scatters and no additional Scatters appear during the Re-Spins, the player will receive a random feature that will reveal either a coin win ranging from 3 to 100 times the bet or a Scatter symbol at a random position on the reels.
    • Coins won from the random feature are added to any bet line wins.
    • If the random feature reveals a Scatter symbol, the new Scatter symbol will be randomly placed on the reels and Free Spins will begin, meaning no additional Re-Spins are awarded.
    • When no more Re-Spins are activated, if there are 3 or more of the same type of active Scatter symbols on the reels, Free Spins will start.

    Free Spins

    • There are 3 different types of Free Spins, each corresponding to one of the 3 different types of Scatter symbols: The Barbarian Free Spins, the blue Scatter symbol, awarding a minimum of 9 Free Spins. The Priestess Free Spins, the green Scatter symbol, awarding 7 Free Spins. The Samurai Free Spins, the red Scatter symbol, awarding 5 Free Spins. Each Free Spin game uses its own set of reels which contains only the same type of Scatter symbol as the one that activated the Free Spins round.
    • Scatter symbols appearing during Free Spins will not trigger any Re-Spins, and their behavior differs depending on the Free Spins game that has been activated.
    • During Free Spins, additional Scatter symbols appearing on the reels will activate a feature depending on the Free Spins Game.
    • In the Barbarian Free Spins, only warrior and animal symbols are present and a new Scatter symbol appearing on the reels adds 3 extra Free Spins.
    • In the Priestess Free Spins, additional Scatter symbols increase a multiplier x1 for each Scatter.
    • In the Samurai Free Spins, the Scatter symbol becomes a Sticky Wild for the duration of the Free Spins.
    • Free Spin and Random Wild wins are added to any bet line wins.
    • Free Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins.
    • During Free Spins, features won from any additional Scatter symbols are activated immediately, and before calculating winnings for that spin. If multiple Scatter symbols appear at the same time then the feature occurs once for each new Scatter symbol.

    Game Functions

    • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

    Game Setting Options

    • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
    • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
    • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
    • Intro movie. Turns the intro movie on or off.
    • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
    • Game history. Click to view your latest game history (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

    Advanced Autoplay Options

    • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
    • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
    • If Re-Spins are won. Stops Autoplay if Re-Spins is won.
    • If Barbarian Free Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Barbarian Free Spins is won.
    • If Priestess Free Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Priestess Free Spins is won.
    • If Samurai Free Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Samurai Free Spins is won.
    • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
    • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
    • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
    • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
    • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
    • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
    • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

    Additional Information

    • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
    •  
      • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
      • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
    • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

    Return to Player

    • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.89%

    Translations of Game Terminology

    Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

    English Term

    Translated Term

    Wild

    Wild

    Stacked symbol

    Stacked symbols

    Free Spins

    Free Spins

    Scatter

    Scatter

    Re-Spin

    Re-Spin

    Multiplier

    Multiplier

    Sticky Wild

    Sticky Wild

    Random Wild

    Random Wild

    Random Overlay Wild

    Random Overlay Wild

    Final Chance

    Final Chance

    Battle

    Battle

    Barbarian Free Spins

    Barbarian Free Spins

    Priestess Free Spins

    Priestess Free Spins

    Samurai Free Spins

    Samurai Free Spins

    Hammer

    Hammer

    Arrow

    Arrow

    Sword

    Sword

    How to play

    • Wild West is a video slot game with five reels and 10 paylines. It also consists of wild and scatter symbols, free and bonus spins.
    • The Player may choose the amount he/she wishes to bet by clicking on the arrow buttons attached to the ‘Bet’ meter. The chosen bet will be applicable for each chosen payline. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
    • The ‘TOTAL BET’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of paylines. The maximum betting amount is 2.50€ per payline.
    • Once the bet amount is defined, the Player may click on the "Spin" button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.
    • Once the reels start spinning, the ‘Spin’ button is replaced by a ‘Stop’ button. The Player can stop the reels at any time by using the ‘Stop’ button (or spacebar).

    Winnings

    • If a winning combination is formed along any active payline, it will become animated.
    • A winning combination consists of symbols that start from the left-most reel and continue consecutively on the active payline, except for Scatter ‘Chipstack’ symbol, which counts in any direction.
    • All payline wins listed in the paytable are multiplied by the payline bet value.
    • Winnings are paid out for the highest combination on each of the active paylines.
    • The winnings regarding the Scatter ‘Chipstack’ symbol are added to the payline winnings.
    • Coincident winnings on different paylines are added.
    • The 'WIN’ display area shows the sum of all prizes by round or free rounds.
    • The total win amount is added to the Player’s game balance.

    How to Read the Paytable

    • The Paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
    • The payline win amount is calculated by the number shown on the Paytable for a specific combination, multiplied by the payline bet value as determined by the player.
    • All the prizes come up in the selected lines, except for the Scatter symbol.
    • The winnings are paid in accordance with the following paytable:

     

    Symbol

    x2

    x3

    x4

    x5

    Woman

    5

    50

    200

    1000

    Horse

    5

    40

    120

    200

    Saloon

    --

    30

    80

    150

    Money

    --

    30

    80

    150

    Drinks

    --

    10

    40

    100

    Boots

    --

    10

    40

    100

    Card Shuffler

    --

    10

    40

    100

     

    Extra Game

    • To gamble any win press ‘Gamble’, then select COLOUR or a SUIT.
    • Win is DOUBLED (2) if COLOUR choice is correct. Win is QUADRUPLED (x4) if SUIT choice is correct.
    • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times.
    • Progressive Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled.

    Free Games Rules

    • The ‘Cowboy’ symbol in a win triggers 5 free games. The bet won with the ‘Cowboy symbol’ is the trigger win
    • The appearance of the ‘Chipstack’ symbol repeats the trigger win
    • When free games are retriggered, a new series of 5 free games with a new trigger win will be won. The new series of 5 games commences at the completion of any free game series currently being played.
    • Free games are played with the lines and bet amount of the trigger game.

    Buttons and fields

    • BET: the Player may increase or decrease his/her bet amount using the corresponding arrows.
    • MAX BET (icon with three coins, above the arrows that allow the Player to select the value of the bet):  by choosing this icon, the Player is selecting the maximum bet value (2.50€).
    • INFO: by selecting this button the Player may view the payouts for this game.
    • GAMBLE: the Player may select this button after a winning in order to have more opportunities to bet and win.
    • AUTOPLAY: this button allows the Player to gain access to the Autoplay Menu.
    • SPIN: by selecting this button, the reels rotate with the current line and bet valued selection.
    • SOUND: the Player may turn on/off the sound effects.

    Autoplay

    • The Player may click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
    • In the Autoplay Menu, the Player may choose the number of games you would like to play (5/10/... up to 100) or select Last Settings.
    • The Autoplay may be stopped at any time by clicking on the ‘STOP’ button. If the Player stops the game at the time it is in progress, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
    • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another, and not all the games the Player selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
    • If the Player won a Free Spins round while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the Player and the Autoplay will be stopped.

    Average Return to Player

    • Theoretical return to player: 95,044%-95,879%.

    Disconnection while playing

    • The outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game and a non-win outcome, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Free spins will be completed by the system on behalf of the player. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History.
    • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

    Game Rules

    • Wild Wild West: The Great Train Heist™ is a 5-reel, 3-row, 10-line (fixed) video slot with 4 different Wild features, Free Spins, and a Pick and Click feature.
    • The game is played with 10 bet lines (fixed), 1-10 bet levels and different coin values.
    • The bet level is set using the LEVEL selector.
    • The coin value is set using the COIN VALUE selector.
    • COINS displays the number of coins available to wager.
    • When playing at the highest bet level, MAX BET plays the game at the maximum bet lines and the current coin value. When playing at any lower bet level, MAX BET must be clicked twice to play the round at the selected level.
    • AUTOPLAY automatically plays the game for the selected number of rounds (alternatively, click the AUTO button).
    • Regular Wild symbols act as Wild symbols only and substitute for all symbols, except for Scatter and Bonus symbols.
    • Wild symbol substitution pays the highest possible winning combination on a bet line according to the Paytable.
    • Winning combinations and payouts are made according to the Paytable.
    • Bet level is the number of coins bet per bet line.
    • A bet line win in coins is equal to the value shown on the Paytable multiplied by the bet level.
    • A bet line win in currency is equal to the win in coins multiplied by the coin value.
    • Only the highest win per bet line is paid.
    • Bet line wins pay if in succession from the leftmost reel to the rightmost reel.
    • Simultaneous wins on different bet lines are added.
    • All coin wins pay on bet lines only except for coin wins during the Pick and Click feature.
    • At the end of the Pick and Click feature, the total win from the Pick and Click feature is added to any wins from the round that activated the Pick and Click feature.

    Free Spins

    • 3 or more Scatter symbols appearing anywhere on the reels in the main game and in Free Spins activate Free Spins according to the Paytable.
    • 3 Scatters = 10 Free Spins
    • 4 Scatters = 20 Free Spins
    • 5 Scatters = 30 Free Spins
    • Before the Free Spins session starts, the Wild Selector Wheel appears and starts spinning. After the player stops the wheel, a Wild feature is randomly selected and activated.
    • Alternatively, the wheel stops automatically after 30 seconds.
    • During Free Spins, an Overlay Wild symbol randomly appears on reels 1-3 in every spin and works the same as the active Wild feature.
    • The Overlay Wild symbol randomly appears on a reel position that is not already covered by a Wild feature.
    • Scatter symbols are counted before any Overlay Wild symbol or Wild feature is activated.
    • Additional Free Spins won are automatically added to the current Free Spins session without a new Wild Selector Wheel.
    • At the end of Free Spins, the total win from Free Spins is added to any wins from the round that activated Free Spins.
    • Free Spins are played at the same bet level and coin value as the round that activated Free Spins.
    • Each Free Spins session randomly features one of the four different Wild features that can appear anywhere on the reels:

    Regular Wild

    • Regular Wild symbols act as Wild symbols only and substitute for all symbols, except for Scatter symbols.

    Expanding Wild

    • Expanding Wild symbols automatically expand to cover the entire reel they appear on if resulting in a bet line win.

    X2 Multiplier Wild

    • Wins with X2 Multiplier Wild symbols are multiplied x2 when completing a winning bet line.

    Spreading Wild

    • The Spreading Wild symbol turns 1 adjacent or diagonal symbol into an additional Wild symbol.

    Pick and Click Feature

    • The Pick and Click feature is activated when 3 Bonus symbols appear on the reels, in the main game only. The Bonus symbols appear on reels 1, 3 and 5.
    • The player clicks on one of the Bonus symbols to reveal a coin win.
    • Only 1 prize is awarded per Pick and Click game.
    • After the player has been presented with the win, the coin win amounts for the 2 other Bonus symbols not picked are revealed.
    • The coin win in the Pick and Click game varies between x5 - x50 X bet.

    Game Functions

    • The table below lists the different buttons found in the game and describes their functions.

    Game Setting Options

    • To access game settings, click the spanner icon in the game panel.
    • Quick Spin. Turns the Quick spin option on or off (not available in all casinos).
    • Intro Screen. Turns the intro screen on or off.
    • Spacebar to spin. Turns the spacebar function on or off.
    • Game history. Click to view your latest game history (not available when PLAYING FOR FUN).

    Advanced Autoplay Options

    • To set advanced autoplay options click AUTOPLAY, and then click Advanced settings.
    • On any win. Stop Autoplay when you win in a round.
    • If Free Spins is won. Stops Autoplay if Free Spins is won.
    • If Pick and Click is won. Stops Autoplay if Pick and Click is won.
    • If single win exceeds. Stops Autoplay when the amount you win exceeds or equals the amount you specify.
    • If cash increases by. Stops Autoplay if cash increases by the amount you specify.
    • If cash decreases by. Stops Autoplay if cash decreases by the amount you specify.
    • Click Reset to clear all selected Stop Autoplay options.
    • Note: When changing Autoplay settings during a game round, all settings will take effect once the game round or feature is completed.
    • Note: If you are disconnected while playing, all Autoplay settings will return to default when you reload the game.
    • Note: Some autoplay options are mandatory for some jurisdictions.

    Additional Information

    • The following game features and settings may be subject to the terms and conditions of the gaming site. For more information on the following, refer to the gaming website:
      • The procedures used to manage unfinished game rounds.
      • The time after which inactive game sessions automatically end.
    • In the event of malfunction of the gaming hardware/software, all affected game bets and payouts are rendered void and all affected bets refunded.

    Return to Player

    • The theoretical return to player for this game is 96.7%

    Translations of Game Terminology

    Note: The following table is only applicable if you are playing in a language other than English.

    English Term

    Translated Term

    Wild

    Wild

    Free Spins

    Free Spins

    Scatter

    Scatter

    Bonus

    Bonus

    Pick and Click

    Pick and Click

    Expanding Wild

    Expanding Wild

    Multiplier Wild

    Multiplier Wild

    Spreading Wild

    Spreading Wild

    Wild Selector Wheel

    Wild Selector Wheel

    Overlay Wild

    Overlay Wild

    Description

    • Witch Pickings is a 5 reel slot game with a Witches Bonuses to boost your winnings. During regular play, the goal is to achieve a winning combination of symbols on any of the 25 lines.
    • Payouts depend on the number of coins played and the winning combination of symbols achieved.

    Game Rules

    • 40 coins plays 25 lines;
    • Payouts are made according to the Paytable;
    • Payline wins are multiplied by the bet;
    • SCATTER wins are multiplied by the bet;
    • SCATTER wins are added to payline wins;
    • Highest win only on each selected payline;
    • Wins on different paylines are added;
    • All wins occur on selected lines except SCATTER;
    • All wins begin with leftmost reel and pay left to right on consecutive reels, except SCATTER which pays any;
    • WILD substitutes for all symbols except SCATTER;
    • SCATTER appears on all reels;
    • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

    WITCHES BONUS

    • 3 or more SCATTER triggers the WITCHES BONUS;
    • 5 free games are awarded;
    • Choose 3 features (1 from each Witch) for the free games:
    • Blue Witch
      • Symbols the Same
        • CASTLE, CAULDRON, POTION BOTTLE or PENDANT symbol is selected at random
        • During the WITCHES BONUS all CASTLE, CAULDRON, POTION BOTTLE and PENDANT become the   selected symbol
      • Symbols Stacked
        • CASTLE, CAULDRON, POTION BOTTLE or PENDANT symbol is selected at random
        • During the WITCHES BONUS the selected symbol is stacked
      • Symbol Prizes
        • CASTLE, CAULDRON, POTION BOTTLE or PENDANT symbol is selected at random
        • For each selected symbol that appears during the WITCHES BONUS a prize of 500, 250, 200, 150, 100,   50 or 25 is awarded
        • Prizes are multiplied by the bet
    • Red Witch
      • Expanding Wilds 
        • Any WILDS that appears during the WITCHES BONUS, expand to fill all 3 positions on the reel
      • Extra Wilds
        • Extra WILDS are added to all reels during the WITCHES BONUS
      • Wild Multiplier
        • Any win during the WITCHES BONUS with WILD is multiplied by 2, 3 or 5
    • Green Witch
      • All Wins Multiplier
        • ALL wins during The WITCHES BONUS are multiplied by 2, including Symbol Prizes which are displayed already multiplied by 2
      • Pays both Ways
        • All wins during the WITCHES BONUS begin with leftmost reel and pay left to right on consecutive reels   AND begin with rightmost reel and pay right to left on consecutive reels, except SCATTER which pays any
        • Highest win only on each selected payline from LEFT to RIGHT AND RIGHT to LEFT
      • Extra 5 Free Games
        • 5 free games are added to the WITCHES BONUS and to any retriggers
    • Free Games are played at the lines and bet of the trigger game;
    • The WITCHES BONUS can be re-triggered, with original selections played again.

    WITCHES BONUS

    • Trophies
      • Click to access the Trophies page which displays Trophies collected for achieving certain milestones during the game. One set of Trophies is awarded for the number of times you trigger the Feature and a second set of Trophies is awarded for the size of the Feature Win
    • History / Top Scores
      • Click to access the History / Top Scores page which displays the last 5 Feature selections and the top 5 Feature selections. Clicking a last 5 selection or a top 5 selection will select those Features for the WITCHES BONUS
    • Autopick
      • Click to randomly select 3 Features
    • Clear All
      • Click to clear all selections

    Gamble Feature (if applicable)

    • To gamble any win press GAMBLE then select RED/BLACK or a SUIT;
    • Win is DOUBLED (X2) if RED/BLACK choice is correct;
    • Win is QUADRUPLED (X4) if SUIT choice is correct;
    • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times;
    • Progressive Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled.

    How to Play

    • The Bet that you want to play can be adjusted through the (UP) and (DOWN) buttons alongside the respective options.  The Max Bet button will automatically select the maximum bet.
    • Spin: Spins the reels.
    • Autoplay: Allows automatic consecutive normal game plays for a certain amount of spins. Options for spins range from 5 spins to 100 spins.
    • Info: Access pay awards for winning symbol combinations. Also contains the rules for the game.
    • The game displays all your details in the following display fields:
      • Balance: Displays your total balance
      • Bet: Displays the staked amount per line to be played.
      • Win: Displays the amount won in the spin
      • Total Bet: The total wager staked.

    Theoretical Return to Player (RTP): 95.79% to 95.94%

    How to play

    • Wolfpack Pays is a video slot game with five reels, 40 coins and 243 winning combinations. It also consists of wild and scatter symbols, free and bonus spins.
    • The Player may choose the amount he/she wishes to bet by clicking on the arrow buttons attached to the ‘Bet’ meter, on the bottom left corner. The chosen bet will be applicable for each payline. The higher the stake, the higher the win!
    • The ‘TOTAL BET’ display area will show the total amount of the bets, which is equal to the payline price (‘Bet’) multiplied by the number of paylines. The maximum betting amount is 1€ per payline.
    • Once the bet amount is defined, the Player may click on the ‘SPIN’ button (or spacebar) in order to spin the reels.
    • Once the reels start spinning, the ‘SPIN’ button is replaced by a ‘STOP’ button. The Player can stop the reels at any time by using the ‘STOP’ button (or spacebar).

     

    Winnings

    • If a winning combination is formed along any active payline, it will become animated.
    • Each symbol can be used only once per winning combination.
    • A winning combination consists of symbols that start from the left-most reel and pay left to right only on adjacent reels.
    • All payline wins listed in the paytable are multiplied by the payline bet value.
    • Winnings are paid out for the highest combination on each of the active paylines.
    • Winning combinations can occur anywhere on all reels.
    • ‘Wild’ substitutes for all symbols.
    • Coincident winnings on different paylines are added.
    • The 'WIN’ display area shows the sum of all prizes by round or free rounds.
    • The total win amount is added to the Player’s game balance.

     

    How to Read the Paytable

    • The Paytable shows the values of the multipliers for each available winning combination.
    • The payline win amount is calculated by the number shown on the Paytable for a specific combination, multiplied by the payline bet value as determined by the player.
    • All the prizes come up in the selected lines.
    • The winnings are paid in accordance with the following paytable:

     

     

    Symbol

    x3

    x4

    x5

    Wild

    5

    25

    800

    Wolf

    5

    20

    400

    Eagle

    5

    15

    250

    Hearts

    2

    5

    40

    Diamonds

    2

    5

    40

    Clubs

    2

    5

    25

    Spades

    2

    5

    25

     

     

     

    Extra Game

    • To gamble any win press ‘Gamble’, then select COLOUR or a SUIT.
    • Win is DOUBLED (2) if COLOUR choice is correct. Win is QUADRUPLED (x4) if SUIT choice is correct.
    • Winnings may be gambled up to 5 times.
    • Progressive Jackpot Wins (if available) may not be gambled.

     

    Free Spins “On A Roll”

    • Any win awards a Free Spin
    • ‘Wilds’ are added at the start of each Free Spin
    • ‘Wilds’ appear on reel 3 after 1 win
    • ‘Wilds’ appear on reel 2, 3 and 4 after 2 wins
    • ‘Wilds’ appear on reels after 3 wins
    • Free Spins continue with each consecutive win, up to the 4th spin
    • The ‘Wilds’ are reset after the ‘On a Roll’ feature

     

    Bonus Spin “Wolfpack”

    • A win on the 4th free spin awards free games.
    • An extra 5 ‘Wilds’ are added during the Bonus Spin ‘Wolfpack’.
    • Free games end when all 3 ‘Paw Tokens’ disappear.
    • ‘Paw Tokens’ disappear with each non-winning spin.
    • The ‘Wilds’ are reset after the Bonus Spin ‘Wolfpack’.
    • Bonus Spin ‘Wolfpack’ is played at the bet level of the trigger game.

     

    Buttons and Fields

    • BET: the Player may increase or decrease his/her bet amount using the corresponding arrows.
    • MAX BET (icon with five coins, with arrows either side that allow the Player to select the value of the bet):  by choosing this icon, the Player is selecting the maximum bet value (1€).
    • INFO: by selecting this button the Player may view the payouts for this game.
    • AUTOPLAY: this button allows the Player to gain access to the Autoplay Menu.
    • SPIN: by selecting this button, the reels rotate with the current line and bet valued selection.
    • SOUND: the Player may turn on/off the sound effects.

     

    Autoplay

    • The Player may click on the Autoplay button to open the Autoplay menu.
    • In the Autoplay Menu, the Player may choose the number of games you would like to play (5/10/... up to 100) or select Last Settings.
    • The Autoplay may be stopped at any time by clicking on the ‘STOP’ button. If the Player stops the game at the time it is in progress, the Autoplay will stop after the game result is revealed.
    • When playing in Autoplay, the system will purchase one game after another, and not all the games the Player selected to play at once. This means if a disconnection will occur, only the current game being played before the disconnection occurred will be played. The other games remaining will not be played.
    • If the Player won a Free Spins round while playing in Autoplay, the features will be played by the Player and the Autoplay will be stopped.

     

    Average Return to Player

    • Theoretical return to Player: 95,044%-95,879%.

     

    Disconnection while playing

    • The outcome of a play in the game is pre-determined by the Interactive System at the point of purchase. In case of a disconnection in the middle of the game and a non-win outcome, the interactive system would complete the game on player’s behalf. Free spins will be completed by the system on behalf of the player. Result of the game can be viewed in the Game History.
    • Malfunction voids all pays and plays.

     

     

    Technical Issues

    If something like this happens, don’t worry. When the connection is back, check your Transactions History (available in “My Account”) and check if the bet was made/concluded and its result. This detail will be available for 90 days.

    In this FAQ “Games” option you will also find the policies of the several game suppliers regarding the malfunctions.

    If you still have any further question, contact our Customer Support.

    Cookies are information that the websites save in your computer and that allow them to recognize you in your next access and remember your preferences. Some websites cannot work properly with disabled cookies.

    To play at our website it is necessary to enable all the browser cookies, including third party ones. You can do it following the specific browser instructions. For more information, check our Cookies Policy.

    Customer Support

    If these FAQ didn’t help you to clarify your questions, get in touch with our Customer Support. You can choose one of this ways:

    • Email: apoio@nossaaposta.pt
    • Chat: click in the icon in the page header or footer (7:00 to 24:00 – Portugal Continental time)
    • Telephone: 304 500 090 (7:00 to 24:00 – Portugal Continental time)

    The chat Customer Support is available either in desktop or mobile devices. However, there are some limitation in using it with iOS Chrome. If you have an iOS device and use Chrome, please use one of the other available methods.

    In the event of any claim related to Nossa Aposta, you can use our Customer Support (chat, email or telephone). Claims must be submitted within 15 days from the event giving rise to the claim. If not, the complaint is void.

    Upon acceptance of the claim, Nossa Aposta will carry out all steps necessary to establish the facts. You can know more about this here.

    Affiliate Program

    Payments are done monthly and have a minimum payment threshold depending on the method of payment chosen by you (bank transfer, Paypal or Neteller). More details available in the Terms and Conditions.

    Nossa Aposta Affiliate Program allows you to promote Nossa Aposta brand and products through online marketing channels (such as your affiliate website/blog). As a reward, you will receive a percentage of the net revenue generated by the players that arrived at Nossa Aposta from your online marketing channels. To sign up, all you have to do is fill in the online registration form and read the Terms and Conditions.

    Initially, for the first 3 months, you will receive 50% of the net revenue generated by the active players that arrived at Nossa Aposta from your platform. Later, after the completion of the first 3 months, this compensations will have a tier-based commission model that can go up to 45% of the games net revenues. More information on Nossa Aposta Affiliate Program can be consulted in this Program's Terms and Conditions.

    You will commit to publish the materials made available by Nossa Aposta in your online marketing channels, with links that take the visitors to Nossa Aposta websites. At Nossa Aposta Affiliates Platform, you will have access to a wide variety of marketing materials.